¥j^4<ii 
 
 .^^ y 
 
 ^->ff 
 
 ms 
 
 *>vi 
 
 
"^m^- 
 
^.0(, /Q^ 
 
 ^-^ 
 

 
 
 
 A 
 
 \ 
 
 ,•* r* 
 
 w., „,.a.;^ i-* 
 
arm! regulations, 
 
 ADOPTED FOR THE USE OF THE 
 
 §irmy of ih (^mMtx^U ^hU^t 
 
 IN ACCORDANCE WITH LATE ACTS OF CONGRESS. 
 
 REVISED FROM THE ARMY REGULATIONS OF THE OLD UNITED STATBS 
 
 ARMY, 1857 ; RETAINING ALL THAT IS ESSENTIAL 
 
 FOR OFFICERS OF THE LINE. 
 
 TO WHICH IS ADDED, 
 
 AN ACT FOR THE ESTABLISHMENT AND ORGANIZATION OF 
 
 THE ARMY OF THE CONFEDERATE STATES 
 
 OF AMERICA. 
 
 ALSO, 
 
 ARTICLES OF WAR, 
 
 FOR THE GOVERNMENT OF THE ARMY OF THE CONFED- 
 ERATE STATES OF AMERICA. 
 
 
 RICHMOND, VA.: 
 WEST & JOHNSTON, PUBLISHERS, 
 
 NO. 145 MAIN STREET, 
 
 1861. 
 
 ' ^^^*^" 
 

 // ^ 
 
 USE 
 B 
 
 #» 
 
REGULATIONS 
 
 FOTi 
 
 THE A^KMY 
 
 ARTICJ.E J. :, , 
 
 MILITARY DISCIPLINE. 
 
 1. — All inferiors are recjuired to obey strictly, and to exe- 
 cute with alacrity and good fliith, the lawful orders of the 
 superiors appointed over them. 
 
 2. — Military anthority is to be exercised with firmness, but 
 with kindness and justice to inferiors. Punishments shall be 
 strictly conformable to military law. 
 
 3. — Superiors of every grade are forbid to injure those 
 under them by tyrannical or capricious conduct, or by abusive 
 language. 
 
 ARTICLE U. 
 
 RAXK AND COMMAND. 
 
 4. — Rank of officers and non-commissioned officers : 
 
 1st. 10th. Cadet. 
 
 2d. 11th. Sorgeant-Major. 
 
 3d. Brigadier-deneral. 12th. Quartermaster-Sergeant of 
 
 4th. Colonel. a Regiment. 
 
 5th. Lieut-Colonel. 13th. Ordnance Sergeant and 
 
 6th. Major. Hospital Steward. 
 
 7th. Captain. 14th. First Sergeant. 
 
 Sth. First Lieutenant. 15th. Seigeant. 
 
 9th. Second Lieutenant. 16th. Coiporal. • 
 
 And each grade by date of commission or appointment. 
 
 5. — ^When commissions are of the same date, the rank is to 
 be decided, between officers of the same regiment or corps bv 
 the order of appointment ; between officers of diflerent regi- 
 ments or corps : 1 st, by rank in actual service when appoint<y|«k 
 •2d, by former rank and service in the army or marine co|^|^ 
 3d, by lottery among such as have not been in the military 
 service of the Confederate States. In case of equality of rank 
 by virtue of a brevet commission, reference is had to commit^ 
 sions not l)revet. 
 
 ivi?18 
 
 4 
 
G. — Officers having brevets, or cqnimissions of a prior date 
 to those of the regiment in which thev serve, may take place 
 in courts-martial and on detachments, when composed of 
 different corps, according to the ranks given them in their 
 brevets or dates of their former commissions ; but in tire reg- 
 iaiient, tr^op, .or company to which such officers belong, they 
 shall do ddt/y -and take rank both in courts-martial and on 
 dptaphments whi,ch^hall be composed only of their own corps, 
 iiceorcl'iiig'tO'the eonimissions by which Ihey are mustered in 
 the said coi'j)S. — ((jlst. Art. of War.) 
 
 7. — If, upon marches, guards, or in quarters, different corps 
 of the army shall happen to join, or do duty together, the 
 officer highest in rank of the line of the army, marine corps, 
 or militia, by commission, there on duty or in quarters, shall 
 command the whole, and give orders for what is needful to 
 the service, Tin! ess otherwise specially directed by the Presi- 
 dent of the Confederate States, according to the nature of the 
 case. — Q)2dy Art. of War. 
 
 8. — An officer not having orders from competent authority 
 cannot put himself 07i duty by virtue of his commission alone. 
 
 9. — Officers serving by commission from any State of the 
 Confederacy take next rank after officers of the like grade by 
 commission from the Confederate States. 
 
 10. — Brevet rank takes effect only in the following cases : 
 1st. by special assignment of the President in commands com- 
 posed of different corps ; 2d. on courts-martial or detachments 
 composed of different corps. Troops are on detachment only 
 when sent oiat temporarily to perform a special service. 
 
 11. — In regularly constituted commands, as garrisons, posts, 
 departments, companies, battalions, regiments, corps, brigades, 
 divisions, army corps, or the army itself, brevet rank cannot 
 be exercised except by special assignment. 
 
 12. — The officers of engineers are not to assume nor to be 
 ordered on any duty beyond the line of their immediate pro- 
 fession, except by the special order of the President. 
 
 13. — An officer of the Pay or Medical Department can not 
 rcise command except in his own department.^ 
 ,4. — Officers of the corps of Engineers or Ordaance;!^ of 
 tlie" Adjutant-General's, Inspector-General's, Quai-terma^t^r- 
 General's, or Subsistence Department, though eligible to c<^i- 
 mand according to the rank they hold in the army of the 
 Confederate States, and not subject to the orders of a.jumor 
 officer, shall not assume the command of troops unless put 
 on dpiy under orders v^lij^.^pecially so direct by authority 
 of the President. 
 
 1^% 
 
ARTICLE III. 
 
 SUCCESSION IN COMMAND OR DUTY. 
 
 15. — The functions assigned to any officer in these regula- 
 tionsl)y title of office devolve on the officer actingin.his place, 
 except as specially excepted. 
 
 lis,— Omitted. 
 
 17. — An officer vviio succeeds to any command or duty stands 
 in regard to his duties in the same situation as his predeces- 
 sor. The officer relieved shall turn over to his successor all 
 orders in force at the time, and aU the public property and 
 funds pertaining to his command or duty, ajid shall receive 
 therefore duplicate receipts,shovving the condition of each 
 article. 
 
 18. — An officer in a temporary command shall not, exCept 
 in urgent cases, alter or annual the standing orders of the reg- 
 ular or permanent commander without authority from the 
 next higher commander. 
 
 ARTICLE l\,— Omitted. 
 
 APPOINTMENT AND PROMOTION OF COMMISSIONED OFFICERS. 
 
 ARTICLE V. 
 
 RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS. 
 
 24. — No officer will be considered out of service on the 
 tender of his resignation, until it shall have been duly accept- 
 ed by the proper authority. 
 
 25. — Resignations will be forwarded by the commanding 
 officer to the Adjutant-G-eneral of the army for decision at the 
 War Department. 
 
 26. — Resignations tendered under charges, when forward- 
 ed by any commander, will alwa3^s be accompanied b}' a copy 
 of the charges; or, in the absence of written charges, by a re- 
 port of the case, for the information of the Secretary of War. 
 
 27. — Before presenting the resignation of any officer, tlie 
 Adjutant-General will ascertain and report to the War De- 
 partment the state of such officer's accounts of money, as well 
 as of public property, forwhiclihe may have been responsible. 
 
 28. — In time of war, or with an army in the field, resigna- 
 tions shall take effect within thirty days from the date of^the 
 order of acceptance. 
 
 29. — Leaves of absence will not be granted by command- 
 ing officers to officers on tendering their resignation, unless 
 the resignation be unconditional and immediate. 
 
4 
 ARTICLE VI^ 
 
 i;.\(iIANGE OR TRANSFER OF OFFICERS. 
 
 30.. .The transfer of officers from one regiment or corps to 
 another will be made only by the War Department, on th(^ 
 jnutual application of the parties desiring the exchange. 
 
 31... An officer shall not be transferred from one regiment 
 or corps to another with prejudice to the rank of any officer of 
 the regiment or corps to which he is transferred. 
 
 ARTICLE VII. 
 
 APPOINTMENl S ON THE STAFF. 
 
 :\2.— (Omitted.) 
 
 33. — General C3fficers appoint their own Aides-de-camp. 
 
 34. — (Omitted,) 
 
 35. — All officer of a mounted corps shall not l)e separated 
 from his regiment, except for duty connected with his particu- 
 lar arm. 
 
 36. — The senior Lieutenant present, holding the appoint- 
 ment of Assistant Commissary of Subsistence, is entitled to 
 perform the duties. 
 
 ARTICLE Vm. 
 
 DISTRinUTION OF THE TROOrS. 
 
 37. — The military geographical departments will be estab- 
 lished by the War Department. In time of peace, brigades 
 or divisions will not be formed, nor the stations of the troops 
 changed, without authority from the War Department. 
 
 ARTICLE IX.— (Omitted.) 
 
 CARE OF FORTIFICATIONS. 
 
 ARTICLE X.— (Omitted.) 
 
 CARE OF ARMAMENT OF FORTIFICATIONS. 
 
 ARTICLE XL— (Omitted.) 
 
 ARTILLERY PRACTICE. 
 
 ARTICLE XII. 
 
 REGIMENTS. 
 
 69. — On the organization of a regiment, companies receive 
 a permanent designation by letters beginning with A, and the 
 officers are assigned to companies; afterward, company officer's 
 
succeed to companies, ^promoted to fill vacancies. Compa- 
 nies take place in the battalion according to the rank of their 
 . captains. 
 
 70 — Captains must serve with their campanies- Though 
 subject to the tcmporarj details of service, as for courts-mar- 
 tial, militarv boards, &c., they shall not be detailed for any 
 duty which may separate tjiem for any considerable time from 
 their companies. 
 
 •Tl. — The commander of a regiment will appoint the adju- 
 tant from the subalterns of the regiment. He will nominate 
 the regimental quarter- master to the Secretary of war for ap- 
 pointment if approved. He will appoint the non-commis- 
 sioned staff of the regiment ; and, upon the recommendation 
 of the comjiany commander, the sergeants and corporals of 
 companies. 
 
 72. — In cases of vacancy, and till a decision can be had 
 from regimental head-quarters, the company commanders 
 may make temporary appointments of non-commissioned 
 officers. 
 
 73. — Commanders of regiments are enjoined to avail them- 
 selves of every opportunity of instructing both officers and 
 men in the exercise and management of field artillery; and 
 all commanders ought to encourage useful occupations, and 
 manly exercises, and diversions among their men, and to re- 
 press dissipotion and immortality. 
 
 74. — It is enjoined upon all officers to be cautious in re- 
 proving non-commissioned officers in the presence or hear- 
 ing of privates, lest their authority be weakened ; and non- 
 commissioned officers are not to be sent to the guard-room 
 and mixed with privates during confinement, but be conside- 
 red as placed i arrest, except in aggravated cases, where 
 escape may be apprehended. 
 
 75- — Noil: commissioned officers may be reduced to the 
 ranks by the sentence of a court martial, or by order of the 
 commander of the regiment on the application of the com- 
 pany commander. If reduced to the ranks by garrison 
 •4'courts, at posts not't-^^ head-quarters of the regiment, the 
 company commander wiM immediately forward a transcript 
 of the order to the regimental cammander. 
 
 76. — Every non-commissioned officer shall be furnished 
 with a certificate or warrant of his rank, signed by the colo- 
 nel and countersigned by the adjuant. Black warrants, on 
 preachment, are furnished from the Adjuant-General's offi- 
 ce. The first, or orderly sergeant, will be selected by the 
 captain from the sergeants. 
 
6 
 
 , saddler, or harness-maker, will be mus- 
 
 77. — When it is desired to have bands of music for regi- 
 ments, there will be allowed for each, sixteen privates to act 
 as musicians, in addition to the chief musicians authorized 
 by law, provided, the total number of privatesin the regiment, 
 including the band, does not exceed the legal standard. 
 
 78. — The musicians of the band will, for the time being, be 
 dropped from the company muster-rolls, but they will be in- 
 structed as soldiers, and liable to serve in the ranks on any 
 occasion. They will be mustered in a separate squad under 
 the chief musician, with the non-commissioned staft', and be 
 included in the aggregate in all regimental return3. 
 
 79. — W^hen a regiment occupies several stations, the band 
 will be kept at the head-quarters, provided troops (one or 
 more companies) be serving there. The field music belong- 
 ing to companies not stationed at regimental head-quarters 
 will not be separated from their respective companies. 
 
 80. — Ko man, unless he be a carpenter, joiner, carriage- 
 maker, blacksmith 
 tered as an "artificer.' 
 
 81. — Every article,'excepting arms and accoutrements, be- 
 longing to the regiment, is to be marked with the number 
 and name of the regiment. 
 
 82. — Such articles as belong to companies are tobemark- 
 the with the letter of the company, and number and name of 
 the regiment ; and such as belong to men, with their indi- 
 vidual numbers, and the letter of the company. 
 
 83. — The books for each regiment shall be as follows: 
 
 1. General Order Book, of three quires of paper, 16 inches by 
 10| inches, to contain all orders and circulars from general 
 
 department, division, or brigade head-quarters, with an 
 index. 
 
 2. Regimental Order Book, of three quires of paper, 16 inches 
 by lOJ inches, to contain regimentalorders, withan index. 
 3. Letter Book, f three quires of paper, 16 inches by 
 lOJ inches, to contain the correspondence of the com- 
 manding officer on regimental subjects, with an index. 
 
 4, An index of letters required to be kept on file, in the fol- 
 lowing form ; 
 
 .No. 
 
 NAMK OK WRITKK. 
 
 UATK. 
 
 SUBJECT. 
 
 1 
 2 
 3 
 4 
 
 Capiuiu A. 13 
 
 Adjt. Gen. R.J 
 
 Captain F. G 
 
 Lieutenant C. D.. . 
 
 July id, Iblti 
 Sept. 4, 1841 
 Oct. 11, 184( 
 Nov. 2, 184( 
 
 Appoiutnieni ol JSon, (Join. Officers. 
 Recruiting Service. 
 Krror in Company Return. 
 Application tor Leave. 
 
 The date of receipt should be endorsed on all letters. They 
 
should be numbered to correspond with the index, and filed 
 in regular order, for easy reference. 
 5. Descnptivc Book, of five quires of paper, sixteen inches by 
 ten and a half inches, to contain a list of the officers of the 
 regiment, with their rank, and dates of appointment, and 
 promotions; transfers, leaves of absence, and places and 
 date of birth. To contain also, the names of all enlisted 
 soldiers entered according to priority of enlistments, giving 
 their description, the dates and periods ^f their enlist- 
 ments; and under the head of remarks, the cause of dis- 
 charge, character, death, desertion, transfer; in short, 
 every thing relating to their military history. ^This book 
 to be indexed. 
 
 One copy of the monthly returns will be filed. 
 
 POST BOOKS. 
 
 84. — The following books will be kept at each post : A 
 Morning Report Book, a Guard Report Book, an Order Book, 
 a Letter Book, each two quires foolscap; also, copies of the 
 monthly post returns. 
 
 ARTICLE XIII. 
 
 COMPANIES. 
 
 S5. The captain will cause the men of the company to be 
 numbered, in a regular series, including the non-commissioned 
 officers, and divided into four squads, each to be put under 
 the charge of a non-commissioned officer. 
 
 86. — Each subaltern officer will be charged with a squad 
 for the supervision of its order and cleanliness ; and captains 
 will require thfeir lieutenants to assist them in the perfonnance 
 of all company duties. 
 
 87. — As far as practicable, the men of each squad will be 
 quartered together. 
 
 88. — The utmost attention will be paid by commanders of 
 companies to the cleanliness of their men, as to their persons, 
 clothing, arms, accoutrements, and equipments, and also as ta 
 their quarters or tents. 
 
 89. — The name *of each soldier will be labeled on his bunk, 
 and his company number vdll be placed against his arms and- 
 accoutrements. 
 
 90.-^The anns will be placed in the ann-racks, the stop- 
 pers in the muzzles, the cocks let down, and their bayonets in 
 their scabbards ; the accoutrements suspended over the arms, 
 and the swords hung up by the belts on pegs. 
 
 J 
 
91. — The knapsack of each man will be placed on the lowei 
 T^helf of his biink, at its foot, packed ^yith his effects, and 
 ready to be slung ; the grejit-coat on the same shelf, rolled 
 i\\\d strapped; the coat, folded inside out, and placed under 
 the knai)sack ; the cap on the second or upper shelf; and the 
 boots well cleaned. 
 
 92. — Dirty clothes will be kept in an appro] >riate part of 
 the knapsack ;♦ no article of any kind to be put under the 
 bedding. 
 
 93. — Cooking utensils and table equipage will be cleaned 
 i\nd arranged in closets or recesses; blacking and brushes out 
 of view; the fuel in boxes. 
 
 94. — Ordinarily the cleaning will be on Saturdays. The^ 
 chiefs of squads will cause bunks and bedding to be overhauled ; 
 floors dry rubbed ; tables and benches scoured ; arinscleanecl ; 
 accoutrements whitened and polished ; and every thing put 
 in order. 
 
 95. — Where con\ eniences for bathing are to be had, the 
 men should bathe once a week. The feet to be washed at least 
 twice a week. The hair Jcrqjt short, and beard neatly trimmed. 
 
 96. — Non-commissioned officers, in command of squads, 
 will be held more immediately resjionsible that their men 
 ^observe what is prescribed above; that they wash their hands 
 and faces dail}"; that they brush or comb their heads; that 
 those who are to go on duty put their arms, accoutrements, 
 dress, &c., in the best order, and that such as have permis- 
 sion to pass the chain of sentinels are in the dress that may 
 be ordered. 
 
 97. — Commanders of companies and S(|uads will see that, 
 the arms and accoutrements in possession of the men are 
 always kept in good order, and that proper care be taken in 
 .^cleaning them. 
 
 98. — When belts are given to a, soldier, the captain will 
 v8ee that they are propeily fitted to the body ; and it is for- 
 bidden to cut any belt without his sanction. 
 
 99. — Cartridge-boxes and bayonet scabbards w^ill be polished 
 with blacking ; varnish is injurious to the leather, and will 
 not be used 
 
 100.— All arms in the hands of the troops, whether brown- 
 ed or bright, will be kept in the state in wiiich they are issued 
 by the Ordnance Department. Arms will not be taken to 
 •pieces without permi^ision of a commissioned officer. Bright 
 Barrels will be kept clean and free from rust without polish- 
 ing them ; care should be taken in nibbing not to bruise or 
 bend the barrel. After firing, wash out the bore ; wipe it dry, 
 
and then pass a bit of cloth, slightly greased, to the bottom. 
 In these operations, a rod of wood with a loop in one end is 
 to be used instead of the rammer. The barrel, when not in 
 nse, will be closed w^ith a stopper. For exercise, each soldier 
 should keep himself provided with a piece of sole-leather to 
 fit the cup or countersink of the li^nnner. 
 
 (For care of ai'ms in service, see ( )rdnaHce Manual, page 
 185, &c.) 
 
 101. — Arms shall not be left loaded in quarters or tents, or 
 when the men are off duty, except by special orders. 
 
 102. — Ammunition issued will be inspected frequently. 
 Each man will be made to pay for the rounds expended with- 
 out orders, or not in the way of duty, or which maybe damag- 
 ed or lost by his neglect. 
 
 103. — Ammunition will be frequently exposed to the diy, 
 atr, or sunned. 
 
 104. — Special care shall be taken to ascertain tnat no ball- 
 cartridges are mixed with the blank cartridges issued to the 
 men. 
 
 105.^ — All knapsacks are to be painted black. Those for 
 the artillery will be marked in the centre of the cover 
 with the number of the regiment only, in figures of one 
 and a half inch in length, of the character called full-face, 
 with yellow paint. Those for the infantry will be marked in 
 the same way, in white paint. Those for the ordnance will 
 be marked with tw^o cannon, crossing ;the cannon to be seven 
 and a half inches in length, in yellow paint, to resemble those 
 on the cap. The knapsack straps will be black. 
 
 106. — The knapsacks will also be marked upon the inner 
 side with the letter of the company and the number of the sol- 
 dier, on such part as may be readily obseiTcd at inspections. 
 
 107. — Haversacks will be marked upon the flap with the 
 number iind name of the regiment, the letter of the company, 
 and number of the soldier, in black letters and figures. And 
 each soldier must, at all times, be provided with a haversack 
 and canteen, and will exhibit them at all inspections. It will 
 be worn on the left side on marches, guard, and when paraded 
 for detached service — the canteen outside the haversack, 
 
 108. — The front of the drums will be painted with the arms 
 of the Confederate States, on a blue field for the infantry, and 
 on a red field for the artillery. The letter of the company 
 and number of the regiment, under the arms, in a scroll. 
 
 109. — Officers at their stations, in camp or in garrison, will 
 always wear their proper uniform. 
 
10 
 
 110. — Soldiers will wear the prescribed iiniformiiicampor 
 garrison, and will not be permitted to keep in their possession 
 any other clothing. When on fatigue parties, they will wear 
 the proper fatigue dress. 
 
 111. — In camp or barracks, the compay officers must visit 
 the kitchen daily and inspect the kettles, and at all times care- 
 fully attend to the messing and economy of their respective 
 companies. The commanding officer of the post or regiment 
 will make frequent inspections of the kitchens and messes. 
 
 112. — The bread must be thoroughly baked, and not eaten 
 until it is cold. The soup must be boiled at least five hours, 
 and the vegetables always cooked sufficiently to be perfectly 
 soft and digestible. 
 
 113. — Messes will be prepared by privates of squads, inclu- 
 ding private musicians, eaqh taking his tour. The greatest care 
 will be observed in washing and scouring the cooking uten- 
 sils; those made of brass and copper should be lined with tin. 
 
 114. — T]je messes of prisoners will be sent to them by the 
 cooks. 
 
 115. — No persons will be allowed to visit. or remain in the 
 kitchens, except such as may come on duty, or be occupied 
 as cooks. 
 
 116. — Those detailed for duty in the kitchens will also be 
 required to keep the furniture of the mess-room in order. 
 
 117. — On marches and in the field, the only mess furniture 
 of the soldier will be one tin plate, one tin cup, one knife, 
 fork, and spoon, to each man, to be carried by himself on the 
 march. 
 
 118. — If a soldier be required to assist his first sergeant in 
 the WTiting of the company, to excuse him from a tourofmili- 
 viary duty, the captain will previously obtain the sanction of 
 ^'hk own commander, if he have one present ; and whether 
 there be a superior present or not, the captain will be respon- 
 sible that the man so employed does not miss two successive 
 tours of guard duty by reason of such employment. 
 
 119. — Tradesmen may be relieved from ordinary military^'! 
 duty to make, to alter, or to mend soldiers' clothing, &c. Comr 
 pany commanders will fix the rates at which work shall be 
 done, and cause the men, for whose benefit it is done, to pay 
 for it at the next pay day. 
 
 120. — Each company officer, serving with his company, may 
 take from it one soldier as waiter, w^ith his consent and the 
 consent of his captain. No other officers shall take a soldier 
 as a waiter. Every soldier so employed shall be so reported 
 and mustered. 
 
11 
 
 121.— Soldiers taken as officers' waiters shall be acquainted 
 with their military duty, and at all times be completely armed 
 and clothed, and in every respect equipped according to the 
 rules of the service, and have all their necessaries complete and 
 in good order- They are to fall in with their respective com- 
 panies at all reviews and inspections, and are liable to such 
 drills as the commanding officer shall judge necessary to fit 
 them for service in the ranks. 
 
 122. — Non-commissioned officers will, in no case, be per- 
 mitted to act as waiters; nor are they, or private soldiers, not 
 waiters to be employed. in any menial office, or made to per- 
 form any service not military, for the private benefit of any 
 officer or mess of officers. 
 
 COMPANY BOOKS. 
 
 123. — The following books are allowed to each company: 
 one descriptive book, one clothing book, one order book, one 
 morning report book, each one quire, sixteen inches by ten. 
 One page of the descriptive book will be appropriated to the 
 list of ofiicers; two to the non-commissioned officers; two to the 
 register of men transferred; four to the register of men discha^rg- 
 ed; two to register of deaths; four to register of deserters — 
 the rest to the company description list. 
 
 LAUNDRESS. 
 
 124. — Four women will be allowed to each company as wash- 
 er-women, and will receive one ration per day each. 
 
 125. — The price of washing soldiers' clothing, by the month, 
 or by the piece, will be determined by the Council of Admin- 
 istration. 
 
 126. — Debts due the laundiiess by soldiers, for washing, will 
 be paid, or collected at the pay-table, under the direction of 
 the captain. 
 
 AETICLE XIY.— Omitted. 
 
 OKDNANCE SEEGEANTS. 
 
 AETICLE XY. 
 
 TRANSFER OF SOLDIERS. 
 
 141.— -No non-commissioned officer or soldier will be trans- 
 ferred from one regiment to another without the anthority of 
 the commanding general. 
 
 142- — The colonel may, upon the application 'of the captains, 
 transfer a non-commissioned officer or soldier frona one com- 
 
pany to another of his regiment — with consent ot'the (lei>arfc- 
 ment commander in case of change of post. 
 - 143. — When soldiers are anthorized to be transferred, the 
 transfer will take place on the tirst of a month, with a view 
 to the more convenient settlement of their accounts. 
 
 144:. — In all cases of transfer, a complete descriptive roll 
 will accompany the soldier transferred, which roll will em- 
 brace an account of his pay. clothing, and other allowance*; 
 also, all stoppages to be made on account of the government, 
 and debts due the laundress, as well as such other facts as 
 may be necessary to show his character and military history. 
 
 ARTICLE XVI. 
 
 DECEASED OFFICERS. 
 
 145. — Whenever an officer dies, or is killed at any military 
 post or station, or in the vicinity of the same, it will be the 
 duty of the commanding officer to report the fact direct to the 
 Adjutant Goneral, with the date, and any other information 
 proper to be communicated. If an officer die at a distance 
 from a military post, any officer having intelligence of the 
 same will in like manner communicate it, specifying the day 
 of his decease; a duplicate of the report will be sent to Depart- 
 ment Head-Quarters. 
 
 146. — Inventories of the effects of deceased officers, required 
 by the 94th Article of War, will be transmitted to the Adju- 
 tant-General. 
 
 147. — If a legal administrator or family connection be pres- 
 ent, and take charge of the eifects, it will be so stated to the 
 iVdj utant-(-r eneral . 
 
 AETICLE XVII. 
 
 DECEASED SOLDIERS. 
 
 148. — Inventories of the effects of deceased non-commission- 
 ed officers and soldiers, required by the 95th Article of War, 
 will be forwarded to the Adjutant-General, by the command- 
 er of the company to which the deceased belonged, and a 
 duplicate of the same to the coloned of the regiment. Final 
 statements of pay,. clothing, &c, will I e sent with the inven- 
 tories. When a ^^^ier dies at a post or station absent from 
 his company, it will be the duty of his immediate commander 
 to furnish the required inventory, and, at the same time, t > 
 forward to the commanding officer of the company to wdiich tho 
 soldier belonged, a report of l^iis death, specifying the datt', 
 place, and cause ; to what time he was last paid, and the money 
 
 .^n^ 
 
 '% 
 
or otlier efiects in his possession at tlie time of his decease ; 
 which report will be noted on the next muster roll of the com- 
 pany to wliich the man belonged. Each inventory will bc^ 
 endorsed, " Inventory of the eftccts of , late of com- 
 pany (— ) regiment of , who died at , the 
 
 day of , 186 — ." If a legal representative receive 
 
 the effects, it will be stated in the report. If the soldier leave 
 no effects, the fact will be reported. 
 
 14:9. — Should the effects of a deceased non-commissioned 
 officer or soldier not be administered upon within a short j)e- 
 riod after his decease, they shall be disposed of by a Council 
 •of Administration, under the autliority of the commanding- 
 officer of the post, and the proceds deposited with the Pay- 
 master, to the credit of the Confederate States, until they shall 
 be claimed by the legal repre^ntativcs of the deceased. 
 
 150. — In all such cases of sales by the Council of Adminis- 
 tration, a statement in detail, or account of the proceeds, duly 
 certified by the Council and Commanding officer, accompanied 
 by the Paymaster's receipt for the proceeds, will be forwarded 
 by the commanding officer to the Adjutant-General. The 
 statement will be indorsed, "Report of the proceeds of the 
 
 effects of , late of company ( — ) — regiment of . 
 
 who died at , the— day of , 186—." 
 
 ARTICLE XYIII. 
 
 i' DESERTERS. 
 
 151. — If a soldier desert from, or a deserter be received at 
 any post other than the station of the company or detachment 
 to which he belonged, he shall be promptly reported by the 
 commanding officer of such post to the commander of his com- 
 pany or detachment. The time of desertion, apprehension- 
 and delivery will be stated. If the man be a recruit, unat- 
 tached, the required report will be made to the Adjutant- 
 General. When a report is received of the apprehension or 
 surrender of a deserter at any post other than the station of 
 the company or detachment to which he belonged, the com- 
 mander of such company or detachment shall immediately 
 forward his description and account of clothing to the officer 
 making the report. 
 
 152. — A reward of thirty dollars will be paid for the appre- 
 hension and delivery of a deserter to an officer of the army 
 at the most convenient post or recruitin^^ station. Rewards 
 thus paid will be promptly reported by tlie disbursing officer 
 
14 
 
 to the officer commanding the company in Avhich the deserter 
 is mustered, and to the autliority competent to order his trial. 
 The reward of thirty dollars will include the remuneration for 
 all expenses incurred for apprehending, securing and deliver- 
 ing a deserter. 
 
 153. — When non-commissioned officers or soldiers are sent 
 in pursuit of a deserter, the expenses necessarily incurred will 
 be paid whether he be apprehended or not, and reported as 
 in case of rewards paid. 
 
 154. — Deserters shall make good the time lost by desertiop, 
 unless discharged by competent authority. 
 
 155. — ISTo deserter shall be restored to duty without trial, 
 except by the authority competent to order the trial. 
 
 156.— -Eewards and expenses paid for apprehending a de- 
 serter will be set againt his pay, when adjudged by a court- 
 martial, or wh6n he is restored to duty without trial on such 
 condition. 
 
 157. — In reckoning the time of service, and the pay and 
 allowances of a deserter, he is to be considered in service 
 when delivered up as a deserter to the proper authority. 
 
 158. — An apprehended deserler, or one who surrenders him- 
 self, shall receive no pay while waiting trial, and only such 
 clothing as may be actually necessary for him. 
 
 ARTICLE XIX. 
 
 DISCHARGES. 
 
 159. — No enlisted man shall be discharged before the expi- 
 ration of his term of enlistment without authority of the War 
 Department, except by sentence of a general courtmartial,or by 
 the commander of the department or of an army in the field, 
 on certificate of disability, or on application of the soldier after 
 twenty years' service. 
 
 160. — When an enlisted man is to be discharged, his com- 
 pany commander shall furnish him certificates of his account, 
 according to Form 4, Pay Department. 
 
 161. — Blank discharges on parchment will be furnished 
 from the Adjutant General's office. No discharge shall be 
 made in duplicate, nor any certificate given in lieu of a 
 discharge. 
 
 162. — The cause of discharge will be stated in the body of 
 the discharge, and the space at foot for character cut ofi^, unless 
 ^ recommendation is given. 
 
 163. — Whenever a non-commissioned officer or soldier shall 
 
1.5 
 
 be. unlit for Uio military/: service in consequence of wounclg, 
 disejise or infirmity, liis* captain shall forward to the com- 
 mander of the department or of the army in tlic field, 
 through the commander of the regiment or post, a state- 
 ment of liis case, with a certificate of his disability signed 
 by the senior surgeon of the hospital, regiment, or post, ac- 
 cording to the fc^rm prescribed in the Medical Regulations. 
 
 1G4. — If the rocommendation for the discharge of the inva- 
 lid be approved, the authority therefor will be endorsed on 
 the "certificate of disability," v^diich will be' sent back to be 
 completed and signed by the commanding olHcer, who will 
 then send the same to the Adjutant-Generars office. 
 
 16-5,— -Omitted. 
 
 166. — The date, place, and cause of .discharge of a soldier 
 absent from his company \vill be reported hf the commander 
 of the post to his company, commander. • 
 
 167.— Company commanders are required to keep the blank 
 discharges and certificates carefully in their own custody. 
 
 ARTICLE XX. 
 
 TKAVELIX© ON DUTY. 
 
 168.— Whenever an officer traveling under orders arrives 
 at his post, he will submit to the commanding officer a report, 
 in wnting, of the time occupied in the travel, with a copy of 
 the orders under which tlie joiu'ney was performed, and an 
 explanation of any delay in the execution of the orders ; which 
 report the commanding officer shall transmit, withliis opinion, 
 on it, to Department Head-Quarters. If the officer be supe-. 
 nor in raiik to the commander, the rerpiired report will be 
 made by the senior himself. 
 
 169. — Orders detaching an officer for a special duty, imply, 
 unless otlierwise stat(^d, that he is thereafter to join his proper 
 station. 
 
 ARTICLIJ;XXI. 
 
 ■ ■ , 'M * ' .« 
 
 LEAVES OF ABSENCE JO OFFICERS. 
 
 / "'"^ ■'"•■' . 
 
 170. -in no case will leaves of ab8end4{!|(|gran{e(l, so thai 
 a companyv^Kv h'ffc'vvithout one of its comrnlnoiml ojica-ftj oi- 
 that a garrtscJhed post be left without two conmiissioned 
 offi<iers and com oetent medical attendance; nor shall leave of 
 
16 
 
 absence be granted to an officer during the. season .of active 
 operatioiis, except on urgent neces^it}'. 
 
 171. — When not otherwise specified, Icavefe of absence will 
 be considered as connnencing on tlie day that the officer is 
 relieved from duty at his post. He wil I rejiort himself month 1 } 
 giving his address for the next thirty days, to the commander 
 of his post and of his regiment or coi'ps, and to the Adjutant- 
 General; and in his first report state tlie day when his leave of 
 absence commenced ; at the expii'ation of liis leave lie will join 
 his station. 
 
 172. — In time of peace, commanding officers may grant 
 leaves of absence as follows: the commander of a post not to • 
 exceed seven days at one time, or in the same month ; the com- 
 mander of a geographical department not to exceed sixty 
 days ; the general commanding the army not to exceed foui- 
 months. Applications for leave of absence for more than four 
 months, or to officers of engineers, ordnance, or of the general 
 staff, orsei'ving on it (aids-de-camp), for more than thirty days, i 
 must be referred to the Adjutant-General for the decision of- . 
 the Secretary of War. In giving a, permission to apply for 
 the extensionof a leave of absence, the tei'm of the extension 
 should be stated. 
 
 173. — The immediate commander uf the officer applying 
 for leave of absence, and all intermediate commanders, will 
 endorse their ophiion on the application before I'orwarding it. 
 
 174. — The comni(mder of a post may take leave of absence 
 not to exceed seven days at one time, or in the same month, 
 i'ej)orting the fact to his next su}>erior. 
 
 M':),—OmiUc(l. 
 
 \ 7 G.— Ko leave of absence exceeding seven days, except on 
 extraordinary occasions, when the circumstances must be, 
 ])articularly stated (and except as provided in the preceding 
 paragraph), shall be granted to any officer until he has joined 
 Ids regiment or coi-ps, and served therewith at least two years. 
 
 \11.— Omitted. 
 
 lis.— Omitted. 
 
 179. — An application foi' leave of absence on account of 
 
-ickness must be accompanied by a certificate of the *senior 
 medical officer present, in the followiug fonii : 
 
 , of the repjiment of , having applied for a certificate on 
 
 which to ground an application for hnive of absence, I do hereby eertity 
 that I have carefully examined this officer, and find that — [Ilere the 
 nature of the difiease, fcound, or dimhility is to Ije fully stated, and 
 the 'pe'i'lod during ichich the ojp^'.er has suffered under its effects] And 
 (havin consequence thereof, he is, in my opinion, unfit for duty. I fur- 
 ther declare my belief that he Will not be able to resume his duties in a 
 
 lesH period than . [ffere xtate miulidly and explt'cUly the opinion 
 
 as to theperiod which icillj^rohahly elapse hefore the officer will he aile 
 to resume his duties. When there is no reason to expect a recovery, or 
 lohen the pro^yect of recovery is distant and uncertain^ or token a change 
 
 of climate is recommended, it musthe so stated. Dated at , this — 
 
 day of . " , .' Signature of the Medical Officer. 
 
 180. — When an officer is prevented by sickness from join- 
 ing his station, he will transmit certificates in the above form 
 monthly, to the commanding officer of his post and regiment' 
 or corps, and to the Adjutant-General : and when he can not 
 procure the certificate of a medical officer of the army, he will 
 ■>nb8titute his own certificate on honor to his condition, and 
 a. full statement of his case. If the officer's certificate is not 
 I * Satisfactory, and whenever an officer has been absent on ac- 
 count of sickness for one year, he shall be examined by a 
 medical board, and the case specially reported to the President. 
 
 181,— In all reports of absence, or application for leave of 
 absence on account of sickness, the officer shall state how long 
 he has been absent already on that account, and by whose 
 \ : permission. 
 
 AKTICLEXXII. 
 
 FURLOUGHS TO ENLISTED M^N. 
 
 182. — Furloughs will be granted only by the commanding 
 officer of the post, or the commanding officer of the regiment 
 actually quartered with it. Furloughs may be prohibited at 
 the discretion of the officer in command. 
 
 [. 183. — Soldiers on furlough shall not take with them their 
 I arms or accoutrements. 
 
 J 84. — Form of furlough : 
 
 TO ALL WHOM IT MAY CONCERN. 
 
 The bearer hereof, , a Sergeant (corporal, or private as the case 
 
 may be) of Captain company — regiment of , aged— 
 
 ^ years, — feet, — inches high, complexion, eyes, hair, and 
 
 - by profession a . born in the of , and enlisted at — -, 
 
IS 
 
 in the of , on ibe —day of , eigb toon hundred and -^, 
 
 ♦o serve for the period of -, is hereby permitted to go to , in 
 
 tho county of , State of , he having received a furlougli 
 
 from the — day of , to the — day of , at which period ho will 
 
 rejoin his company or regiment at , or wherever it then may be, 
 
 or be considered a dewerter. 
 
 Subsistence has been furnished to said , to the — day of , 
 
 and pay to the — day of , both iiu^hisive. 
 
 Given under my hand, at . tjiis — day of , IB — . 
 
 Signatvre of the ojfficer ) 
 giving tM furlough, j 
 
 ARTICLE XXIII. 
 
 COUNCILS OF ADMINISTIUTTOX. 
 
 IS'3.— The commanding ofliccr of every post shall, at least 
 once in every two months, convene a Fast Council of Ad mi yi- 
 istraiion^ to consist of three regimental or company officers 
 next in rank to himself; or, if tifiere be but two, then the tic(n 
 next ; if but one, the one next ; and if there be none other 
 than himself, then he himself shall act. 
 
 186. — The junior member will record the proceedings of 
 the council in a book, and submit the same to the command- 
 ing officer. If he disapprove the proceedings, and the coiin- 
 cil, after a reconsideration, adhere to its decision, a copy oi 
 the wltole shall be sent by the officer commanding to the next 
 higher commander, whose decision shall be final, and entered 
 inthe Council book, and tho whole be published in orders Ibi 
 the information and government of all concerned. 
 
 187. — The proceedings of Councilsof Administration shall 
 be signed by tho president and recorder, and the recorder o1 
 each iiieeting, after entering the whole proceedings, t/^^gethei 
 with the final order thereon, shall deposit the book with tht 
 commanding officer. In like manner, the approval or obje^ 
 tions of the officer ordering tlie Council will be signed witl 
 his own band. 
 
 188. — ^The Post Council shall prescribe the quantity an( 
 kind of clothing, small equipments, and soldiers necessaries 
 groceries, and all articles which the sutlers may be require 
 to keep on hand; examine the sutler's books and papers, an( 
 fix the tariffof prices ofthe said goods or commodities; inspec 
 the sutler's weights and measurses; fix tlie laundress charges 
 and make tho regulations for the post school. 
 
 189. — Pursuant to the 30th Article of War, commanding 
 officers reviewing the proceedings ofthe Council of Admini< 
 tration will scrutinize the tariff of prices proposed by then^ 
 and t«ke care that the stores actually furnished by the sutlc 
 correspond to the quality pi-cscribed. 
 
19 
 POST FUND 
 
 190. — A Tost Fund shall be raised at each post by a tax on 
 the sutler, not to exceed 10 cents a month for every officer and 
 soldier of the connnand, according to the average in each 
 month to be ascertained by the Council, and from the saving 
 on the flour ration, ordinarily 83 per cent., by baking the 
 soldiers' bread at a post bakery. Provided, that when want 
 of vegetables or other reasons make it necessary, the com- 
 manding officer may order the iiour saved, or any part of it, 
 issued to the men, after paying expenses of baking. 
 
 1 91. — The commanding officer shall designate an officer to 
 be post treasurer, who shall keep the account of the fund, 
 subject to the inspection of the Council and commanding of- 
 ficer, and disburse the fund on the warrants of the command- 
 ing officer, drawn in ])ursuance of specific resolves of the Coun- 
 cil. 
 
 192. — The following are the objects of expenditure of the 
 post fund : 1st. expenses of the bake-house ; 2d. expenses of 
 the soldiers' children at the post school. 
 
 193. — On the last day of April, August, and December, and 
 when relieved from the duty, the treasurer shall make out his 
 account with the fund since his last account, and submit it, 
 with his vouchers, to the Council of Admiuistration, to be ex- 
 amined by them, and recorded in the Council book, and then 
 forwarded by the commanding officer to Department Head- 
 Quarters. 
 
 194. — At each settlement of the treasurer's account, the 
 Council shall distribute the unexpended balance ot the post 
 fund to the several companies and other troops in the ratio of 
 their average force during the period. 
 
 ■*195. — AVhen a company leaves the post. it*hall then receive 
 its distributive sliare of the accrued fund. 
 
 196. — The regulations in regard to a post fund will, as far 
 as practicable, be applied in the field to a regimental fund, to 
 be raised, administered, expended, and distributed in like 
 manner, by the regimental commander, and a regimental 
 council. 
 
 • COMPANY FUND. 
 
 197. — The distributions from the post or regimental fund, 
 
 and the savini^s from the com[)any rations, constitute the 
 
 Company Fund, to be disbursed by the captain for the benefit 
 
 f the enlisted men of the company, pursuant to reso'ves of 
 
20 
 
 the Company Council, consisting of ail the company officers 
 'present. In case of a tie vote in the Council, the commander 
 of the post shall decide. The Council shall be convened one ; 
 in two months by the captain, and whenever lie may think 
 proper. 
 
 198. — ^Their proceedings shall be recorded in a book, signed 
 by all tlie Council, and open at all times to the inspection of 
 the commander of the post. Every four months, and when 
 ever another officer takes command of the company, and when 
 the company leaves the post, the account of the company 
 fund shall be made up, audited by the Council, recorded in 
 the Council book, and submitted, with a duplicate, to the post 
 commander, who shall examine it and forward the duplicate 
 to Department Head-Quarters. 
 
 199.— -The supervision of the company fund by the post 
 commander herein directed shall, in the field, devolve on the 
 commander of the regiment. 
 
 ARTICLE XXW.— Omitted. 
 
 CHAPLAINS. 
 
 AETICLE XXY. 
 
 S U T L E 11 S . 
 
 202. — Every military post may have one Sutler, to be ap- 
 pointed by the Secretary of War on the recommendation of 
 the Council of Administration, approved by the commanding 
 officer. 
 
 203.— A Sutler shall hold his office for a term of three yeai-s, 
 unless sooner removed ; but the commanding officer may, for 
 cause, suspend a Sutler's privilege until a decision of the War 
 Department is received in the case. 
 
 204. — In case of vacancy, a temporary appointment may be 
 made by the commanding officer upon the nomination of* thi3 
 Council of Aduiinistration. 
 
 205. — ^Troops in campaign, on detachment, or on distant 
 service, will be allowed Sutlers, at the rate of one for every 
 regiment, corps, or separate detachment ; to be appointed by 
 the commanding officer of such regiment, corps, or detach- 
 ment upon the recommendation of the Council of Administra- 
 tion, subject to the approval of the general or other officer in 
 command. 
 
 206. — ISTo tax or burden in any shape, other than the au- 
 
•>\ 
 
 thorized assossmcut for the post fund, will be imposed on 
 the Sutler. If there be a spare building, the use of it may 
 be allowed him, he being responsible that it. is Jcept in re- 
 pair. If there be no such building, he may be allowed to 
 erect one ; but this article gives the Sutler no claim to 
 (Quarters, transportation for himself or goods, or to any mili- 
 tary allowance -whatever. 
 
 2oT. — The tariff of prices fixed by the Council of Admin- 
 istration shall be exposed in a conspicuous place in the Sut- 
 ler's store. ISTo difference of prices will be allowed on cash 
 or credit sales 
 
 208. — Sutlers are not allowed to keep ardent spirits or 
 other intoxicating drinks, under penalty of losing their situ- 
 ations. 
 
 • 209. — Sutlers shall not farm out or underlet the business 
 and privileges granted by their appointment. 
 
 ARTICLE XXVI. 
 
 MtLlTAllY DISCUSSIONS AND PUBLICATIONS. 
 
 210. — Deliberations or discussions among any class of 
 military men, having the object of conveying praise, or cen- 
 sure, or any mark of approbation toward their superiors or 
 others in the military service ; and all publications relative 
 to transactions between officers of a private or personal na- 
 ture, whether newspaper, pamphlet or hand-bill, are strictly 
 prohibited. 
 
 ARTICLE XXVn. 
 
 ARRESTS AND CONFINEMENTS. 
 
 211. — None but commanding officers have power to place 
 officers under i^^'rest except for ofi:enses expressly designated 
 in the 2Tth Article of War. 
 
 212 — Officers are not to be put in arrest for light offenses. 
 For these the censure of the commanding officer will, in 
 most cases, answer the purpose of discipline. 
 
 213. — .\.n officer in arrest may, at the discretion of his 
 commanding officer, have larger limits assigned him than 
 his tent or quarters, on written application to that eftect. 
 Close confinement is not to be resorted to unless under cir- 
 cumstances of an aggravated character. 
 
 214. — In ordinary cases, and where inconvenience to the 
 service would result from it, a medical officer will not be put 
 in arrest until the court-martial for his trial convenes. 
 
 215. — The arrest of an officer, or confinement of a soldier. 
 
22' 
 
 will, as soon as practicable, be notified to Lis immediate 
 commander. 
 
 216. — All prisoners under guard, without written charges, 
 will be released by the officer of the day at guard-mounting, 
 unless orders to the contrary be given by the commandinj^ 
 officer. 
 
 217.— On a march, company officers an^l non-commissioned 
 officers in arrest will follow in the rear of their respective 
 companies, unless otherwise particularly ordered. 
 
 21 8. — Field officers, commissioned and non-commissioned 
 staff officers, under the same circumstances, will follow in 
 the rear of their respective regiments. 
 
 219.— An officer under arrest will not wear a sword, or 
 visit officially his commanding or other superior officer, un- 
 less sent for; and in case of business, lie v.'ill make known 
 his object in writing. 
 
 'aeticle XXVIU. 
 
 ijoUKs OF Service and kOll-calls. 
 
 220. — In garrison, r^mZZa will be at 5 o'clock in May, 
 June, July, and August, at 6 in March, April, September, 
 and October, and at half-past 6 in November, December, 
 Januarj^ and February ; retreat at sunset; the troojp^ mr- 
 geon^s call^ signals for breakfast and dinner at the hours pre- 
 scribed by the commanding officer, according to climate and . 
 season. In the cavalry, ^i^a&Z^-caZZ^immediately after reveille, 
 and an hour and a half before retreat ; vMter-caUa at the 
 hours directed by the commanding officer. 
 
 221. — In camp, the commanding officer prescribes the 
 hours of reveille, reports, roll-calls, guard-moirn ting, meals, 
 stable-calls, issues, fatigues, &c. 
 
 222. — SIGNALS. 
 
 1. To go for fuel — j)oing stroke and ten stroke roU. 
 
 2. To go for water — tioo strokes and a flam. 
 8. For fatigue party— ^^o/z^^r'^ marcli. 
 
 4. Adjutant's ^2X\— first 2^art of the troop. 
 
 I). FirsL r'....* '.ant's call — one roll and four iajm. 
 
 0. Sergeant's call — one roll and three taps. 
 
 7. Corp'/ral's call — one roll and 'two taps. 
 
 8. For the drummers — the drummer's call. 
 
 223 —The drwnmer's call tiJhall be beat by the drums of the 
 police guard five minues bel re the time of beating the stated 
 
2:i 
 
 callB, ^heu the drummers will assemble before the colors of 
 their respective regiments, and as soon as the heat begins 
 (Ml the right, it will be immediately tafccen up along the line, 
 
 KOLL-OALLS. 
 
 22^.~Thor,e shall be daily at ^least three stated foU-cail8» 
 \ iz : at reveille^ retreat^ and tattoo. Tliey will be made on the 
 company parades by the first sergeants, sujyerintendcd hy a 
 rommissioned officer of the company. The captains will re- 
 port the absentees without leave to the colonel or command- 
 ing officer. 
 
 225. — Immediately after r^t'/Z/^j roll call (after stable-duty 
 in the cavalry), the tents or quarters, and the space around 
 them, will be put in order by the men of the companies, u- 
 ]^erintended by the chiefs of squads, and the guard-house or 
 guard tent by the guard or prisoners. 
 
 22(3.^ — The morning reports of companies, signed by the Cap- 
 .tains and First Sergeants, will be handed to the Adjutant be- 
 fore eight o'clock in the morning, and will be consolidated by 
 the Adjutant within the next hour, for the information of the 
 Culonel ; and if the consolidation is to be seni to higher au- 
 ihority, it will be signed by the Colonel and the Adjutant. 
 
 ARTIOLE XXIX. 
 
 noXOKS TO BK PAID BY Till-: TUOOIS. 
 
 227.~nie President or Vice President is to be saluted with 
 the highest honors— all standards and colors dropping, officers 
 
 an 
 
 d troops saluting, di^ums beating and trumpets soundin 
 
 228." — A General cornm.anding-in chief is to be received-- 
 by cavalry, with sabres presented, trumpets sounding the march, 
 and all the officers saluting, standards dropping; by infantry, 
 with drums beating the march, colors dro])[)ing, officei'S salu- 
 ting, and arms presented. 
 
 229. — A 21ajoi- General is to be received — by cavalry, with 
 ;<abres presented, trumpets sounding twice the trunjpet-ilourish, 
 and officers saluting ; by infantry, with three ruliies, colore 
 <lropping, olhcers saluting, and arms presented. 
 
 230. — A Brigadier- Generally to be received — by cavalry, 
 with sab-res presented, trumpets sounding once the trnmnet- 
 ilourish, and officers saluting ; by infantry, with two ruffles, 
 colors dropping, officers saluting, and arms presented. 
 
 231. — An Adjutant- Gentrul or Inspector- General^ if under 
 the rank of a General officer, is to be received at a review or 
 inspection of the troops* under arms — bv cavalry, with sabres 
 
■a 
 
 presented, officers saiuting; by infantry, officers saluting and 
 arms presented. The same honors to be paid to anyfiehi-offi- 
 cer authorized to review and inspect the troops. 'When the 
 inspecting officor.is junior to the officer commanding the pa- 
 rade, no compliments will be paid : he will be received only 
 with swords drawn and arms slwuldered. 
 
 •♦ 
 232. — All guards are to turn out and present arms to Gener- 
 al officers as often as they pass them, except the personal 
 guards of (ieneral officers, which turn out only to the Gene- 
 rals whose guards thev are, and to officers of superior rank. 
 
 233.— To commanders of regimen ts,garrisons,or camps, tlieir 
 own guards turn out, and present arms once a day ; after which, 
 they turn out with shouldered arms. 
 
 234. — To the members of the Ciibinei ; to the Chief Justice, 
 the President of the Congress of the Confederate States ;a'ndti> 
 Governors^ with\n tJieir respective States and Territories — the 
 same honors will be paid as to a General comraandingin-chief. 
 
 %%^.— Officers of aforeig-n. service may be complimented 
 with the honors due to their rank. 
 
 236. — American and Foreign Envoys or Ministers will be 
 received with the compliments diie to a Major-General. 
 
 237. — ^The colors of a regiment passing a guard are to be 
 saluted, the trumpets sounding, and the drums beating a march. 
 
 238. — When General officers or peraons entitled to salute^^pass 
 ill the rear of a guard, the officer is only to make his men stand 
 shouldered, and not to face his guard ab9ut, or beat his drum. 
 
 239. — When General officers, or persons entitled to a salute, 
 pass guards while in the act of relieving, both guards are to 
 salute, receiving tlie word oco mmand from the senior offieer 
 of the whole. 
 
 240. — All guards are to be under arms when armed parties 
 approach their posts ; and to parties commanded by commis- 
 sioned officers, they are to |)resent their arms, drums beating u 
 march, and officers saluting. 
 
 241. — Xo compliments by guards or sentinels will be paid 
 between retreat and revcMle^ except as prescribed f(fi' grand 
 rou7ids. 
 
 242. — All guards and sentinels are to pay the same compli- 
 ments to the officers of the navy, marines, and militia, in the 
 service of the Confederate States, as are directed to be paid to 
 the officers of the armv, according to their relative ranks. 
 
243. — It is equally the duty of non-commissioned officers 
 and soldiers, at all times and m all skiiations, to pay the proper 
 compliments to officers of the navy and marines, and to 
 officers of other regiments, when in uniform, as to officei*s of 
 their own particular regiments and corps. 
 
 244.— Courtesy among military men is indispOTsable to 
 discipline. Respect to superiors will not be confined to obe- 
 dience on duty, but will beiBxtended to all occasions. It is^ 
 always the duty of the inferior to accost or to offer first the. 
 customary salutation, and of the superior to return such com- 
 plimentary notice. 
 
 245. — Sergeants, with swords drawn, will salute by bring- 
 ing them to a present — with muskets, by bringing- the left hand 
 across the body » so as to strike the musket near the right 
 shoulder. Corporals out of the ranks, and privates not sen- 
 tries, will carry their muskets at a shoulder as sergeant, and 
 salute in like manner. « 
 
 246. — When a soldier without arms, or with side-arm? only, ^ 
 meets an officer, he is to raise his hand to the right side ot 
 the visor of his cap, palm to the front, elbow raised as high 
 as the shoulder, looking at the same time in a respectful and 
 soldier-like manner at the officer, who will return the compli- 
 ment thus offiered. 
 
 247. — A non commissioned officer or soldier being seated^ 
 and without particular occupation, will rise on the approach 
 of an officer, and make the customary salutation. If standing,. 
 he will turn toward the officer for the same purpose. If the 
 parties remain in the same place or on the same ground, such 
 compliments need not be repeated. 
 
 SATA'TES. 
 
 248. — ^The national salute 'is determined by the number of 
 States composing the Confederacy,, at the rate of one gun for 
 each State. 
 
 249. — The President of the Confedcrnte Sfaie.<< alone is to re- 
 cieve a salute of twenty-one guns. 
 
 250. — The Vice Prrsidcnt is to receive a salute of seventeen 
 gun^. 
 
 251. — The Heads if the, great Executive Dcimrtmeiits of the 
 National Gover?mcnt ; the General commanding the artny ; the 
 Governors of States and Territories^ within their respective 
 jurisdictions, fifteen guns. 
 
 252. — A Major- General^ thirteen guns. 
 
253. — A Brigadkr-Gintral^ eleven yinis. 
 ^ 254:. — Foreign ships of war will be saluted in return for a 
 similai- compliment, gun for gun, on notice being ofiiciallv 
 received of such intention. . If there be several posts in sigli't 
 of, or within six miles of each other, the })riucij)al only shall 
 reciprocatqpjompliments with ships passing. 
 
 . 2^^- — Officers of the Navy will be saluted accordin^c to rela- 
 tive rank. ^ 
 
 . -^^- — Foreign Officers invited to visit. a fort or ])0st may be 
 saluted according to their relative rank. 
 
 257. — Envoys and Ministers, of the Confederate States aiid 
 foreign powej-s are to be saluted with thirteen guns. 
 
 258. — A General officer will be saluted butoncein ayear at 
 each post, and only when notice of his iftteiition to visit ths 
 }K>st has been given. 
 
 259. — Salutes to individuals are to be fired on their arrival 
 
 260. OmilUd. 
 
 KSOOKTS OF HONOR. 
 
 201. — Escorts of honor may be composed of cavalry or in- 
 fanti'y, or both, according to circuiiistances. The^^ are guards 
 of honor for the purpose of receiving and escorting personages 
 «'f high rank, civil or military. The troops for tliis ])urpose 
 will be selected for their soldierly appearance and superior 
 discipline. 
 
 262. — The escort will be drawn up in line, the centre oj)- 
 ])osite to the place where the personage presents himself, with 
 an interval between the wings to receive him and his retinue. 
 On his appearance, he will be received with the honors due 
 to his rank. When he has taken his place in the line, the 
 whole will be wheeled into platoons or companies, as the case 
 may be, and take up the march. The same ceremony will be 
 observed, and the same honors paid, on his leaving the escort. 
 
 263. — When the position of the escort is at a considerable 
 distance from the point where he is expected to be received, 
 as, for instance, where a court-yard or wharf intervenes, Ji 
 double line of sentinels will be posted from that point to the 
 oscort, facing inward, and the sentinels will successively 
 .salute as he passes. 
 
 20i. — An officer will be appointed to attend him, to bear 
 such communications as he may have to make to the com- 
 mander of the escort. 
 
KUNEIJAI. K0N0K8. 
 
 2()5. — On the receipt of official intelligence of the death of 
 the President of the ConfederaU States^ at any post or cain[>, 
 iho commanding officer shall, on the following day, canse a 
 gun to be tired at every half honr, beginning at sunrise, and 
 ending at sunset. When posts are contiguous, the firing will 
 take place at the post only comirianded by the superior officei-. 
 
 266. — On theday of interment of a General commandingMii' 
 chiefs a gun will be tired at every half-hour, until the proces- 
 sion moves, beginning at sunrise. 
 
 267. — The funeral escort of a General Gommanding-in-chief 
 shall consist of a regiment of infantry, a squadron of cavalry, 
 and six pieces of artillery. 
 
 ■ 26S. — ^That of a Major- General^ a regiment of infantry, jt 
 squadron of cavalry, and four pieces of artillery, 
 
 269. — ^That of a Brigadier-General, a regiment of infantry^ 
 one company of cavalry, and two pieces of artillery. 
 
 270. — That of a Colonel^ a regiment. 
 
 271. — That .of a Lieutenant- Colonel^ six companies, 
 
 272.— That of %.Major^ four dbmpanies. 
 
 27o — ^That of a Ccfptain^ one company. 
 
 274. — ^That of a Suhiltern^ half a company. 
 
 275.— The funeral escort e.hall always be commanded by an 
 officer of the same rank with the deceased ; or, if norie such 
 be present, by one of the next inferinr grade. 
 
 276. — The funeral escort of a non-commissioned stati- otiicer 
 shall consist of sixteen rank and file, coramaicled by a sergeant. 
 
 277. — -That of a Sergeant, of fourteen rank and file,' com- 
 manded by a Sergeant. 
 
 278. — That of a Corporal, of twelve rank* and file, com- 
 manded by a Corporal ; and, 
 
 279. — ^That of a private, of eight rank and file, commandiMJ 
 by a Corporal. , ' • 
 
 280. — ^The escort will be formed in two ranks, opposite to 
 the quarters or tent of the decefised, with' shouldered arms 
 and bayonets unfixed ; the artillery and cavalry on the right 
 of the infantry. . 
 
 281. — On the appearance of the corpse, the officer ^^>m- 
 manding the escort will command, 
 
 Present Arms! 
 
 when the honors due to the deccascl will be paid by the 
 
<lrums and trumpets. The music will tlien play aii appropriate 
 air, and the coffin will then be taken to the right, where it 
 will be halted. The commander will next order, 
 
 1. Skoulder Arms! 2- By compamj {op flaioon)^ left wheel. 
 3. March. 4. Re'verse ArMs! 5. Column^ farioard. G. 
 , Guide right, 1. March. 
 
 The arms will be reversed at the order by bringing the fire- 
 lock under the left arm, butt to the front, barrel downward.* 
 <eft hand sustaining the lock, the right steadying the firelock 
 •behind the back ; swords are reversed in a similar manner 
 tmder the right arm. 
 
 282. — ^The column will be marched "in slow time to solemn 
 music, and, on reaching the grave, will take a direction so as 
 that the guides shall be next to the grave. When the centre 
 of the column is opposite tlie grave, the commander "will 
 o^<3er, 
 
 1. Cdlutiin. 2. Halt! 3. Eight into line ^v^heel. 4. March! 
 
 The coffin is then brought along the front,- to the opposite side 
 of the grave, and the commander then orders, 
 
 1. Shoulder A^ms! 2. Present 'Arms! 
 
 And when the coffin reaches the grave, he adds, 
 
 1. Shoulder Arms! 2. Rest on ArmsT 
 
 The rest on arms is done b}^ placing the muzzle on the left 
 foot^ both hands on the butt, the head on the hands or bowed, 
 right knee bent. 
 
 283, — After the funeral service is performed, and the coffin 
 is lowered iuto^he grave, the commander will order, 
 
 1. Attention! 2. Shoidder Arms! 3'. Load at toill. 4. 
 Load ! 
 
 When three rounds of small arms will- be fired by tlie escort, 
 taking care to ^elevate the pieces. 
 
 284 --This being done, the commander will order, 
 
 1. By company (or platoon)^ right loheel. 2. March! o 
 Colut/m, forioari. 4. Guide left. 5. Quick March. 
 
 The. music will not begin to play until the escort is clear of 
 the enclosure. 
 
 285. — When the distance to the place of interment is con- 
 siderable, the escort may march in common time and in 
 column of route, after leaving the camp or garrison, and till 
 it approaches the burial ground. 
 
2'J ♦ 
 
 '\2bti. — ^Tlie pall bearers, six in luiiaber, will be selected from 
 the grade of the deceased, or from the grade or grades next 
 above or below it. ^ " 
 
 287 — At the funeral of an oilicer, as many in commission oti 
 the army, division, brigade, or regiment, according to the 
 rank of the deceased, as can conveniently be spared from other 
 duties, will join in procession, in uniform and with side arms. 
 The funeral of a non-commissioned otiicer pr private will be 
 attended, in like manner, by the non-commissioned officers ov^ 
 ]>rivates of the regiment or comj^any, accoVding to tlie rank ot 
 the deceased, with side-arms only. 
 
 288.— -Persons joining in the procession follow the coffin in 
 the inverse order of their rank. 
 
 289. — The usual badge of military mourning is a piece of 
 black crape around the left arm, above the elbow, and also 
 upon the sword hilt ; and will be worn when in full or In 
 undress. . ^ 
 
 290. — As family mourning, crape will be worn by officers 
 (when in uniform) only around the left arm. 
 
 291. — Tlie drums of a funeral escort will be covert'd with 
 black crape, or ihin black serge. 
 
 29^. — Funeral honors will be .paid to deceased officers with- 
 out military rank according to their assimilated grades. 
 
 AETIGLE XXX. 
 
 INSPECTIONS OF THE TROOPS. 
 
 293.— The inspection of troops, as a division, .regiment,or oth- 
 er body composing a garrison or command, not less than a com- 
 pany, will generally be preceded by a review. 
 
 204. — ^There will be certain periodical inspections, t,<) wit : 
 1. The commanders of regiments and posts will make an in- 
 spection of their commands on the .last day of every month. 
 '2. Captains will inspect their companies every Sunday morn- 
 ng. — No soldier will be excused from Sunday inspection 
 ' xcept the guard,, the sick, and the necessary attendants ^ in 
 :he hospital. 
 V>. Medical officers haying charge of hospitals will also make a 
 
 thorough inspection of them every Sunday morning. 
 4. Inspection when troops are mustered for payment. . 
 
 295. — Besides these inspections, frequent visits will be made 
 by the commanding officer, company and medical officei's, 
 
;:o 
 
 dnring the montli, to the men's quarters, the hospital giuirxl- 
 house, <S?c. 
 
 FORM OF IX3rE<JTI0N. 
 
 296.— The pi*esent example embraces a battalion of infantry. 
 The inspecting officer and the field and stalF otHcei^ will be on 
 foot. 
 
 297. — ^The battalion being in the order of battle, the Colonel 
 will cause it to break into open column of companies, right in 
 front. He w^ill next order the ranks to be opened, w^hen the 
 color-rank and color-guard, under the direction of the Adju- 
 tant, will take post ten paces in front, and the band ten paces 
 in rear of the column. 
 
 298. — The Colonel, seeing the ranks aligned, will command, 
 l.OJicersandSerg^ts, to the fiwxt of your companies.'^. March. 
 Tlie officers will form themselves in one rank, eight paces, an»l 
 the non-commissioned officers in one rank, six paces, in ad- 
 vance, along the whole tronts of their respective companies, 
 froni right tnleft, in the order of seniority ; the pioneers and 
 music of each company, in 'one rank, two paces behind th(> 
 non-commissioned officers. 
 
 . 299. —The Colonel will next command. 
 
 Field and 8ta-ff to the front March ! 
 
 llie coniJMissioned officers thus designated will form thenj- 
 selves in*ne rank, on a line equal to the front of the column, 
 six paces in front of the colors^ from right to left, in tHe order 
 of .senioritj'- ; and the non-commissioned staff, in a simil.-n- 
 manner, two paces in rear of the preceding rank. The Colo- 
 nel, seeing the movement executed, will take post on the- 
 right of the Lieutenant-Colonel, and wait tlie approach of th-' 
 inspecting officer. But such ol the field officers as may ht' 
 superior in rank to the Inspector will not take post in ^ ivo\\i 
 of the battalion. . • 
 
 300. — The Inspector Avill commence in front. After iii- 
 specting the dress and general appearance of the field anH 
 ■commissioned staff under arms, the Inspector, accompaniec: 
 by these officers, will pass down the open column, looking \\\ 
 every rank in front and rear. 
 
 301. — The Colonel will now command, 
 
 1 . Order arms. 2. Rest 1^ 
 When the Inspector will pt^ceed to raakc fi r^ritito inspectiou 
 
of the several ranks or divisions, in succession, commencing 
 in front. 
 
 302. — As the inspector a])})roaches the non-commissioned 
 statf, cOlor-rank, the color-^uard, and the band, the Adjutant 
 will «2jive the necessary orders for the inspection of arms, boxes, 
 and knapsacks. The colors will he planted firm in the ground, 
 to enable the color-bearers to display the contents of their 
 knapsacks. The non-commissioned staff may be dismissed as 
 soon as inspected ; but the color-rank and color guard will 
 remain until the colors are to be escorted to the place from 
 which they were taken. 
 
 303. — As the Inspector successively approaches the compa- 
 nies, the Captains will command, 
 
 1. Attention. 2. Company. 3 Inspection— •xiaih\ 
 
 The inspecting officer will then go through the whole com- 
 pany, and minutely inspect the arms, accoutrements, and dress 
 of each soldier. After this is done, the Captain will com- 
 mand, 
 
 6(^6';i— Boxes. 
 
 When the ammunition and the boxes will be examined. 
 304. — The Captain will then command, ^ 
 
 1. Shoulder— A.n'M^\ 6. Totherewi\ openm'der. 
 
 2. Clout order. 7. Makcii ! 
 
 3. Makcii I 8. Front r«n^ -About— Face I 
 
 4. Order Arms! 9. Unsling hiapsacks. 
 
 5. Stach AiiMsI 10. Open Icnapsachs. 
 
 305. — The Sergeants will face inward at the 2d command, 
 and close npon the centre of the 3d, and stack their arms at 
 the 5th command; at the 6th command they face outward, 
 and resume their positions at the 7th. AVhen the ranks are 
 closed, preparatory to talce arrns, the Sergeants will also close 
 upon the centre, and at the Avord, take their arms and resume 
 their places. 
 
 306. — ^The knapsacks will be placed at the feet .of the men 
 "the flaps from them, with the great-coats on the flaps, and the 
 knapsacks leaning on the greatcoats. In tliis position the 
 Inspector will examine their contents, or so may of them as 
 he may think necessary, commencing with the non-commis- 
 sioned officers, the men standing at attention. 
 
 307. — When the Inspector has passed through the company, 
 the Captain will command, 
 
 Hcimck — Knajjsacls ; 
 
 3j 
 
when CMcli soldier will r'epnck and buckle up his knaiJsack^ 
 leaving it on the ground, the number upward, turned from 
 him, and then stand at rest. 
 
 ;308. — The Captain will then command, 
 
 « 1. Attention. 2. Company. 3. Sling — Knapsacks. 
 
 At the word di7ig, each soldier will take his knapsack, holding 
 it by the inner straps, and stand erect; at the last W'ord he 
 will replace it on his back. The Captain will continue, 
 
 4. J^ront rank — About — Face ! S. SJioulder — Arms ! 
 
 o. Close order. " 9. Officers and Sergeants^ 
 
 (i, March I to your posts. 
 
 7. TaJce — Arms! 10. March! 
 
 and will cause the company to file off to their tents and quar- 
 ters, except the company that is to re-escort the colors, which 
 will await the further orders of the Colonel. 
 
 309. — In an extensive column, some of the rearmost com- 
 panies may, after the inspection of dress and general appear- 
 ance, be permitted to stack arms until ^usthefore the Inspector 
 approaches them, whtm they will be directed to take arms and 
 jcsume their position. 
 
 310. — The inspection of the troops being ended, the field 
 and staff will next accompany the Inspector to the hospital, 
 magazine, arsenal, quarters, sutler's shop, guard-house, and 
 such other places as he may think proper to inspect. The 
 Captains and subalterns repair to their companies and sections 
 to await the Inspector. 
 
 311. — The hospital being at all times an object of particular 
 interest, it .will be critically and minutely inspected. 
 
 312. — The men will be formed in the company quarters in 
 front of their respective bunks, and on the entrance of the 
 Inspector the word Attention! will be given by the senior non- 
 commissioned officer present, when the whole will salute with 
 the hand, without uncovering. * 
 
 313. — The Inspector, attended by the company officers, will 
 examine the general arrangement of the interior of the quar- 
 UiYS, the bunks, bedding, cooking, and table utensils, and such 
 other objects as may present themselves ; and afterw^ards the 
 exterior. 
 
 314. — The Adjutant shall exhibit to the luspector the regi- 
 mental books and papers, iucluding those relating to the 
 transactions of the Council of Administration. The company 
 
books and papers will also be exhibited, the whole together, 
 generally at the Adjutant's office, and in the presence of the 
 officers not otherwise particularly engaged. 
 
 315. — The Inspector will examine critically the books and 
 accounts of the administrative and disbursing officers of the 
 command, and the money and property in their keeping. 
 
 316. — The inspection of cavalry and artillery will conform 
 to the principles laid down in the foregoing paragraphs, re- 
 gard being had to the system of instruction for those arms of 
 service respectively. 
 
 ARTICLE XXXJ. 
 
 MUSTERS. 
 
 317. — The musters will be made by an Inspector-General, 
 if present, otherwise by an officer specially designated by the 
 Commander of the Army, Division, or Department ; and in 
 absence of either an Inspector-General or officer specially 
 designated, the muster will be made by the commander of the 
 post. 
 
 318.— When one inspecting officer can not muster all the 
 troops himself on tlie day specified, the commanding officer 
 will designate such other competent officers as may be neces- 
 sary, to Ssist him. 
 
 319. — All stated musters of the troops shall be preceded 
 by a mimite and careful inspection in the prescribed mode ; 
 and if the command be more than a company,, by a review, be- 
 fore inspection. 
 
 :}20. — The mustering officer having inspected the compa- 
 nies in succession, beginning on the right, returns to the first 
 company to muster it. The company being at ordered arms, 
 witli open ranks, as wdien inspected, tlie Captain will, as the 
 mustering officer approaches, command, 
 
 i. Attention. 2. Comjiany ! 3. Shovldrr — Akms ! 
 4. Support — Arms ! 
 
 The mustering ofiicer will then call over the names on the roll, 
 and each man, as his name is called, will distinctly answer. 
 Here ! and bring his piece to a carry and to an order. 
 
 321. — After each company is mustered, the Captain will 
 order it to be marched to the company parade, and there 
 dismissed to quarters to await the Inspector's visit. 
 
 Z22. — After mustering the companies, the mustering officer,. 
 
:]4 
 
 atteDcled by the company commanders, will visit tlie guard 
 hospital, to verify the presence of the men reported there. 
 
 328.— The muster and payrolls will be made on the printed 
 forms furnished from the Adjutant-General's office, and accord- 
 ing to the directions given on them. On the muster-rolls 
 companies are desigjiated by the name of the captain, whether 
 present or absent. The pay-roll is left blank, to be filled by 
 the Paymaster 
 
 324. — One copy of each muster-roll will be transmitted by 
 the mustering officer to the Adjutant-Generars office in tlie 
 War Department within three days after the muster. 
 
 ARTICLE XXXll. 
 
 FORMS OF PARADE. 
 
 325. On all parades of ceremony, such as Reviews, Guard- 
 mounting, at Troop or Retreat parades, instead of the word 
 *'/P6'.s-^" which allow^s the men to move or change the position 
 of their bodies, the conmiand will be "Pakade Rest!" At 
 the last word of this command, the soldier w-ill carry the right 
 foot six inches in thcvvear of the left heel, the left knee slightly 
 bent, the body upright upon the right leg; the musket rest- 
 ing against the hollow of the right.shoulder, the hands crossed 
 in front, the backs of them outward, and the left ha#d upper- 
 most. At the word "Attention!" the soldier wall resume 
 the correct position at order arms. In the positions here 
 indicated, the soldier wdll remain silent and motionless; and 
 it is particularly enjoined upon all officers to cause the com- 
 mands above given, on the part of the soldier, to be executed 
 with great briskness and spirit. 
 
 S2ij. Officers on all duties under anns are to have their 
 swords drawn, without waiting for any words of command for 
 that pui^^ose. 
 
 1. DRESS PARADE. 
 
 327. There shall be daily one dress parade, at troop or 
 retreat, as the commanding officer may direct. 
 
 328. A signal will be beat or sounded half an hour before 
 troop or 'retreat, for the music to assemble on the regimental 
 parade, and each company to turn out under arms on its ow^i 
 parade, for roll-call and inspectio n y its own officers. 
 
 329. Ten minutes after that signal, the Adjutant's call will 
 be given, when the Captains w^ill march their companies (the 
 band playing) to the regimental parade, where they take their 
 
positions in the order of battle. Wlien the line is fornjejil, the 
 Captain of the first company, on notice from the Adjutant, 
 steps one pace to the front, and gives to his company the com- 
 mand, " (9/'6?^r Arms! Parade Rkst !" which is iepea<-ed 
 by each Captain in succession to the left. The Adjutant takes 
 post two paces on the right of the line ; the Sergeant-major 
 two paces on the left. The music will be formed in two ranks 
 on the right of the Adjutant. The seni(;r officer present will 
 take the command of the parade, and wttl take post at a 
 suitable distance in front, opposite the centre, facing the line. 
 
 330. When the companies have ordered arms, the Adju- 
 tant will order the music to beat off^ when it will commence 
 on the right, beat in front of the line to the left, and back to 
 its place on the right. 
 
 381: AVhen the music has ceased, the Adjutant will step 
 two paces to the front, face to the lett, and command, 
 
 1. Attention/ 2. Battalion. 3. SJioulder Arms! -i. Pre- 
 pare to open ranks ! 5. To the rear, open order ! 6. March. 
 
 At the sixth command, the ranks will bo opened according to 
 the system laid down in the Infantry Tactics, the commist^ioned 
 officei'S marching to the front, the company officers four paces, 
 field officers six paces, opposite to their positions in the order 
 of battle, where they will halt and dress. Tlie Adjutant, 
 seeing the ranks aligned, will command, 
 
 Front! 
 
 and march along the front to the centre, face to the riglit, and 
 pass the line of company officers eight or ten paces, where he 
 will come to the right about, and command. 
 
 Present Ar:^is ! 
 
 when arms will be presented, officers saluting. 
 
 332. Seeing this executed, he will face about to the coni- 
 manding officer, salute, and report, ''aSV>, the parade is 
 formed.''^ The Adjutant will then, on intimation to that eft'ect, 
 take liis station tliree paces on the left of the commanding 
 officer, one pace retired, passing round his rear. 
 
 333. The commanding officer having acknowledged the 
 salute of the line by touching his hat, will, after the Adjutant 
 has taken his post, draw his sword, and command, 
 
 1. Battalion. 2. Shoulder AR>rs! 
 
;u; 
 
 and add sucli exercises as he may think proper, concluding 
 with 
 
 Order Arms ! 
 
 then retnrn his sword, and direct the Adjutant to receive the 
 reports. 
 
 334:. Tiie Adjutant will now pass round the right ot the 
 commanding ofticer, advance upon the line, halt midway be- 
 tween him and the line of company officers, and command, 
 
 1. First Sergeants^ to the front and centre, 2. Makoh. 
 
 At tlie tirst command, they will shoulder arms as Sergeants, 
 march two paces to the front, and face inward. At the second 
 command, they will march to the centre, and halt. The Adju- 
 tant will then order. 
 
 1. Front — FjCE. '2. Report. 
 At the last word, each in succession, beginning on the right, 
 will salute by bringing the left hand smartly across the breast 
 to the right shoulder, and report the result of the roll-call 
 previously made on the company parade. • 
 
 335. The Adjutant again commands, 
 
 I. First Sergeants, outward — Fack! 2. To your posts — Makcii! 
 
 whjen they will resume their places, and order arms. The 
 Adjutant will now face to tlie commanding officer, salute, 
 report absent officers, and give the n?sult of tlie First Ser- 
 geants' reports. The commanding officer will next direct the 
 orders to be read, wlieii the Adjutant will \\\m about, and 
 announce, 
 
 Attention to Orders. 
 He will then I'ead the orders. 
 
 836. The orders having been read, the Adjutant will face 
 to the commanding officer, salute, and rejiort ; when, on an 
 inthnation from the commander, he will face again to the 
 line, and announce. 
 
 Parade is dismissed. 
 
 All the officers will now return their swords, face inward and 
 close on the Adjutant, he having taken position in their line, 
 the field officers on the flanks. The Adjutant commands, 
 
 1. Front— Face [ 2. Forward — March! 
 when they will nuirch forward, dressing on the centre, the 
 music playing ; and when within six paces of the commander, 
 the Adjutant will give the word. 
 
 Halt! 
 
The officers will then y;ilute the oomiiuiii(Uno- officer hy rai-sirii^ 
 tlie liand to the cap, and there remain until he shall have com- 
 municated to thein such instructions as he may have to give, or 
 intimates that the ceremony is linislied. As the officers dis- 
 perse, the First Sergeants will close the ranks of their respec- 
 tive companies, and march tliem to the company parades, 
 wliere they will be dismissed, the hand continuing to play un- 
 til the companies clear the regimental j)arade. 
 
 337.— All field and company officers ami men will be pre - 
 ^Qut at dress jytf^ades, \m\ess especially excused, or on some 
 duty incompatable with such attendance. 
 
 338. — A dress parade once a day will not be dispensed with, 
 except on extraordinary and urgent occasions. 
 
 II. REVII^W OK A BATTAI.IOX OF IXFAN riiV. 
 
 339. — Preparatory to a review, the Adjutant will cause a 
 camp-color to be placed 80 or 100 ])aces, or more, according 
 t(v the length of the line, in front of, and opposite to, where 
 the centre of the battalion will rest, where the reviewing offi- 
 cer is supposed to take his station ; and, although he may 
 choose to quit that position, still the color is to be considered 
 as the point to which all the movements and formations are 
 relative. 
 
 340. — The Adjutant will also cause points to be iparked, at 
 suitable distances, for the wlieelings of the divisions ; so that 
 their right flanks, in marcliingpast, shall only be about four 
 j)aces from the camp-color, where it is supposed the reviewing 
 officer ])laces himself to receive the salute. 
 
 341. — The battalion being formed in the order of battle, at 
 shouldered arms', the colonel will command. 
 
 1. Battalioin^ 2n'e2X(re for review ! 2. To the rear^ open ord,:r. 
 
 3. March ! 
 
 At the word Makch, ihe field and staft' officers dismount ; tiie 
 company officers and the color-rank advance four paces in front 
 of the front rank, and ])lace themselves opposite to tiieir respec- 
 tive places in the order of battle. The color-guard replace the 
 color-rank. The staff officers place themselves, according tj 
 rank, three paces on the right of the rank of company officers, 
 and one pace from eaf*h other ; the music takes post^as at pa- 
 rade. The non-commissioned stafx take ])ost (»ne pace i\'y*\u 
 each other, and three paces on tlie right of ihe front rank of 
 the battalion. 
 
3S 
 
 34:2. — When the ranks are aligned, the colonel will com- 
 mand, 
 
 Front ! 
 and place himself eight paces, and the Lieutenant-Colonel and 
 Major \fill place themselves two paces, in front of the rank of 
 company officers, and opposite to tlieir respective places in the 
 order of battle, all facing to tlie front. 
 
 343. — When the reviewing officer presents himself before 
 the centre, and is fifty or sixty paces distant, the Colonel will 
 face abont, and conmiand. 
 
 Present — Arms ! . 
 
 and resume his front. The men present arms, and the officers 
 salute, so as to drop their swords with the last motion of the 
 firelock. The non-commissioned stafi" salute by bringing the 
 sword to ajt>6>?'.9^, tne hilt resting on the breast, the blade iu 
 front of the face, inclining a little outward. The music will 
 play, and all the drums beat, according to the rank of the re- 
 viewing officer. The colors only salute such persons as, from 
 their rank^ and by regulation, (See Article XXIX,) are entitled 
 to that honor. ' If the reviewing officer be junior in rank to 
 the commandant of the parade, no compliment will be paid 
 to him, but he will be received wdth arms carried, and the 
 ufficers will not salute as tiie column passes in review. 
 
 314. — The reviewing officer having halted, aiid acknowledg- 
 ed the salute of the line by touching or raising his cap or hat, 
 the Colonel will face about and command, 
 
 Shoulder — Arms ! 
 
 when the men shoulder thtir pieces ; the officers and non- 
 commissioned staft* recover their swords with the last motion, 
 and the Colonel faces to the front. 
 
 345. — The reviewing officer will then go toward the right, 
 the whole remaining perfectly steady, witiiout paying any fur- 
 ther complin:ient, while he passes along the front of the bat- 
 talion, and proceeds round the left flank, and aloiig the rear of 
 the file-closers, to the right. While the reviewing ofticer is 
 going round the battalion, the band will play, and will cease 
 when he has returned to the right fiank of the troops. 
 
 346. — When the reviewing officer turns off, to place him- 
 self by the camp- color in front, the Colonel will face to the 
 line and command, 
 
 1. Clo'^e Order. 2. March! 
 
 At the first command, the field and company officers will 
 
I'ace to the riglit-iibout, and at the second conimand all persons?, 
 except the Colonel, will resume their places' in the order of 
 battle ; the field and staff officers mount. 
 
 347. — ^The reviewing officer having taken his position near 
 the camp-color, the Colonel will command, 
 
 1. By company^ right wheel, 2. Quiclc — March ! 3. Pass 
 
 in review. 4. Column^ forward. 5. Guide right. 6. March ! 
 
 The battalion, in column of companies, right in front, will then, 
 in common time, and at shouldered arras^ be put in motion ; 
 the Colonel four paces in front of the Captain of the leading 
 company ; the Lieutenant-Colonel on a line with the leading 
 company ; the Major on a line with the rear company ; the 
 Adjutant on a line with tlie second Company ; the Sergeant- 
 Major on a line with the company next preceding the rear — 
 each six paces from the flank (left) opposite to the reviewing 
 officer ; the staff officers in one rank, according the order of 
 precedency, from the right, four paces in rear of the column ; 
 the music, preceded by tlie principal musician, six paces before 
 the Colonel ; the pioneers, preceded by a Corporal, four paces 
 before the principal musician; and the Quartermaster-Sergeant 
 two paces from the side opposite to the guides, and in line 
 wnth the pioneers. 
 
 348. — All other officers and non-commissioned officers will 
 march past in the i)laces prescribed for them in the march of 
 an open column. The guides and soldiers will keep their heads 
 steady to the front in passing in rev iew\ 
 
 349. — The color-bearer will remain in the ranks while pass- 
 ing and saluting. 
 
 350. — The music will begin to play at the command to 
 march, and after passing the reviewing officer, wheel to the 
 left out of the column, and take a position opposite and facing 
 him, and will continue to play until the rear of the column 
 shall have passed him, when it will ceascj ajid follow in the 
 rear ofthe battalion, unless the battalion is to pass in quich 
 tt'fne^\9>0y in. which case it will keep its position. 
 
 3.51. — The officers will salute the reviewing officer when thet 
 arrive within six paces of him, and recover their swords when 
 six paces past him. All officers, in saluting, will cast their 
 eyes toward the reviewing officer. 
 
 352. — The Colonel, when he has saluted at the head of the 
 battalion, will place himself near the revie wiiig officer, and will 
 remam there until the rear has passed, when he will rejoin 
 the battalion. 
 
40 
 
 353. The Colors will salute the reviewing officer, if enti- 
 tied to it, when with in six paces of him, and be raised when they 
 have passed by him an equal distance. The drums will beat 
 a march, or ruffie, according to the rank of the reviewing offi- 
 cer, at the same time that the colors salute. 
 
 354:.--AVhen the column has passed thereviewingofficer, the 
 Colonel will direct it to the ground it marched from and com- 
 mand, 
 
 (luide left, 
 
 in time for the guides to cover. The column having arrived 
 :on its ground, the Colonel will command. 
 
 1. Column. 2. Halt ! 
 
 form it in order of battle, and cause the ranks to be opened, as 
 in paragraph 341. The review will terminate by the whole 
 saluting as at the beginning. 
 
 355. — If, however, instructions have, been previously given 
 to march the troops past in qiiich time also, the Colonel will, 
 instead of changing the guides, halting the column, and wheel- 
 ing it into line, as above directed, give the command, 
 
 1. Qairlc time. 2. March. 
 
 In passing the reviewing officer again, no salute will l)e offer- 
 ed by either officers or men. The music will have kept its 
 position opposite the reviewing officer, and at tlie last com- 
 mand will commence playing, and as the column approaches, 
 will place itself in front oi, and march off with the column, and 
 continue to play until the battalion is halted on its original 
 ground of formation. The Eeview will terminate in the same 
 mauFier as prescribed above. 
 
 356. — The Colonel will afterwards cause the troops to per- 
 form such exercises and manonivres as the reviewing officer 
 may direct. 
 
 357. — When two or more battalions are to be reviewed, 
 they will be formed in parade order, with the proper intervals, 
 ffnd will also perform the sanae movements 1 hat are laid down 
 for a single battalion, observing the additional directions that 
 are given for such movements when applied to the line. The 
 Brigadier-General and his staff, on foot, will place themselves 
 opposite the centre of the brigade ; the Brigadier-General two 
 paces in front of the rank of Colonels, his aid two paces ow his 
 right, and one retired ; and the other brigade staff officers, 
 Jthosehavinii' the rank <>f field officers, in the rank of Lieutenant- 
 
41 
 
 Oolonels and Majors ; and those below that rank, in the rank 
 of company officers. 
 
 3-58. — In passing in review, a Major-General will be four 
 paces in front of the (Jolonel of the leading battalion of bis 
 division ; and the Brigadier-General will be on the right of the 
 Colonels of the leading battalions of their brigades ; staff otH- 
 ('(^'s on the left of their Generals. 
 
 3-)9. — When the line exceeds two battalions, the reviewing' 
 officer may cause them to march past in quick, tune only. In 
 such cases the mounted officers only will salute. 
 
 360. — A number of companies less than a battalion will be 
 reviewed as a battalion, and a single company as if it were 
 with the batalliou. In the latter case, the company may 
 pass in column or platoons. 
 
 3()1. — If several brigades are to be reviewed together, or in 
 one line, this further difference will be observed : the review- 
 ing personage, joined by the General of the division, on the 
 1 ight of his division, will proceed down the line, parallel to 
 its front, and when near the Brigadier-Generals respectively, 
 will be saluted by their brigades in succession. Tlie music 
 of each, after the prescribed salute, will play while the review- 
 ing personage is in front, or in rear of it, and only theii. 
 
 30:2.— In nuirching in review, with several battalions in 
 common time, the music of each succeeding battalion will 
 commences to play when the music" of the preceding one has 
 ceased, in or<der to follow its battalion. When marching in 
 (juick time, the nujsic will begin to play when the rear com- 
 pany of tlu' jrreceeding battalion has passed the reviewing 
 officer. 
 
 303. — The reviewing officer or personage will acknowledge 
 the salute by raising, or taking off his cap or hat, when the 
 conmiander of the troops salutes him ; and also when the 
 colors pass. The remainder of the time occupied by the pas- 
 sage of the troops, he will be covered. 
 
 364. — The review of cavalry and artillery will be conducted 
 on similar principles, and according to the systems of instruc- 
 tion for those arms of the service. 
 
 HI. CUAKD-MUI'XTING. 
 
 365. — Camp and garrison guards will be relieved e\ery 
 twenty-four hoin\s. The guards at outposts will ordinarily be 
 relieved in the same manner; but this must depend on their 
 
12 
 
 distances from camp, or other circumstances, which may 
 sometimes require their continuing on duty several days. In 
 such cases they must be previously warned to provide them- 
 selves accordingly. 
 
 •366. — At the first call for guard-mounting, the men warned 
 for duty turn out on their company parades for inspection by 
 ^the Fn'st Sergeants; and at the second call, repair to the regi- 
 mental or garrison parade, conducted by the first Sergeants. 
 Each detatchment, as it arrives, will, under the direction of 
 the Adjutant, take post on the left of the one that preceded 
 it, in open order, arms shouldered, and bayonets fixed; the 
 supernumeraries five paces in the rear of the men of their 
 respective companies ; the First Sergeants in the rear of them. 
 The Sergeant-Major will dress the ranks, count the files, verify 
 the details, and when the guard is formed, report to the Adju- 
 tant, and take post tw^o paces on the left ot the front rank. 
 
 •B67 — The Adjutant then commands jPro??^ when the officer 
 of the guard takes post twelve paces in front of the centre, 
 the Sergeants in one rank, four paces in the rear of the offi- 
 cers; and the Corporals in one j-ank, four paces in the rear of 
 the Sergeants — all facing to the front. The Adjutant then 
 assigns their places in the guard. 
 
 868. — The Adjutant will then command, 
 
 1. Officer, and no7i-commissioned officers. 2. About-^— Face ! 
 3. Inspect your gnards — March ! 
 
 The non-commissioned officers then take their posts. The 
 commander of the guard then commands, 
 
 1 . Order — Arms ! 9. Inspection — Arms. 
 
 and inspects his guard. When there is no commissioned offi- 
 cer on the guard, fhe Adjutant will inspect it. During in- 
 spection, the band w^ill play. 
 
 369. — The inspection ended, the officer of tlie guard takes 
 post as though the guard were a company of a battalion, in 
 open order, under review; at the same time, also, the officers 
 of the day will take post in front of the centre of the guard ; 
 the old officers of the day three paces on the right of the new 
 officer of the day, one pace retired. 
 
 o70. — The Adjutant will now command, 
 
 1. Parade — Rest ! 2. Troop — Beat off! 
 when the music, beginning on the right, will beat down the 
 
4.': 
 
 line in front of the officer of the guard to the left, and back 
 to its place on the right, where it will cease to play. 
 
 371. — The Adjutant then commands, 
 I. Attention! 2, Shoulder — Arms! 3. Close order — March! 
 At the word '* close order," the officer will face about ; at 
 •Muarch," resume his post in lim\ The Adjutant tht^i ronj- 
 mands. 
 
 Present — Arms ! 
 
 At which he will face to the new officer of the day, salute, and 
 leport, " Sir, the guard isjormedy The new officer of the day, 
 after acknowledging the salute, will diiect the Adjutant to 
 inarch the guaixl in review, or by flank to its post. But if the 
 Adjutant be senior to the officer of the day, he will repoi-t 
 without saluting with the sw^ord then, or when marching the 
 guard in review. 
 
 372. — In review, the guard march past the officer of tlie 
 (lay, according to the order of review, conducted by the Adju- 
 I ant, marching on the left of the first division ; the Sergeant- 
 ^Tajor on the left of the last division. 
 
 373. — When the colunm has passed the officer of the day, 
 the officer of the guard marches it to its post, the Adjutant 
 and 8ergeant-Major retiring. The music which has wheeled 
 out of the column, and taken post opposite the officer of the 
 day, will cease, and the old officer of the day salute, and give 
 the old or standing orders to the new ofllcer of the day. The 
 supernumeraries, at the same time, will be marched by the 
 First Sergeants to their respective company parades, and 
 dismissed. 
 
 374. — In bad weatlier, or at night, oi" after fatiguing marches, 
 the ceremony of turning off may be dispensed with, but not 
 the inspection. 
 
 37-3. — Grand guards, and other brigade guards, are organized 
 ;iiid mounted on the brigade parade by the staff officer of the 
 parade, under the direction of the field officer of the day of the 
 biigade, according to the principles here prescribed for the 
 police guard of a regiment. The detail of each regiment is 
 assembled on the regimental parade, verified by the Adjutant, 
 and marched to the brigade parade by the senior officer of the 
 detail. After inspection and review, the officer of tlie day 
 directs the several guards to their respective posts. 
 
 37G. — The officer of the old guard having his guard paraded, 
 on the approach of the new guard, commands, 
 Prcsnit — Arms! 
 
4.1 
 
 r377. — Tlie new guard will inarch, in quick lime, past the 
 old guard, at shouldered arms, officers saluting, and take post 
 four paces on its right, w^here, being aligned with it, its coin- 
 inander will order. 
 
 Present — Arm.S. 
 The two officers will then approach each other, and salute. 
 They will then return to their respective guards, and com- 
 mand, 
 
 1. Shoulder — Arms! 2. Ordei- — Arms! 
 
 378. — The officer of the new guard will now direct the 
 detail for the advanced giuird to be formed and marched to its 
 post, the list of the guard made and divided into three reliefs, 
 experienced soldiers placed over the arms of the guard and at 
 the remote and responsible posts, and the young soldiers in 
 posts near the guard for instruction in their duties, and wnll 
 himself proceed to take possession of the guard-house or 
 gu9,rd-tent, and the articles find prisoners in charge of the 
 guard. 
 
 379. — During the time of relieving the sentinels and of call- 
 ing in the small posts, the old conunander will give to the new^ 
 all the inforaiation and instructions relating to his post. 
 
 380. — The first relief having been designated and ordered 
 two paces to the front, the Corpoi'al of the new guard w^ill 
 take charge of it, and go to relieve the sentinels, accompanied 
 by the corporal of the old guard, who will take command ol" 
 the old sentinels, when the wdiole are relieved. 
 
 381. — If the sentinels are numerous, the Sergeants are to be 
 (miployed, as well as the Corporals, in relieving them. 
 
 382. — The relief, with arms at a support, in two ranks, will 
 march by flank, conducted by the Corporal on the*side of the 
 leading front-rank man ; and the men will be numbered alter- 
 nately in the front and rear rank, the njan on the right of the 
 front rank being No 1. Should an officer approach, the Coi- 
 poral will command carry arms, and resume the support arms 
 when the otKcer is passed. 
 
 383. — The sentinels at the guard-house or guard-tent will 
 be the first relieved and left behind ; the others are relieved in 
 succession. 
 
 384. — When a sentinel sees the relief approaching, he will 
 halt and face to it, with liis arms at a shoulder. At six paces, 
 the Corporal will command, 
 
 1. Relhi. '2. Halt. 
 
•l.> 
 
 when the relief will halt and cany anus. The (.'orj)oral wilF 
 then add, " No. 1," or " No. 2*," or '' No. 3/' according to the 
 number of the post, 
 
 The two sentinels will, with arms a.t'port, then approach each 
 other, when the old sentinel, under the correction of the Cor- 
 poral, will whisper the instructions to the new sentinel. This 
 done, the two sentinels will shoulder arms, and the old senti- 
 nel will pass, in quick time, to his place in rear of the relief. 
 The Corporal will then command, 
 
 1. Sup2?ort — Arms ! 2. Fonoard, 3. March ! 
 
 and the relief proceeds in the same manner until the whole 
 are relieved. 
 
 3S5. — The detachments and sentinels from the old guard 
 having come in, it will be marched, at shouldered arms^ alone 
 the front of the new guard, in - quick time, the new guard 
 standing mi prese7ited arms ; officers saluting, and tlie music of 
 both guards beating, except at the outposts. 
 
 386. — On arriving at the regimental or garrison parade, the 
 commander of the old guard will send the detachments com- 
 posing it, under charge of the non-commissioned officers, to 
 their respective regiments. Before the men are dismissed, 
 their pieces will be drawn or discharged at a target. On re- 
 joining their companions, the chiefs of squads wdll examine 
 the arms, &c., of their men, and cause the whole to the put 
 away in good order. 
 
 387. — When the old guard has marched off fifty paces, the 
 otiicer of the new guard will order his men to stack their arms, 
 or place them in the arm-racks. 
 
 388. — ^The commander of the guard, will then make him- 
 
 ^self ivpquainted with all the instructions for his post, visit the 
 
 sentinels, and question them and the non-commissioned officei-s 
 
 relative to the instructions they may have received from other 
 
 ])ersons of the old guard. 
 
 vVETICLE XXXIII. 
 
 GUARDS. 
 
 389. — Sentinels will be relieved every two hours, unless the 
 state of the weather, or other causes, should make it neces- 
 sary or proper that it be done at shorter or longer intervals. 
 
 390. — Each relief, before mounting, is inspected by the 
 
46 
 
 commander of. the guard or of its ])ost. The Corporal reports 
 to him, and presents the old relief on its return. 
 
 391. — The coiintersign, or watcliword, is giv^en to sucli per- 
 sons as are entitled to pass during the night, and to officers, 
 non-commissioned officers, and sentinels of the guard. Inte- 
 rior guards receiv^e the countersign only when ordered by the 
 commander of the troops. 
 
 392. — The^«?'<9Z6 is imparted to such officers only as have a 
 right to visit the guards, and to make the grand rounds ; and 
 to officers commanding guards. 
 
 393. — As soon as the new guard has been marched off, the 
 officer of the day will repair to the office of the commanding- 
 officer and report for orders. 
 
 394. — Tlie officer of the day must see that the officer of the 
 guard is furnished with the parol and countersign before re- 
 treat. 
 
 395. — The officer of the day visits the guards during the day 
 at such times as he ma^^ deem necessary, and makes his rounds 
 at night at least once after 12 o'clock. 
 
 396. — Upon being relieved, the officer of the day will make 
 such remarks in the report of the officer of the guard as cir- 
 cumstances require, and present the same at head quarters. 
 
 397. — Commanders of guards leaving their posts to visit 
 their sentinels, or on other duty, are to mention their inten- 
 tion, and the probable time of their absence, to the next in 
 command. 
 
 898. — The officers are to remain constantly at their guards, 
 except while visiting their sentinels, or necessarily engaged 
 elsewhere on their proper duty. 
 
 399. — I:s"either officers nor soldiers are to take off their clo- 
 thing or accoutrements while they are on guard. 
 
 400. — The officer of the guard must see that the counter- 
 sign is duly communicated to the sentinel-3 a ttle before 
 twilight. 
 
 401. — When a fire breaks out, or any alarm is raised in a 
 garrison, all guards are to be immediately under arms. 
 
 402. — Inexperienced officers are put on guard as supernu- 
 meraries, for the purpose of instruction. 
 
 403. — Sentinels will not take orders or allow^ themselves to 
 be reheved, except by an officer or non-commissioned officer 
 of their guard or party, the officer of the day, or thtconnnand- 
 
47 
 
 ing officer; in which case the orders will be immediately 
 notified to the commander of the guard by the officer giving 
 them. 
 
 404. — Sentinels will report every breach of orders or regu- 
 lations they are instructed to enforce. 
 
 405. — Sentinels must keep themselves on the alert, observ- 
 ing every thing that takes place within sight and hearing of 
 their post. They will carry their arms habitually at support, 
 or on either shoulder, but will never quit them. In wet 
 weather, if there be no sentry-box, they vv^ill secure arms. 
 
 406.— Ko sentinel shall quit his post or hold conversation 
 not necessary to the proper discharge of his duty. 
 
 407. — All persons, of whatever rank in the service, are re- 
 (juired to observe respect toward sentinels. 
 
 408. — In case of disorder, a sentinel must call otit the guard; 
 and if a lire take place, he must cry — " i^^Ve /" adding the 
 number of his post. If in either case the danger be great, he 
 must discharge his firelock before calling out. 
 
 409. — It is the duty of a sentinel to repeat all calls made 
 from posts more distant from the main body of the guard than 
 his own, and no sentinel will be posted so distant as not to be 
 heard by the guard, either directly or through other sentinels. 
 
 410. — Sentinels will present arms to general and field offi- 
 cers, to the officer of the day, and to the commanding officer 
 of the post. To all other otlicei's they will carry arms. 
 
 411. — When a sentinel in his sentry-box sees an officer ap- 
 proaching, he will stand at attention^ and as the officer passes 
 will salute him, by bringing the left hand briskly to the 
 nmsket, as high as the right shoulder. 
 
 412. — The sentinel at any post of tlie guard, when he sees 
 any body of troops, or an officer entitled to compliment, ap- 
 proach, must call " Turn out the guard .'" and announce who 
 approaches. 
 
 413. — Guards do not turn out as a matter of compliment 
 after sunsq];; but sentinels will, when officers in uniform a]*- 
 proach, pay them proper attention, by facing to the proper 
 front, and standing steady at shouldered arms. This will be 
 observed until the evening is so far advenced that the senti- 
 nels begin challenging. 
 
 114. — After retreat (or the hour appointed by the com- 
 manding o cer), until broad daylight, a sentinel challenge, 
 evory person who approaches him, taking, at the vaiietimeg 
 
 4 
 
48 
 
 the position of arms jwrl. He will sufier no person to come 
 nearer than witliin reach of his bayonet, until the person has 
 given the countersign. 
 
 415. — A sentinel, in challenging, will call out— " Who corner 
 there?'' U answered—" Frimd, with the countersign,'" and he 
 be instructed to pass persons with the countersign, he will replv 
 "Advance friend, with the countersign!" ' If iinswored— 
 '' Friends /" he will reply, '' Ilalt friends ! Admnce m\e, with 
 ilte- countersign P^ If answered — "-.Belief ''Patrol^''' or 
 '' Grand rounds,'' he will reply— '' Bait / Advance, Sergeant, 
 {or Corpo7'al) with the countersign P" and satisty himself that 
 the party is what it represents itself to be. If he have no 
 authority to pass persons with the countersign, if the wrong 
 countersign be given, or if the persons have not the counter- 
 sign, he wiH cause them to stand, and call, " Corporal of the 
 Guard P' 
 
 41C. — In the daytime, when the sentinel before the guard 
 bees the officer of the day approach, he will call — " Tw^n out 
 the' guard ! Ojjicer of the day." The guard will be paraded, 
 and salute with presented arms. 
 
 417. — When any person approaches a post of the guard at 
 night, the sentinel before the post, after challenging, causes 
 him to halt until examined by a non-commissioned officer of 
 the guard, if it be the officer of the day, or any other offi- 
 cer entitled to inspect the guard and to make tiie rounds, the 
 non-commissioned officer will call — " Turn, out the guard P' 
 when the guard will be paraded at shouldered arms, and the 
 officer of the guard, if he thinks necessary, may demand the 
 countersign and parole. 
 
 418.— The officer of the day, wishing to make the rounds, 
 will take an escort of a non-commissioned officer and (women. 
 When the rounds are. challenged by a sentinel, the Sergeant 
 will answer — *' Grand rounds P' and the sentinel will reply — 
 ^' Halt, grand ronnds ! Advance, Sergeant, v:ith the coxinter- 
 ugnp' Upon which the Sergeant advances and gives the 
 countersign. The sentinel will then cry — ^^ Advance roundsp' 
 and stand at a shoulder till they have passed. 
 
 410. — When the sentinel before the guard challenges, and 
 is answered — '^ Grand rounds,'' he will reply — " llcdt, grand 
 rounds ! 2 urn out the guard ; grand, rounds P' U pon whi cl i 
 the guard will be drawn up at shouldered arms. The officer 
 commanding the guard will then order a Sergeant and two 
 men to advance ; when within ten paces, the Sergeant chal- 
 ienges. The Sergeant of the grand round answers — " Grand 
 
49 
 
 FORM OV GUARD UKPOllT. 
 Rq)ort of a Guard mounted at . , ' ■, pu the , atid relieved on the- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 '• 
 
 .' 
 
 I'M -»•: ■ 
 
 Parole. 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 Articles m il .£ ;S i: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Charge. 
 
 J 1 II 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Sh- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 <n 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ' -=.9. 
 
 u 
 
 
 a 
 
 (» 
 
 M 
 
 33 
 
 
 
 « 
 
 
 
 
 
 i *-e»»5 
 
 Couutorsign. 
 
 i 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 & 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 1 . "?"< 
 1 1 
 
 
 J 
 
 32 
 
 o 
 
 :^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 -< 
 
 f 
 
 
 
 
 1 2; 
 
 Detail. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 —4 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 LltiT OF TIIK GUARD. 
 
 Reliefs and when posted. j 
 
 Where posted. 
 
 
 1st Relief. 2d Relief. 1 
 From— to— and ! Erom— to— j 
 — to — j and— to— 
 
 8d. Relief. i 
 From — to — i 
 and — to — 
 
 Remarks 
 
 No. Name. 
 
 Co 
 
 Rt. 
 
 1st 
 4th 
 6th 
 
 ; Name. [Co. 
 
 Rt. 
 
 3d. 
 2d. 
 
 5th. 
 
 Name. 
 
 Co. 
 
 8th; 
 
 9th 
 10th 
 
 Guard House. 
 Magazine. 
 
 Quarm'r. Storo. 
 Sei^TGiuird. 
 Crp^l. '• 
 
 • 
 
 1 C. D. 
 
 2 E. F. 
 
 3 G. H. 
 
 A. 
 B. 
 
 c. 
 
 I I. J. D. 
 JK.L. E. 
 
 IM, N. F. 
 
 [0. P. 
 
 Iq. r. 
 
 i S. T. 
 
 G. 
 H. 
 I. 
 
 , 
 
 1 1 Sergeant W. V. Go. A., 1st Artillery. 
 
 2 1 Coi-poral W. X. Co. B., 1st Infantry. 
 
 3 Corporal Y. Z , Co. C, 3d Infantry. 
 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 rFST OF PRISONERS. 
 
 No. 
 
 N 
 
 anies. 
 
 a 
 
 s 
 6 
 
 "c 
 a> 
 
 s 
 
 Confined. 
 
 1 
 
 j Charges. 
 
 Sentences . 
 
 Remarks. 
 
 1 
 
 When. 
 
 By Whom. 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 ' V ■ 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 3 
 4 
 .5 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 A. b; c, 
 
 Lieut. 
 Con 
 
 — Regt. - 
 rtmaiiding t 
 
 le Oaarc 
 
50 
 
 rounds /" The Sergeant of the guard replies — " Advancr^ 
 Sergeant^ loith the countersign /" The Sergeant of the rounds 
 advances alone, gives the countersign, and returns to liis round. 
 The Sergeant of the guard calls to his officer — *' The counter- 
 sign is right /" on which the officer of the guard calls — " Ad- 
 vance^ rounds ! The officer of the rounds then advances alone, 
 the guard standing at shouldered arms. The officer of the 
 rounds passes along the front of the guard to the officer, who 
 keeps his post on the right, and gives him the parole. He 
 then examines the guard, orders back his escort, and, taking 
 a new one, proceeds in the same manner to other guarded. 
 420. — All material instructions given to a sentinel on post 
 by persons entitled to make grand rounds, ought to be 
 promptly notified to the commander of the guard. 
 
 421. — Any General officer, or the commander of a post or 
 garrison, may visit the guards of his command, and go the 
 grand rounds, and be received in the same manner as pre- 
 scribed for the officer of the day. 
 
 ARTICLE XXXIV. 
 
 OEDERS AND CORRESPONDENCE. 
 
 422. — The orders of commanders of armies, divisions, brig- 
 ades, regiments, are denominated orders of such army, 
 division, &c., and are either general or special. Orders are 
 numbered, general and special, in seperate series, each begin- 
 ning with the year. 
 
 423. — General orders announce the time and])lace of issues 
 and payments, hours for roll calls and duties ; the number and 
 kind of orderlies, and the time when they shall be relieved ; 
 police regulations, and the prohibitions required by circum- 
 stances and localities ; returns to be made, and their forms ; 
 laws and regulations for the array ; promotions and appoint- 
 ments; eulogies or censures to corps or individuals, and gene- 
 rally, whatever it may be important to make known to the 
 w^hole command. 
 
 424.— Special orders are such as do not concern the troops 
 generally, and need not be published to the whole command; 
 such as relate to the march of some particular corps, the estab- 
 lishment of some post, the detaching of individuals, the grant- 
 ing requests, c%c., &c. 
 
 425. — :A general order, and an important special order, must 
 be read and approved by the officer whose order it is, before 
 it is issued by the staff officer. 
 
w 
 
 up I I! .iinpiiiiu 
 
 P 426. — All order will state at the head the source, place and 
 date, aud at the foot, the name of the commander who gives 
 it ; as for example : 
 
 Head- Quarters of the JFirst Brigade, Second. Division. 
 Camp at , \st June, 186 
 
 General Ordees, 1 
 
 ^0. . / 
 
 By commandof Brigadier-General A. B. 
 
 C. D., Assistant Adjutant- General. 
 
 427. — Orders may bo put in the form of letters, but gene- 
 rally in the strict military form, through the office of the Adj u- 
 tant or Adjutant-General of the command. 
 
 428. — Orders are transmitted through all the intermediate 
 commanders in the order of rank. When an interni.ediate 
 ! commander is omitted, the officer who gives the order shall 
 j inform him, and he who receives it shall, report it to his im- 
 mediate superior 
 
 429. — Orders for any body of troops will be addressed to 
 the commander, and will be opened and executed by the com- 
 mander present, and published or distributed by him w^hen 
 necessary ; printed orders, however, are generally distributed 
 direct to posts from the head quarters where issued. 
 
 430. — Orders assigning: the stations of officers of engineers, 
 ordnance, and ofthestafr departments, except as provided in 
 the regulations for troops in the campaign, will be given by 
 the Secretary of War, through the Adjutant-Generars office, 
 or by commanders of geographical departments, under the 
 special authority of the War Department. The commander 
 of a department, who, in consequence of the movement of 
 troops or other necessity of the service, removes an officer 
 from the station assigned to him by the Secretary of War, 
 shall promptly report the case to the Adjutant General. 
 
 4ol. — A file of the printed orders will be kept with the 
 Jioad-(|uarters of each regir^ent, with each company, and at 
 each military post, and will be regularly turned over by the 
 ( ommander, when relieved, to his successor. 
 
 4-32. — If general orders are not received in regular succes- 
 sion, commanding officers will report the missing numbers 
 to the proper he ad- quarters. 
 
 483. — The orderly hours being fixed at each head-quarters, 
 the staff officers and chiefs of the special services either at- 
 tend in person, or send their assistants to obtain the orders^ 
 
 t 
 
52 
 
 of the diiy ; and the First Sergeants of companies repair for 
 that pna^^ose to the regimental or garrison head -quarters. 
 
 434. — During marches and active operations, and w 
 the reguhir orderly hours cannot be oTjserved, all orders wil* 
 he either sent direct to the troops, or the respective com" 
 manders of regiments or corps will be informed when to 
 send to hoad-quarters for them. Under the same circum- 
 stances, orders will be read to the troops dunnga halt, with- 
 out waiting for the regular parades. 
 
 435. — Orders to any ofilcer to make a tour of travel on duty, 
 as for the inspection or payment of troops, kc, shall desig- 
 nate the troops and posts he shall visit, and the order in 
 which he shall visit them, and the route of travel. 
 
 43G. — Every commander who gives an order involving an 
 expenditure of public money, shall send a copy, without de- 
 lay, to the bureau of the War Department to which the ex- 
 penditure appertains ; and if such commander be serving in 
 it militar}^ department, he shall send a copy of the order to 
 the head-quarters of the Department. 
 
 43 — T.If a military commander shall give to a disbursing 
 officer any order in conflict with orders received by him from 
 the officer in charge of his department, at any superior head- 
 (^narters, such commander shallforthwith transmit the order 
 to such head-quarters, Avith explanation of the necessity 
 which justifies it. 
 
 438.— Copies of all orders of the commanders of armies, 
 departments, divisions, and detached brigades, and of the su- 
 perintendent of the recruiting service, will be forwarded at 
 their dates, or as soon thereafter as practicable, in separate 
 series, on full sheets of letter paper, or as printed, to the 
 Adjutant-General's office. 
 
 439. — Written communications from a commander to those 
 under his command may be made by liis staff officer. In 
 all otiier cases, by the officer himself. 
 
 440._In signing an official ccrmmuni cation, the writer 
 shall annex to his name his rank -and coit;js. When he 
 wu-ites by order, he shall state by whose order. 
 
 441._.Communications to a commanderfrom those under hia 
 command arc addressed to the proper officer of his staff; to 
 tlie chief of the Adjutant-General's Department, in what re- 
 lates specially to his bureau, orto the service generally; to the 
 chief ofany other departments of the staff, in what relates 
 specially to his branch of the service. Communications to the 
 
» 
 
 Secretary of War will be made through the Adjutant-Gener- 
 al's office of the War Department, unless itbe a case of claim, 
 allowance, or other business specially appertaining to some 
 other bureau; for example — claims of pay will be transmitted 
 through the Paymaster-General ; for mileage, or quarters, 
 &c. through the Quartermaster-General. All communications, 
 except rolls and stated returns, and accounts, are to be passed 
 through the intermediate commanders. The same rule gov- 
 erns in verbal applications; for example — a Lieutenant seek- 
 ing an indulgence must apply through his Captain. Commu- 
 nication from officers of the stalf and administrative services 
 to their own chiefs do not pass through the militar3^ com- 
 inanders under whom they serve, except estimates for funds 
 or supplies. \ 
 
 44:2." Copies of all important communications from the 
 bureaus of the War Department to disbursing officers, relat- 
 ing to the service in a military department, shall be sent 
 from the bureau to the department conmiander. 
 
 443.--Roll§ and returns will be accompanied by a letter of 
 transmittal, enuuierating them, and referring to no other 
 subject. 
 
 444.-GeDerally, officers who forward communications, in- 
 dorse on them their remarks or opinion, without other letters 
 of transmittal. -u.' \. 
 
 445. -Official letters shculd generally refer to one martfe: 
 only. In regard to an enlisted man, the company and regi-" 
 ment must be stated. 
 
 446.-Letters on letter paper will be folded in three folds, 
 parallel with the writing. 
 
 447.—AII communications on public service are to be 
 marked on the cover, ^'-Official husinessP 
 
 ARTICLE XXX Y. 
 
 \i i<: r u \i N s A X 1) R E p o Ji r s . 
 
 MONTHLY RETURNS. 
 
 448.— Commanders of regiments, corps, and posts, will ^ 
 make to the Adjutant-General's office of the War Depart- 
 ment, monthly returns of their respective regiments, corps, 
 and posts, on the forms furnished from that office, and ac- 
 cording to the directions expressed on them. 
 
 In like manner. Captains make monthly company returns 
 to regimental head-quarters. All monthly returns will be 
 forwarded on the first day of the next month, except regi- 
 luentiil returns, which are forwarded as soon as all the comp- 
 any returns are received. 
 
54 
 
 449.-irany company be so far from rogimeiital lieadqur- 
 ters as to delay the transmittal of the monthly return to the 
 10th of the month, the Colonel will not wait for the return 
 of such company, but leave space for it to be entered at the 
 Adutant-Generars office; for which purpose the Captain will 
 transmit a copy of the return direct to the Adjutant General, 
 as well as to regimental head quarters. 
 
 450. — In campaign, mpnthly returns of divisions and de- 
 tached brigades will be made to the Adjutant-Generars 
 office. They w^ill exhibit separately the several regiments, and 
 detachments, and stafl corps, and the strength of each garri- 
 son within the command. These returns, and those of regi- 
 ments, corps, and posts, in campaign, will, unless otherwise 
 ordered, be transmitted through the intermediate command- 
 ers. 
 
 451 — The established ^r*??i^(^ forms and blanks of all re- 
 turns required from the comma'nders of divisions, brigades, 
 regiments, corps, companies, and posts,will be fuinnshedfrom 
 the Adjutant-General's Office on their requisitions annually 
 made, or often er, if necessary. The receipt of these forms 
 and blanks will be immediately acknowledged, afterward 
 .accounted for on the next monthly returns. 
 
 452. — Manuscript returns, rolls, certificates, and other doc- 
 uments, are prohibited, unless the proper printed forms 
 have not been receiA^ed in time. Regimental returns must 
 be made out in the name of the Colonel, whether he be 
 present or absent. 
 
 ANNUAL RETURNS — CASUALITIE8. 
 
 453. This return will exhibit the various changes and 
 alterations which may have taken place in the regiment 
 during the preceding twelve months: that is to say— a state- 
 ment of the number of resignations, transfers, deaths, &c., 
 of commissioned officers ; the number of men joined by 
 enlistment, transferred and discharged; the iiumber tried by 
 courts-martial or by the civil law, and the nature of theiV 
 vti^flpnses; the number of discjiarges, deaths, dismissals, and 
 ilesertions; numbe.-joined from desertion, pard( ncd, &c. 
 
 RETURN OF DECKASKD SOLDIERS. 
 
 454.— To forwarded to the Adjutant-General, l)y the Col- 
 j^ onels oi vQ^yimQwts, quarterly. Also, a duplicate to the second 
 Auditor of the Treasury. 
 
 FIELD RP:TURNS. 
 
 455.-Besides the stated returns of the troops, such other 
 
field returns and reports will be made as may be necessary to 
 keep the government informed of the condition and strength 
 of the forces. 
 
 45G. After any action or aflfliir, a rt^turn of the killed, 
 wounded, and missing will be made, in which the name, rank, 
 and regiment of each officer and soklier will be specified, with 
 such remarks and explanations as may be requisite for the 
 records of the Department of War, or be necessaiy to estab- 
 lish the just claims of any individual who may have been woun- 
 ded, or of the heirs and representatives of any killed in action 
 (taking care tos[)ecify the naUirc of the wouud^ the time an^iilace 
 of its occurrence, the company, regiment, or corps, and the 
 name of the Captain, Colonel, or other commanding officer.) 
 
 • 
 
 KEPORTS. 
 
 457, — The date of appointment, of detail, and of I'cmoval 
 of all staff officers, orot officers selected for duty in staff de- 
 partments, which may entitle them to receive additionAl pay, 
 will be immediately reported by the officer making such ap- 
 pointment, detail, or removal, to the Adjutant-General, and to 
 the Paymaster of the department or command to which such 
 officers belong. 
 
 4/38. — Whenever any change takes place in the position or 
 location of troops, the fact will be immediately reported by 
 the commanding ofticer to general, division, and department 
 head-quarters, specifying the date of departure of the whole or 
 any part of tlie^)ops, or of the arrival of any detachment; as 
 well as all oth»lircumstances connected with such changes 
 in the command. These special reports will always be ac- 
 companied by an exact return of the troops according to the 
 established printed forms. A similar report will be noted on 
 the next mothly r<!turn of the post or station. If a new post 
 or position be established, its situation, and the nearest post- 
 office and proper route to it should be reported. 
 
 459. — Officers on detached duty will make reports to the 
 head-quarters of the regiments or corps, and to the Adj^utant- 
 (reneral, as often as their stations may be changed. 
 
 PRISONERS OF WAR CAPTURED PROPERTY. 
 
 4G0. — A return of prisoners, and a report of the number 
 and description of the killed and wounded of tlie enemy, will 
 be forwarded to the Adjut-General's office, Montgomery, Ala. 
 
 4G1. — A return of all property captured will be made by 
 
;>(! 
 
 tlie commanding officer of the troops by whom sucli capture 
 was made, to the Adjutant-General, at Montgomery, in order 
 that it may be disposed of according to the orders of the War 
 Department. 
 
 INSPECTION REPORTS. 
 
 402. — In^ipection reports will show the discipline of the 
 troops ; their instruction in all military exercises and duties ; 
 the state of their arms, clothing, equipments, and accoutre- 
 ments of all kinds; of their kitchens and messes: of the bar- 
 racks and quarters at the post; of the guard-house, prisons, 
 hospital, bake house, magazine, store-houses, and stores of every 
 
 ^description ; of the stables and horses; the condition of the 
 post school ; the management and aj)plication of the post and 
 
 . company funds ; the state of the post, and regimental, and 
 company books, papers, and files; the zeal audibility of the 
 officers in command of troops ; the capacity of the officers con- 
 ducting the administrative and staff services, the fidelity and 
 econorriy of their disbursements ; the condition of all public 
 property, and the amount of money in the hands of each dis- 
 tbursing officer ; the regularity of issues and payments; the 
 mode of enforcing discipline by courts-martial, and by the 
 authority of the officers ; the propriety and legality of all pun- 
 ishments inflicted ; and any information whatsoever, concern- 
 ing the service in any matter or particular that may merit 
 notice, or aid to correct defects or introduce improvements. 
 
 463. — Inspctors are required particularly to report if any 
 officer is of intemperate habits, or unfit for active service by 
 infirmity or any other cause. ^^ 
 
 AETICLE XXXVl. 
 
 TROOPS IN C A M P A I G N . 
 ORGANIZATION OF AN ARMY IN THE J^IELD. 
 
 464. — The formation by divisions is the basis of the organ- 
 ization and administration of armies in the field. 
 
 465.— A division consists usually of tw<» or three brigades, 
 either of infantry or cavalry, and troops of other corps in the 
 necessary proportion, 
 
 466. — A brigade is formed of two or more regiments. The 
 first number takes the right. 
 
 467. — Mixed brigades are sometimes formed of infantry and 
 light cavalry, especially for the advance guards. 
 
57 
 
 468. — As the troops arrive attlie rendezvous, the ffenei-al 
 commaujiing-in-chief will organize them into brigades and 
 divisions. ^ 
 
 469.— The light cavalry is employed as flankers andparti- 
 >ans, and generally for ail service out of the line. 
 
 470 — Heavy cavalry belongs to the re-erve, and is covered, 
 when necessary, in marches, camps, or bivouacs, by light 
 troops, or infantry of the line. 
 
 471. — The arrangement of the troops on parade and in order 
 of battle is — 1st, the light infantry ; *2d, infantry of the line; 
 ^id, light cavalry ; 4th, cavalry of the line ; 5th, heavy cavalry'. 
 The troops of the artillery and engineers arc in tlie centre of 
 the brigades, divisions, or corps to which they are attached ; 
 marines take the left of other infantry ; volunteers and militia 
 Take the left of regular troops of tlte same arm, and among 
 themselves, regiments of volunteers or militia of the same arm 
 rake place by lot. This arrangement is varied by the general 
 commanding-in-chief, as the circumstances of war render ex- 
 pedient. . 
 
 472. — Brigades in divisions, and divisions in the army, are 
 numbered from right to left ; but in reports of military opera- 
 tions, brigades and divisions are designated by the name of the 
 general commanding them. 
 
 473 — The order of regiments in brigades and of brigades 
 in divisions may be changed by the commander of the division 
 for important reasons, such as the w^eakness of some corps, or 
 to relieve one from marching too long at the rear of the col- 
 umn. Such changes must be reported to the general command- 
 ing-in-chief. 
 
 474. — The general commanding-in-chief assigns the gener- 
 als of divisions and of brigades to their respective command.^, 
 when the assignment is not made by the Department of War. 
 
 475. — The general of brigade inspects his troops in detail, 
 by companies, when he takes the command and at the open- 
 ing of the campaign, and as often as may be necessary to 
 ascertain exactly their condition. The general of division 
 makes similar inspections when he thinks proper. At these 
 inspections the generals examine the arms, clotliing, equip- 
 ments, harness, horses, &c ; direct the necessary repairs, and 
 <!esignate the men and horses to remain in depot, or march 
 with the train. 
 
 476. — Reports of inspections are made by the general of 
 
,38 
 
 brigade to the general of division, and by the general of divi- 
 sion to the general conimandiug-in-chief. 
 
 477. — Daring marches and all active operations, generals 
 of brigade keep themselves exactly informed, by reports of 
 corps and by their inspections, of the actual strength of the 
 regiments, so as always, and especially after an engagement, 
 to make accurate returns to the general of division. 
 
 478. — Staff officers and officers of engineers, ordnance, and 
 artillery, according to the nature of the service, are assign- 
 ed to the head-quarters of armies and divisions, and detach- 
 e.d brigades, by order of the general commanding-iu chief, 
 when the distribution of these officers has not been regulat- 
 ed by the AYarDepartTiient. The necessary staff will be as- 
 signed to commanders of brigades. ' 
 
 479. — When an Engineer or other officer is charged witli 
 directing an expedition or making a reconnoissance" without 
 having command of the escort, the commandcrof the escort 
 shall consult him on all the arrangements necessary to secure 
 the success of the operation. 
 
 480. — Staff officers, and commanders of engiu'^ers, ord- 
 nance, and artillery, report to their immediate commanders 
 the state ot the supplies and whatever concerns the service 
 under tlieir direction, and receive their orders, and com- 
 municate to them those they receive from their superiors in 
 their own corps. 
 
 481. — The senior officer of engineers, of ordnance, and the 
 departments of the general staff serving at the chief head- 
 quarters in the Held, will transmit to the bureau of Ids de- 
 partment at ^^ontgomery, at the close of the campaign, and 
 such other times as the commander in the field may ap- 
 prove, a full report of the operations of his department, and 
 whatever information to improve its service he may be able 
 to furnish. 
 
 The report of the officer of engineers will embrace plans of 
 military works executed during the campaign, and, in case 
 of siege, a journal of the attack or defense. 
 
 CONTRIBUTIONS. 
 
 482. — When the wants of the army absolutely require i1, 
 and in other cases, under specially instructions from the War 
 Department, the general commanding the army may levy 
 contributions is money or kind on the enemy's country oc- 
 cupied by the troops. ^ Xo other commander can levy such 
 contributions without written authority from the general 
 commanding-in-chief. 
 
i)9 
 OUDKliLl KS. 
 
 483.-At the opening of a campaLii, the commander of 
 an armj determines and announces iu orders the number ot 
 orderlies, mounted or foot, for the Generals, and the corps 
 or regimental by which tliey are to ha supplied, and the 
 periods at which they shall be relieved. 
 
 484. — In marches, the mounted orderlies follow the Gen- 
 erals, and perform the duty ot escorts, or march with order- 
 lies on foot at the head ol the division or brigade. 
 
 485. — The staff officer wno distributes the orderlies to their 
 posts sends with thein a note of the time and place of de- 
 parture ; tiiose relieved receive a like note from the staff 
 officer at head quarters. 
 
 486. — Mounted soldiers are to bo employed to carry dis- 
 patches only in special and urgent cases. 
 
 487. — The precise time when the dispatch is sent off, and 
 the rate at which it is to be conveyed, are to be written 
 <'learly on the covers of all letters transmitted by a mounted 
 orderly, and the necessary instructions to him, and the rate 
 of travel going and returning, are to be distinctly explained 
 to liiiu. 
 
 DEPOTS. 
 
 488. — The grand depots of an army are established where 
 the military operations would not expose them to be broken 
 *up. Smaller depots are organized for the divisions and the 
 several arms. Th».y are commanded by officers temporarily 
 disabled for field service, or by other officers when necessary, 
 and comprise, as much as possible, the hospitals and depots 
 for convalescents. "When conveniently placed, they serve 
 as points for the halting and assembling of detachments. 
 They receive the disabled from the corps on the march ; 
 and the officers in command ot the depots send with the de- 
 tachments to the apmy those at the depots who have become 
 fit fof service. 
 
 CAMPS. 
 
 480. — Camp is the place where troops are established in 
 tents, in huts, or in bivouac. Cantonments are the inhabited 
 ))laces which troops occupy for slholter when not put in bar- 
 racks. The campingrparty is a detachment detailed to pre- 
 ]>are a camp. 
 
 490. — Reconnoissances should precede the establishment of 
 
(K) 
 
 the cunp. For a camp ot'troops on the march, it. is only nec- 
 essary to look to the health and comfort of the troops, the 
 facility of the communications, the cimvenience of wood and 
 water, and the resources in provisions and forage. The groun< 1 
 for an intrenched camp, or a camp to cover a country, or one 
 designed to deceive the enemy as to the strength of the army, 
 must be selected, and the camp arranged for tlie object in 
 view. 
 
 491. — The camping-party of a regiment consists of the regi- 
 mental Quartermaster and Quartermaster-Sergeant, and" a 
 Corporal and two men ])er company. The General decides 
 whether the regiments camp seperatteh^ or together, and 
 w^hether the police guard shall accompany the camping-ptirty, 
 or a larger escort shall be sent. 
 
 492. — ]S"either baggage nor led horses are permitted to move 
 with the camping-party. 
 
 493. — When the General can send in advance to prepai'o 
 the camp, he gives his instructions to the chief of the quartei*- 
 masters Department, who calls on the regiments for their 
 camping-parties, and is accompanied, if necessary, by an En- 
 gineer to propose the defences and communications. 
 
 494* — The w^atering-pl aces are examined, and signals placed 
 at those that are dangerous. Any work required to make 
 them of easier access is done by the police guard or Quarter- 
 master's men. Sentinels, to be relieved by the guards of the 
 regiment when they come up, are placed by the camping- 
 party over the water if it is scarce, and over the houses and 
 stores of provisions and forage in the vicinity 
 
 495. —If the camping-party does not precede the regiment, 
 the Quartermaster attends to these things as soon as the regi- 
 ment reaches the camp. 
 
 496. — On reaching the ground, the infantry form on the 
 color front ; the cavalry in rear of its camp. 
 
 497. — The Generals establish the troopffe in camp as rapidly 
 as possible^ particularly after long, fatiguing marches. 
 
 498. — The number of men to be furnished for guards, pick- 
 ets, and orderlies ; the fatigue parties to be sent for supplies ; 
 the work to be done, and the strength of the working parties ; 
 the time and place for issues ; the hour of marching, ifec, are 
 then announced by the Brigadier- Generals to the Colonels, 
 and by them to the field oflicers — the Adjutant and Cap- 
 tains formed in front of the regiment, the First Sergeants 
 taking post behind their (Japtains. Tlie Adjutant then makes 
 
(il 
 
 the details, and the First Sergcanls wiirii the men. Tlie 
 regimental officer of the day forms the picket, and sends the 
 guards to their posts. The colors are then planted at the cen- 
 tre of the color line, and the arms are stacked on the line ;the 
 fatigue parties to procure supplies, and the working i)arties 
 form in roar of the arms ; the men not on detail pitch the 
 tents. 
 
 499. — If the camp is near the enemy, the picket remains 
 under arms until the return of the fatigue parties, and, if 
 necessary, is reinforced by details from each company. 
 
 500. — In the cavalry each troop mores a little in rear of the 
 point at which its horses are to be secured, and Ibrms in one 
 rank ; the men then dismount ; a detail is made to hold the 
 horses; the rest stack their arms and fix the picket rope ; after 
 the horses are attended to, the tents are pitched, and each 
 horseman places his carbine at the side from the weather, and 
 hangs his sabre and bridle on it. 
 
 501. — The standard is then carried to the tent of the Colonel. 
 
 502. — ^The terms front, flank, right, left, file, and rank, have 
 the same meauipg when applied to camps as to the order of 
 battle. 
 
 503. — The front of the camp is usually equal to the front of 
 the troops. The tents are arranged in ranks and files. The 
 number of rauks varies with the strength of the companies 
 and the size of the tents. 
 
 504. — No officer will be allowed to occupy a house, although 
 vacant and on the ground of his camp, except by perniission 
 of the commander of the brigade, who shall report it to the 
 commander of the division. 
 
 505. — ^The stafiT officer charged with establishing the oam]> 
 will designate the place for the shambles. The offal will be 
 buried. 
 
 CAMP OF INFANTRY. 
 
 506. — Each company has its tents in two files, facing on a 
 r^treet perpendicular to the color line. The width of the street 
 depends on the front of the camp, but should not be less than 
 live paces. The interval between the ranks of tents is two 
 paces; between the files of tents of adjacent companies, two 
 paces ; between regiments, twenty-two paces. 
 
 .^07. — The color line is ten paces in front of the front rank 
 
(S2 
 
 of tents. The kitchens are twenty paces behind the rear rank 
 ■of company tents ; the non-commissioned staff and sutler, 
 twenty paces in rear of the kitchen ; the company officers, 
 twenty paces farther in rear ; and the field and staff, twenty 
 paces in rear of the company officers. 
 
 508. — The company officers are in rear of their respective 
 companies ; the Captains on the right. 
 
 '509. — The Colonel and Lieutenant-Colonel are near the 
 centre of the line of field and staff; the Adjutant, a Major and 
 Surgeon, on the right ; the Quartermaster, a Major and Assist- 
 ant Surgeon, on the left. 
 
 510. — The police guard is at the centre of the line of the 
 non-commissioned staff, the tents facing to the front, the stacks 
 of arms on the left. 
 
 511. — The advanced post of the police guard is about 200 
 paces in front of the color line, and opposite the centre of the 
 regiment, or on the best ground ; the prisoners' tent about 
 four paces in rear. In a regiment of the second line, the ad- 
 vanced post of the police guard is 200 paces in rear of the 
 line of its field and staft'. 
 
 512. — The horses of the staff officers and^of the baggage 
 train are twenty-five paces in rear of the tents of the field and 
 stafi*; the wagons are parked on the same line, and the men 
 of the train camped near them. 
 
 518. — The sinks of the men are 150 paces in front of the- 
 c^lor line — those of the officers 100 paces in rear of the train. 
 Both are concealed by bushes. When convenient, the sinks 
 of the men may be placed in the rear or on the flank. A por- 
 tion of the earth dug out for sinks to be thrown back occa- 
 sionally. 
 
 514. — The front of the camp of a regiment of 1000 men in 
 two ranks will be 400 paces, or one-fifth less paces than the 
 number of files, if the camp is to have the same front as the 
 troops in order of battle. But the front may be reduced to 
 190 paces by narrowing the company streets to five paces ; 
 and if it be desirable to reduce the front still more, the tents 
 of companies may be pitched in single file — those of a division 
 facing on the same street. 
 
 CAMP OF CAVALRY, 
 
 515.^1n the cavahy, each company has one file of tents — 
 the tents opening on the street facing the left of the camp. 
 916. — The horses of each company are placed in a single 
 
tile, facing the opening of the tents, and are fastened to pickets 
 planted firmly in the ground, from three to six paces from the 
 tents of the troops. 
 
 §17. — The interval between the file of tents should be such 
 that, the regiment being broke* into column of companies, 
 each company should be on the extension of the line on which 
 the horses are to be picketed. 
 
 5X8 — The streets separating the squadrons are wider than 
 those between the companies by the interval separating squad- 
 rons in line ; these intervals are kept free from any obstruc- 
 tion throughout the camp. 
 
 5X9. — The horses of the rear rank are placed on the left of 
 those of their file-leaders. 
 
 520. — The horses of the Lieutenants are placed on the right' 
 of their platoons ; those of the Captains on the right of the 
 company. 
 
 ' 521. — Each horse occupies a space of about two paces. The 
 number of horses in the company fixes the depth of the camp, 
 and the distance between the files of tents ; the forage is placed 
 between the tents. 
 
 522. — The kitchens are twenty paces in front of each file 
 of tents. 
 
 523. — The non-commissioned ofiScers are in the tents of the 
 front rank. Camp-followers, teamsters, &c., are in the rear 
 rank. The police guard in the rear rankj near the centre of 
 the regiment. 
 
 524. — The tents of the Lieutenants are 30 paces in rear of 
 the file of their company ; the tents of the Captains 30 paces 
 in rear of the Lieutenants. 
 
 525. — The Colonel's tent 30 paqes in the rear of the Cap- 
 tains', near the centre of the regiment ; the Lieutenant-Colonel 
 on his right ; the Adjutant on his left; the Majors on the same 
 line, opposite the second company on the right and left; the 
 Surgeon on the left of the Adjutant. 
 
 526. — The field and stafi* have their horses on the left of 
 their tents, on the same line with the company horses ; sick 
 horses are placed in one line on the right or left of the camp. 
 The men who attend them have a separate file of tents ; the 
 forges and wagons in rear of this file. The hoi-ses of the train 
 and of camp-followers are in one or more files extending to the 
 rear, behind the right or left squadron, I'he advanced post 
 of the police guard is 200 paces in front, opposite the centre 
 of the regiment ; the horses in one or two tiles. 
 5 
 
627. — The sinks for the men are 150 paces in Iront — those 
 for officers, 100 paces in the rear of the camp. 
 
 CAMP OP ARTILLERY. 
 
 528. — The artillery is encamped near the troops to which 
 it is attached, so as to be p|^tected from attack, and to con- 
 tribute to the defense of the camp. Sentinels for the park are 
 furnished by the artillery, and, when necessary, by the other 
 troops. 
 
 529. — For a batteiy of six pieces, the tents are in three 
 files — one for each section ; distance between the ranks of 
 tents, 15 paces ; tents opening to the front. The horses of 
 each section are picketed in one file, 10 paces to the left of 
 the file of tents; In the horse artillery, or if the number of 
 horses makes it necessary, the horses are in tw^o files, on the 
 right and left of the file of tents. The kitchens are 25 paces 
 in front of the front rank of tents. The tents, of the officers 
 are in the outside files of company tents, 25 paces in the rear 
 of the rear rank — the Captain on the right, the Lieutenants 
 on the left. 
 
 530. — The park is opposite the centre of the camp, 40 
 paces in rear of the officers' tents. The carriages in files four 
 paces apart; distance between ranks of carriages sufficient 
 ibr the horses when harnessed to them ; the park guard is 2d 
 paces in rear of the park. The sinks for the men, 150 paces 
 in front ; for the officers, 100 paces in the rear. The harness 
 is in the tents of the men. 
 
 BIVOUACS. 
 
 531. — A regiment of cavalry being in order of battle, in 
 rear of the ground to be occupied, the Colonel breaks it by 
 j)latoons to the right. The horses of each platoon are placed 
 in a single row, and fastened as prescribed for camps ; near 
 the enemy, they remain saddled all night, with slackened 
 girths. The amis are at first stacked in rear of each row of 
 horses ; the sabres, with the bridles hung on them, are placed 
 against the stacks. 
 
 532. — The forage is placed on the i-ight of each row of 
 horses. Two stable-guards for each platoon watch the horses. 
 
 533. — A fire for each platoon is made near the color line, 
 20 paces to the left of the row of horses. A shelter is made 
 for the men around the fire, if possible, and each man then 
 stands his arms and bridle against the shelter. 
 
 534. — The fires and shelter for the officers are placed in rear 
 of the line of those for the men. 
 
535. — The intervals between the squadrons must be without 
 obstruction throughout the whole depth of the bivouac. 
 
 536. — The interval between the shelters should be such that 
 the platoons can take up a line of battle freely to the front or 
 rear. 
 
 537. — The distance from the enemy decides the manner in 
 which the- horses are to be fed and led to water. When it is 
 permitted to unsaddle thesaddles, are placed in the rear of the 
 horses. 
 
 538. — In infantry, the fires are mside in re&r of the eolor line,, 
 on the ground that it would be occupied by the tents in camp. 
 The companies are placed around them, and, it possible, con- 
 struct shelters. When liable to surprise, the infantry sliould 
 stand to arms at daybreak, and the cavalry mount until the 
 return of the reconnoitering parties. If the arras are to be 
 taken apart to clean, it must be done by detachments, succes- 
 sively. 
 
 CANTONMENTS. 
 
 539. — The cavalry should be placed under shelter whenever 
 the distance from the enemy, and fivDm the ground where the 
 troops are to form for battle, permit it. Taverns and farm- 
 houses, with large stables and free access, are selected for 
 quartering them. ^ 
 
 540. — Th^ Colonel indicates the place of assembling in case 
 of alarm. It sliould generally be outside the cantonment; 
 the egress from it should be free ; the retreat upon the other 
 positions secure, and roads leading to it on the side of the 
 enemy obstructed. 
 
 541. — The necessary orders being given, as in establishing a 
 camp, the picket and grand guards are posted. A sentinel may 
 be placed on a steeple or high house, and then the troops are 
 marched to the quarters. The men sleep in the stables, if it is 
 thought necessary. 
 
 542. — The above applies in the main to infantay. Near the 
 enemy, companies or platoons should be collected, as much as 
 possible, in the same houses. If companies must be separated, 
 they should be divided by platoons or squads. All take arms 
 at daybreak. 
 
 543. — When cavalry and infantry canton together, the latter 
 tarnish the guards by night, and the former by day. 
 
 544. — Troops cantoned in presence of the enemy should be 
 covered by advanced guards and natural or artificial obstacles. 
 
66 
 
 Cantonments taken during a cessation of hostilities should 
 be established in rear of a line of defense, and in front of the 
 point on which the troops would concentrate to receive an at- 
 tack. The General comrnanding-in-chief assigns the limits of 
 their cantonments to the divisions, the commanders of divisions 
 to brigades, and the commanders of brigades post their regi- 
 ments. The position for each corps in case of attack is care- 
 fully pointed out by the Generals. 
 
 HEAD-QUARTERS. 
 
 545. — Generals take post at the centre of their commands, 
 on the main channels of communication. If troops bivouac 
 in presence of the enemy, the Generals bivouac with them. 
 
 MILITARY EXERCISES. 
 
 546. — When troops remain in camp or cantonment many 
 days, the Colonels require them to be exercised in the school 
 of the battalion and sqnadron. Kegiments and brigades en- 
 camped by division are not united for drills without the per- 
 mission of the General of division. The troops must not be 
 exercised at the firings without the authority of the General 
 commanding-in-chief. The practice of the drums must never 
 begin with the "general," or the "march of the regiment ;" 
 nor the trumpets with the sound "to horse." The hour for 
 practice is always announced. 
 
 • ORDERS. 
 
 547. — In the field, verbal orders and important sealed orders 
 are carried by officers, and, if possible, by staff officers. , When 
 orders are carried by orderlies, the place and time of departure 
 will be marked on them, and place and time of delivery on 
 the receipt. 
 
 DISPATCHES. 
 
 548. — Dispatches, particularly for distant corps, should be 
 intrusted only to officers to whom their contents can be con- 
 fided. In a country occupied by the enemy, the bearer of dis- 
 patches should be accompanied by at least two of the best 
 mounted men ; should avoid towns and villages, and the main 
 roads ; rest as little as possible, and only at out-of-the-way 
 places. Where there is danger, he should send one of the men 
 in advance, and be always ready to destroy his dispatches. He 
 g]^oi^l<i b^ adroit in answering questions about the army, and 
 
 t to be intimidated by threats. 
 
67 
 WATCHWORDS. 
 
 549. — ^The parole and countersign are issued daily from the 
 principal head-quarters of the command. The countersign is 
 given 10 the sentinels and non-commissioned officers of the 
 
 fuards ; the parole to the commissioned officers of guards, 
 he parole is usually the name of a general, the countersign 
 of a battle. 
 
 550. — When the parole and countersign can not be commu- 
 nicated daily to a post or detachment which ought to use the 
 same as the main body, a series of wot-ds may be sent for some 
 days in advance. 
 
 551. — If the countersign is lost, or one of the guard deserts 
 with it, the commander on the spot will substitute another, 
 and report the case at once to the proper superior, that imme- 
 diate notice may be given to head-quarters. 
 
 ISSUES. 
 
 552. — At what time and for what period issues are made, 
 must depend on circumstances, and be regulated in orders. 
 When an army is not moving, rations are generally issued for 
 four days at a time. Issues to the companies of a regiment, 
 and the fatigues to receive them, are superintended by an 
 officer detailed from the regiment. Issues are made from one 
 end of the line to the other, beginning on the right and left 
 alternately. An issue commenced on one regiment will not 
 be interrupted for another entitled to precedence if it had been 
 in place. 
 
 THE ROSTER, OR DETAILS FOR SERVICE. 
 
 553. — The duties performed by detail are of three classes. 
 Thejlrst class comprises, 1st grand guards and outposts ; 2d. 
 interior guards, as of magazine, hospital, &c.; 3d. orderlies ; 
 4th. police guards. 
 
 The second class comprises, 1st. detachments to protect labor- 
 ers on military works, as field-works, communications &c. ; 
 2d. working parties on such works ; 3d. detachments to pro- 
 tect fatigues. 
 
 The t/iird class are all fatigues, without arms, in or out of 
 camp. 
 
 In the cavalry, stable-guards form a separate roster, and 
 count before fatigue. 
 
 554. — The rosters are distinct for each class. Officers are 
 named on them in the order of rank. The details are taken in 
 succession in the order of the roster, beginning at the head. 
 
68 
 
 655. — Lieutenants form one roster, and first and second 
 Lieutenants are entered on it alternately. The senior lirst 
 Lieutenant is the first on the roster; the senior second Lieu- 
 tenant is the second, &g. The Captains form one roster, and 
 are exempt from fatigues, except to superintend issues. A 
 Captain commanding a battalion temporarily is exempt from 
 detail, and duty falling to him passes. Lieutenant-Colonels 
 and Maj.oi-s are on one roster. They may be detailed for duties 
 of the first and second classes, when the importance of the 
 i^uards and detachments requires it. Their roster is kept at 
 cli vision and brigade head-quarters. In the company, sergeants, 
 corporals and privates form distinct rosters. 
 
 556. — Officers, non-commissioned ofiicers, and soldiers take 
 duties of the first class in the order stated, viz, the first for the 
 detail, takes the grand guards ; the next, the interior guards ; 
 the last, the police guard ; and the same rule in regard to the 
 details and duties of the second class. Li the details for the 
 third class, the senior ofiicer takes the largest party. The party 
 first for detail takes the service out of camp. 
 
 557. — When the officer whose tour it is, is not able to take 
 it, or is not present at the hour of marching, the next after 
 him takes it. When a guard has passed the chain of sentinels, 
 or an interior guard has reached its post, the officer whose tour 
 it was cannot then take it. He takes the tour of the officer 
 who has taken his. When an officer is prevented by sickness 
 from taking his tour, it passes. These rules apply equally to 
 non-commissioned officers and soldiers. 
 
 558. — Duties of the first and second classes are credited on 
 the roster when the guards or detachments have passed the 
 chain of sentinels, or an interior guard has reached its post ; 
 fatigue duties when the parties have passed the chain or begun 
 the duties in camp. 
 
 559. — Every officer, non-commissioned officer, or soldier on 
 duty of the first class, or who is of the next detail for such 
 duty, takes when relieved, the duty of the second or third class 
 that has fallen to him during that time, unless he has marched 
 for detachment of more than twenty-four houi-s. 
 
 560. — Soldiers march with knapsacks on all duties of the 
 first class ; and with arms and equipments complete on all 
 working parties out of the camp, unless otherwise ordered. In 
 the cavalry, horses are packed for all mounted service. 
 
 561. — In the cavalry, dismounted men, and those whose 
 horses are not in order, are prefierred for the detail for dis- 
 
69 
 
 nioiinted service. Those who are mounted are never employed 
 on those services, if the number of tLe other class are suf- 
 ficient. 
 
 562. — Every non-commissioned officer and soldier in the 
 cavalry detailed for dismounted service must, before he 
 marches, take to the First Sergeant of the troop, or Sergeant 
 of his squad, his horse equipments and his valise ready packed. 
 In case of alarm, the First Sergeant sees that the horses of 
 these men are equipped and led to the rendezvous. 
 
 563. — These rules in regard to the roster apply also to ser- 
 vice in garrison. 
 
 POLICB GUARD. 
 
 564 — In each regiment a police guard is detailed every day, 
 consisting of two Sergeants, three corporals, two drummers, 
 and men enough to furnish the required sentinels and patrols. 
 The men tire taken from all the companies, from each in pro- 
 portion to its strength. The guard is connnanded by a Lieu- 
 tenant, under the supervision of a Captain, as regimental offi- 
 cer of the day. It furnishes ten sentinels at the camp ; one 
 over the arms of the guard ; one at the Colonel's tent ; three 
 on the color front, one of them over the colors ; three, fifty 
 paces in rear of the field officers' tents ; and one on each flank, 
 between it and the next regiment. If it is a flank regiment, 
 one more sentinel is posted on the outer flank. 
 
 565. — An advanced post is detached from the police guard, 
 composed of a sergeant, a corporal, a drummer and nine men 
 to furnish sentinels and the guard over the prisoners. The 
 men are first of the guard roster from each company. The 
 men of the advanced post must not leave it under any pretext. 
 Their meals are sent to the post. The advanced post fur- 
 nishes three sentinels ; two a few paces in front of the post, 
 opposite the right and left wing of the regiment, posted so as 
 ^) see as far as possible to the front, and one over the arms. 
 ^1^66. — In the cayalry, dismounted men jfre employed in 
 preference on the police guard. The mounted men on guard 
 are sent in succession, a part at a time, to groom their horses. 
 The advanced post is always fonned of mounted men. 
 
 567. — In each company, a corporal has charge of the stable- 
 guard. His tour begins at retreat, and ends at morning sta- 
 ble-call. The stable-guard is large enough to relieve the men 
 on post every two hours. They sleep in their tents, and are 
 called by the corporal when wanted. At retreat he clones 
 
70 
 
 the streets of the camp with cords, or uses other precautions 
 to prevent tlie escape of loose horses. 
 
 -568. — The officer of the day is charged with the order and 
 cleanliness of the camp ; a fatigue is furnished to him when 
 the number of prisoners is insufficient to clean the camp. He 
 has the calls beaten by the drummer of the guard. 
 
 569. — The police guard and the advanced post pay the same 
 honors as other guards. They take arms when an armed 
 body, approaches. 
 
 o70. — The sentinel over the colors has orders not to permit 
 them to be moved, except in presence of an escort ; to let no 
 one touch them but the color-bearer, or the sergeant of the 
 police guard when he is accompanied by two armed men. 
 
 571. — The sentinels on the color front permit no soldier to 
 take arms from the stacks, except by order of some officer, 
 or a non-commissioned officer of the guard. The sentinel at 
 the Colonel's tent has orders to warn him, day or night, oi^ 
 4ny unusual movement in or about the camp. 
 
 572. — The sentinels on the front, flanks, and rear, see that 
 no soldier leaves camp with horse or arms, unless conducted 
 by a non-commissioned officer. They prevent non-commis- 
 isioned officers and soldiers from passing out at night, except 
 to go to the sinks, and mark if they return. They arrest at 
 any time, suspicious persons prowling about the camp, and at 
 Ijight, every one who attempts to enter, even the soldiers of 
 other coqjs. Arrested persons are sent to the officer of the 
 guard, who sends them, if necessary, to the officer of the day. 
 
 573. — The sentinels on the front of the advanced post have 
 orders to permit neither non-commissioned officers or soldiers 
 to pass the line, without reporting at the advanced post ; to 
 warn the advanced post of the approach of any armed body, 
 and to arrest all suspicious persons. The sergeant sends per- 
 sons so arrested to the officer of the guard, and warns him of 
 the approach of any armed body. ^^ 
 
 574. — The sentinel over the arms at the advanced pVi 
 guards the prisoners and keeps sight of them, and suffers no 
 one to converse with them without permission. They are only 
 permitted to go to the sinks one at a time, and under a sentinel. 
 
 575. — If any one is to be passed out of camp at night, the 
 officer of the guard sends him under escort to the advanced 
 post, and the sergeant of the post has him passed over the 
 chain. 
 
71 
 
 576. — At retreat, the office of the guard has the roll of his 
 guard called, and inspect arms, to see that they are loaded and 
 in order; and visits the advanced post for the same purpose. 
 The Sergeant of the police guard, accompanied by two armed 
 soldiers, folds the colors and lays them on the trestle in the 
 rear of the arms. He sees that the sutler's stores are the closed, 
 and the men leave them, and tliat the kitchen fires are put 
 out at the appointed hour. 
 
 577.— The officer of the day satisfies himself frequently 
 during the night, of the vigilance of the police guard and ad- 
 vanced post. He prescribes patrols and rounds to be made by 
 the officer and non-commissioned officers of the guard. The 
 officer of the guard orders them when he thinks necessary. 
 He visits the sentinels frequently. 
 
 578. — At reveille, the police guard takes arms; the officer 
 of the guard inspects it and advanced post. The Sergeant re- 
 plants the colors in place. At retreat and reveille the advanced 
 post takes arms; the Sergeant makes his report to the officer 
 :>f the guard when he visits the post. 
 
 579. — "When necessary, the camp is covered at night with 
 small outposts, forming a double chain of sentinels. These 
 posts are under the orders of the commander of the police 
 guard, and are visited by his pa1;rols and rounds. 
 
 580.— -The officer of the guard makes his report of his tour 
 of service, including the advanced post, and sends it, after the 
 guard is marched off, to the officer of the day. 
 
 581. — When the regiment marches, the men of the police 
 guard return to their companies, except those of the advanced 
 post. In the cavalry, at the sound " boot and saddle," the officer 
 of the guard sends one half the men to saddle and pack; when 
 tlie regiment assembles, al|the men join it. 
 
 5^2. — When the camping-party precedes the regiment, and 
 the new police guard marches with the camping-party, the 
 ^'uard, on reaching the camp, forms in line thirty paces in 
 front of the centre of the ground marked for the regiment. The 
 officer of the guard furnishes the sen^nels required by the 
 commander of the camping-party. 
 
 The advanced post takes its station. 
 
 583.— The advanced post of the old police guard takes 
 cliarge of the prisoners on the maroh, and marches, bayonets 
 iixed, at the centre of the regiment. On reaching camp, it 
 turns over the prisoners to the new advanced post. 
 
5S4. — The detail for tlie picket is made daily, after the 
 details for duty of first class, and from the next for detail on 
 the roster of that class. It is designed to furnish detachments 
 and guards unexpectedly called for in the twenty-four hours; 
 it counts as a tour of the first class to those who have marched 
 on detachment or guard, or who have passed the night in 
 bivouac. 
 
 585. — The officers, non-commissoned officers, and soldiers 
 of the picket are at all times dressed and equipped; the horees 
 are saddled, and knapsacks and valises ready to be put on. 
 
 586. — Detachments and guards from the picket are taken 
 from the head of the picket roll in each company, and, if 
 possible, equally from each company. The picket of a regi- 
 ment is composed of a Lieutenant, two Sergeants, four Cor- 
 porals, a drummer, and about forty privates. For a smaller 
 force, the picket is in proportion to the strength of the detch- 
 ment. 
 
 5S7. — Officers and men of the picket who march on detach- 
 ment or guard before retreat, will be replaced. 
 
 588. — The picket is assembled by the Adjutant at guard- 
 mounting; it is posted twelve paces in the rear of the guard, 
 and is inspected by its own commander. When the guard has 
 marched in review, the commandant of the picket marches it 
 to the left of the police guard, where it stacks its arms, and 
 is dismissed; the arms are under charge of the sentinel of the 
 police guard. 
 
 589. — The pick el is only assembled by the orders of the 
 Colonel or officer of the day. It forms on the left of the police 
 guard. 
 
 590. — The officer of the day reqi^es the roll of the picket 
 to be called frequently during the day; the call is sounded 
 from the police guard. At roll-calls and inspections, infantry 
 pickets assemble with kinapsacks on, cavalry on foot. The 
 picket is assembled at retreat; the officer has the roll called, 
 and inspects the arms. The picket sleep in their tents, but 
 without undressing^. -i 
 
 591.— The picket does not a semble at night except in cases 
 of alarm, or when the whole or a part is to march; then the 
 officer of the day calls the officers, the latter the non-commis- 
 sioned officers, and these the men, for which purpose each 
 ascertains the tents of those he is to call; they are asseinbled 
 without beat of drum or other noise. At night, cavalry pickets 
 assemble mounted. 
 
592. — Pickets rejoin their coiiipanie.s vviienever the regi- 
 ment is under arms for review, drill, march, or battle. 
 
 GRAND GUARDS AND OTHER OUTPOSTS. 
 
 693. — Grand guards are the advanced posts of a camp or 
 cantonment, and should cover the ap^^roaches to it. Their 
 number, strength, and position are regulated by the com- 
 manders of brigades; in detached corps, by the commanding 
 officer. When it can be, the grand guards 'of cavaly and in- 
 fantry are combined, the cavalry furnishing the advanced sen- 
 tinels. When the cavalry is weak, the grand guards are 
 infantry, but furnished w^ith a few cavalry soldiers, to get 
 and carry intelligence of the enemy. 
 
 594. — The strength of a grand guard of a brigade will 
 depend on its object and the strength of the regiments, the 
 nature of the country, the position of the enemy, and the dis-- 
 position of the inhabitants. It is usually commanded by a 
 Captain. 
 
 595. — Under the supervisions of the General's of Division 
 and Brigade, the grand guards are specially under the direc- 
 tion of a field officer of the day in each Brigade. In case of 
 necessity. Captains may be added to the roster of Lieutenant- 
 Colonels and Majors for this detail. 
 
 596. — Staff officers sent from division head-quarters to in- 
 spect the posts of grand guards, give them orders only in 
 urgent cases, and in the absence of the field officer of the day 
 of the brigade. 
 
 597. — Grand guards usually mount at the same time as the 
 other guards, but may mount before daybreak if the General 
 of Brigade thinks it necessary to double the outposts at that 
 time. In this case they assemble and march without noise, 
 and during their march throw out scouts ; this precaution 
 should alw^ays be taken in the first posting of a grand guard. 
 The doubling of guards weakens the corps and fatigues the 
 men, and should seldom be resorted to, and never when pre- 
 paring to mai-ch or fight. ' 
 
 598. — A grand guard is conducted to liis post in the first 
 instance, by the field officer of the day, gui4ed by a stafi* officer 
 who accompanied by the General in his reconnoisance. After 
 the post has been established, the commander sends to tlie 
 field officer, of the day, when necessary, a soldier of tlie guard 
 to guide the relieving guard to the post. He also sends to 
 him in the evening a corporal or trusty man of the guard tor the 
 
74 
 
 note containing the parole and countersign, and sends them 
 before dark to the detached posts. He will not suiFer his guard 
 to be relieved except by a guard of the brigade, or by special 
 orders. 
 
 699. — If there is no pass to be observed or defended, the 
 grand guards are placed near the centre of the ground they are 
 to observe, on sheltered, and, if possible, high ground, the bet- 
 ter to conceal their strength and observe the enemy ; they 
 ought not to be placed near the edge of a v^ood. When, 
 during the day, they are placed very near or in sight of the 
 enemy, they fall back at night on posts selected farther to the 
 rear. 
 
 600.. — In broken or in mountainous countries, and partic- 
 ularly if the inhabitants are ill-disposed, intemiediate posts 
 must be established v^hen it is necessary to post the grand 
 guard distant from the camp. 
 
 601. — Grand guards are chiefly to v^atchthe enemy in front ; 
 their flanks are protected by each other, and the camp must 
 furaish posts to protect their rear and secure their retreat- 
 
 603. — Grand guards are seldom intrenched, and never with- 
 out the orders of the General, except by a barricade or ditch 
 when exposed in a plain to attacks of cavalry. 
 
 603. — The General of Division, if he thinks proper, changes 
 the stations and orders of these guards, and establishes posts 
 to connect the brigades or protect the the exterior flanks. 
 
 604. — After a grand guard is posted, the first care of the 
 commander and of the field officer of the day is to get news 
 of the enemy ; then to reconnoitre his j)osition, and the roads, 
 bridges, fords, and defiles. This r^connoisance determines the 
 force and position of the small posts and their sentinels day 
 and night. These posts, according to their importance, are 
 commanded by officers or non-commissioned officers ; the cav- 
 alry posts may be relieved every four or eight hours. 
 
 605. — The commander of a grand guard receives detailed 
 instructions from the general and field officer of the day of the 
 brigade, and instructs the commanders of the small posts as 
 te their duties and the arrangements for defense or retreat. 
 The commanders of grand guards may, in urgent cases, change 
 the positions of the small posts. If the small posts are to 
 change their positions at night, they wait until the grand 
 guard have got into position and darkness hides their move- 
 ments from the enemy ; then march silently and rapidly under 
 the charge of an officer. 
 
iO 
 
 006. — 111 detached corps, small posts of picked men are at 
 night sent forward on the roads by which the enemy may at- 
 tack or turn the position. They watch the forks of the roads, 
 keep silence, conceal themselves, light no fires, and often 
 change place. They announce the approach of the enemy 
 by signal agreed upon, and retreat, by routes examined during 
 the day, to places selected, and rejoin the guard at daybreak. 
 
 607. — Grand guards have special orders in each case, and 
 the following in all cases : to infonn the nearest posts and the 
 field officer of the day, or the General of Brigade, of the march 
 and movements of the enemy, and of the attacks they receive 
 or fear; to examine every person passing near the post, par- 
 ticularly those coming from without ; to arrest suspicious per- 
 sons, and all soldiers and camp-followers who try to pass out 
 without permission, and to send to the General, unless other- 
 wise directed, all country people who come in. 
 
 608. — All out-guards stand to arms at night on the approach 
 of patrols, rounds, or other parties ; the sentinel over the arms 
 has orders to call them out. 
 
 609. — Advanced posts will not take arms for inspection or 
 ceremony when it would expose them to the view of the 
 enemy. 
 
 610. — Grand guards are often charged with the care and 
 working of telegraphic signals. 
 
 611. — The sentinels and vedettes are placed on points from 
 which they can see farthest, taking care not to break their 
 connection with each other or with their posts. They are 
 concealed from the enemy as much as possible by w^alls, or 
 trees, or elevated ground. It is generall} even of more ad- 
 vantage not to be seen than to see far. They should not be 
 placed near covers, where the enemy may capture them. 
 
 612. — A sentinel should always be ready to fire, vedettes 
 carry their pistols or carbines in their hands. A sentinel must 
 .be sure of the presence of an enemy before he fires ; once 
 satified of that, he must fire, though all defense on his part 
 be useless, as the safety of the post may depend on it. Senti- 
 nels fire on all persons deserting to the enemy. 
 
 613. — If the post must be where a sentinel on it can not 
 communicate with the guard, a corporal and three men are 
 detached for it, or the sentinels are doubled, that one may 
 communicate with the guard. During the day the commu- 
 nication may be made by signals, such as raising a cap or 
 
handkerchief. At night sentinels arc placed on low ground, 
 the better to see objects against the sky. 
 
 014. — To lessen the duty of rounds, and keep more men on 
 the alert at night, sentinels are I'elieved every houi'. To pre- 
 vent sentinels from being surpiised, it is sometimes well to 
 precede the countersign by signals, such as striking the mus- 
 ket with the hand, striking the hands together, &c.«* 
 
 615. — On the approach of any one at night, the sentinel 
 orders — "ifaZ^/" If the order is not obeyed after once re- 
 peated, he fires. If obeyed, he call — '* Who goes there?'" If 
 answered — " Rounds^'' or " FatroW'' he says — " Advance with 
 the countersign,'''^ If more than one advance at the same time, 
 or the person who advances fails to give the countersign or 
 signal agreed on, the sentinel fires, and falls back on his guard- 
 The sentinel over the arms, as soon as his hail is answered, 
 turns out the guard, and the Corporal goes to reconnoitre. 
 When it is desirable to hide the position of the sentinel from 
 the enemy, the hail is replaced by signals ; the sentinel gives 
 the signal, and those approaching the counter signal.* 
 
 616. — With raw troops, or when the light troops of the 
 enemy are numerous or active, and when the country is broken 
 or wooded, the night stormy or dark, sentinels should be 
 doubled. In this case, while one watches, the other called a 
 flying sentinel, moves about, examing the paths and hollow^s. 
 
 617. — The commandants of grand guards visit the sentinels 
 often ; change their positions when necessary ; make them re- 
 peat their orders ; teach them under what circumstances and 
 at what signals to retire, and particularly not to fall back 
 directly on their guard if pursued, but to lead the enemy in 
 a circuit. 
 
 6 IS. — At night, half the men of the grand guard oH* p. «t 
 watch under arms, while the rest lie down, arms by their side. 
 The horses are always biidled ; the horsemen hold the reins, 
 and must not sleep. 
 
 619. — When a grand guard of cavalry is so placed as not to 
 be liable to a sudden attack from the enemy, the General may 
 permit the horses to be fed during the night, unbridling for 
 tliis pui*pose a few at a time — the horsemen being vigilant to 
 prevent them from escaping. 
 
 620. — An hour before break of day, infantry grand guards 
 stand to arms, and cavalry mount. At the advanced posts* 
 
some of the infantry are all night under arms, 5ome of the cav- 
 .Iry on horeeback. 
 
 t)21. — The commander of a grand guard regulates the num- 
 bers, the hours, and the march ot patrols and rounds, accord- 
 ing to the strength of his troop and the necessity for precau- 
 tion; and, accompanied by those who are to command the 
 patrols and rounds during thie night, he will reconnoitre all 
 the routes they are to follow. 
 
 622. — Patrols and rounds march slowly, in silence, and with 
 :;reat precaution; halt frequently to listen and examine the 
 _;round. The rounds consist of an officer or non-commissioned 
 )fticer and two or three men. 
 
 623. — ^Toward the break of day the patrols ought to be more 
 frequent, and sent to greater distances. They examine the 
 hollow-ways, and ground likely to conceal an enemy, but with 
 ^reat caution, to avoid being cut oft*, or engaged in an une- 
 jual combat ; if they meet the enemy, they fire and attempt 
 to stop his march. While the patrols are out the posts are 
 under arms. 
 
 624. — Cavalry patrols should examine, the country to a 
 greater distance than infantry, and report to the infantry 
 -uard every thing they observe. The morning patrols and 
 >couts do not return until broad daylight; and when they 
 return, the night sentinels are withdrawn, and the posts for 
 the day resumed. 
 
 625. — When patrols are sent beyond the advanced posts, 
 the posts and sentinels should be warned. 
 
 626. — On their return, commanders of patrols report in re- 
 gard to the ground and every thing they have observed of the 
 movements of the enemy, or of his posts, and the command- 
 ant of the grand guard reports to the field officer of the day. 
 
 627. — The fires of the grand guards should be hidden by a 
 wall, or ditch or other screen. To deceive the enemy, fires 
 are sometimes made on aground not occupied. Fires are not 
 permitted at small posts liable to surprise. 
 
 62S. — ^The horses of cavalry guards are watered or fed by 
 detachments ; during which the rest are ready to mount. 
 
 629. — If a body of troops attempt to enter the camp at 
 night, unless their arrival has been announced, or the com- 
 mander is known to, or is the bearer -oi a written order to the 
 commander of the grand guards, he stops them, and sends the 
 
7S 
 
 <5omraander under escort to the field officer of the day, and 
 warns the post near him. 
 
 630. — ^Bearers of flags are not permitted to pass the outer 
 chain of sentinels ; their faces are turned from the post or army; 
 if necessary their eyes are bandaged ; a non-commissioned 
 officer stays with them to prevent indiscretion of the sentinels. 
 
 631. — The commandant of the grand guard receipts for dis- 
 patches, and sends them to the field officer of the day or Gen- 
 ,eral of Brigade, and dismisses the bearer ; but if he has 
 discovered what ought to be concealed from the enemy, he is 
 detained as long as necessary. 
 
 632. — Deserters are disarmed at the advanced posts, and 
 sent to the commander of the grand guard, who gets from 
 them all the information he can concerning his post. If many 
 come at night they are received cautiously, a few at a time. 
 They are sent in the morning to the field officer of the day, 
 or to the nearest post or camp, to be conducted to the Gen- 
 eral of the brigade. All suspected pei-sons are searched by 
 commanders of the posts. 
 
 633. — When an enemy advances to an attack, unless he is 
 in too great force, or the grand guard is to defend an in- 
 trenched post or a defile, it will take positions and execute the 
 movemenls to check the enemy, acting as skirmishers, or 
 fighting in close or open order, as may be best. The guard 
 joins its corps when in line, or when a sufficient number of 
 troops have reached the ground it defends. 
 
 ENTRENCHED POSTS. 
 
 634. — -Unless the army be acting on the defensive, no post 
 should be intrenched, except to cover the weak parts of the line, 
 or at points which the enemy cannot avoid, or in mountain 
 warfare, or to the close of a defile, or to cover winter quarters. 
 
 635. — Posts connected with the operations of an army are 
 intrenched only by order of the General commanding in-chief 
 or a General of Division. 
 
 636. — Any intrenchment that requires artillery is consid- 
 ered as a post, and a guard or garrison and commander are 
 assigned to it. 
 
 637. — The General who establishes an intrenched post gives 
 to its commander detailed instructions in regard to i^s defense, 
 and the circumstances under which the defense should cease. 
 
638. — ^The commander reconnoiters his post; distributes the 
 toops ; posts the officers and non-commissioned officers ; forms 
 a reserve ; gives orders for all contingencies he can foresee ; 
 suppose an attack, and arrange his troo|§ for defence, so as to 
 prepare them for an attack, day or night. 
 
 639 — In dark weather he redoubles his vigilance, and chan- 
 ges the hours and direction of the rounds and parols. He per- 
 mits no flags of truce, deserters or strangers to enter. If a flag 
 ought to pass his post, he bandages his eyes. He refuses 
 admittance to a reliefer any other party until he has carefully 
 examined them. In case of an attack, he does not wait for 
 orders or hold a council. Havmg defended his post to the 
 last extremity, or till the purpose of the defense, according to 
 his instructions, is answered, he may then spike his guns and 
 rejoin the army under cover of night, or by cutting his way 
 through the enemy. 
 
 DETACHMENTS. 
 
 (')40. — Wien 5, detachment is to be formed from the differ* 
 eiit regiment^of a brigade, the Assistant Adjutant-General of 
 the brigade assembles it, and turns it over to the commander. 
 
 641. — When a detachment is to be formed from different 
 biigades, the Assistant Adjutant-General in each forms the 
 contmgent of the brigade, and sends it to the place of assem- 
 bling. 
 
 642. — Detaclmments are generally formed by taking batal- 
 ions, squadrons, companies, platoons in turn, according to 
 the roster for such detail. 
 
 643. — When the detachment is to consist of men from every 
 company or troop, the first on the roster for guard are taken. 
 
 644. — Officers, non-commissioned officers, and soldiers, 
 whose tour it is to go on detachment, if employed otherwise 
 at the time, are relieved from the duty they are on, if they 
 can reach the camp in time to march with the detachment. 
 
 645. — When detachments meet, the command is regulated 
 while they serve together as if they formed one detachment. 
 But the senior officers cannot prevent the conmander of any 
 detachment from moving, when he thinks proper, to execute 
 the orders he has received. 
 
 646). — On the return of a detachment, the commander 
 reports to the head-quarters from which he received his orders. 
 
 RECONNOISANCES. 
 
 647. — ^Near an enemy, daily reconnoissances are. made to ob- 
 6 
 
so 
 
 serve the ground in front, and to discover whether the advanced 
 guards of the enemyJiave been increased or put in motion, or 
 any other sign of his preparation for march or action. 
 
 648. — They are made by small parties of cavalry and in- 
 fantry, from the brigade, under direction of the General of 
 Division or the General of a separate brigade, and to less 
 distance by the patrols of the grand guard, and are not re- 
 peated at the same hour or by the same route. On the plain, 
 reconnoisance are made by cavalry ; among mountains, by 
 infantry, with a few horsemen to carry intelligence. 
 
 649, — Reconnoitering parties observe the following precau- 
 tions : to leave small posts, or sentinels at intervals, to trans- 
 mit intelligence to the advanced posts of an army, unless the 
 return is to be by a different route ; to march with caution, to 
 avoid fighting ; and see, if possible, withouj; being seen ; to 
 keep an advanced guard ; to send well mounted men ahead of 
 the advanced guard ; and on the flank of the pa*fy ; to instruct 
 the scouts that no two should enter a defile or mount a hill 
 together, but to go one at a time, while one watches to carry 
 the news if the other is taken. 
 
 650. — Before daybreak the advanced guard and scouts are 
 drawn closer ; the party then march slowly and silently, stop 
 frequently to listen, and keep the horses that neigh in the 
 rear. The party should enter no wood, defile, village, or in- 
 closure, until it has been fully examined by the scouts. 
 
 651. — Special reconnoisances are made under the instruc- 
 tion of the General in command, by such officers and with 
 such force as he may direct. 
 
 652. — Offensive or forced reconnoissances are to ascertain 
 with certainty points in the enemy's position, or his strength. 
 They are sometimes preludes to real actions, and sometimes 
 only demonstrations. They drive in his outposts, and some- 
 times engage special corps of his line. They are only made 
 by order of the General commanding-in-chief, or the com- 
 mander of an isolated corps. 
 
 653. — In all reports of reconnoissances, the officer making 
 them shall distinguish expressly what he has seen from the 
 accounts he has not been able to verify personally. 
 
 654. — In special and offensive reconnoissances, the report 
 must be accompanied by a field-sketch of the localities, the 
 dispositions and defences of the enemy. 
 
SI 
 
 PARTISANS AND FLANKERS. 
 
 655. — The operations of partisan coq^s depend on the nature 
 and theatre of the war ; they enter into the general plan of 
 operations, and are conducted under the orders of the General 
 commanding in-chief. 
 
 656. — ^The composition and strength of partisan corps and 
 detachment of flankers depend on the object, the difficulties, 
 the distance, and the probable time of the expedition. 
 
 657. — The purpose of these isolated corps is to reconnoitre 
 at a distance on the flanks of the army, to protect its opera- 
 tions, to deceive the enemy, to interrupt his communications^ 
 to intercept his couriers and his correspondence, to threaten 
 or destroy his magazines, to carry off his posts and his convoys, 
 or, at all events, to retard his march by making him detach 
 largely for their protection. 
 
 658. — While these corps fatigue the enemy and embarrass 
 lis operations, they endeavor to inspire confidence and secure 
 the good will of the inhabitants in a friendly country, and to 
 held them in check in an enemy's country. 
 
 659. — ^They move actively, appear unexpectedly on different 
 points, in such a manner as to make it impossible to estimate 
 their force, or to tell whether they are irregular forces or an 
 advanced guard. 
 
 660. — These operations require vigilance, secrecy, energy, 
 and promptness. The partisan commander must frequently 
 supply by stratagem and audacity what he wants in numbers. 
 
 661. — These detachments are sometimes composed of dif- 
 ferent arms, but the service belongs more particularly to the 
 liglit cavalry, which can move to a distance by rapid marches, 
 surprise the enemy, attack unexpectedly, and retire as 
 promptly. 
 
 662. — Stormy weather, fogs, extreme heat, and the night 
 above all, are favorable to the success of ambuscades ; when 
 the enemy are careless, the break of day is the best time. A 
 partisan commander should communicate to his second in com- 
 mand, his secret orders, the direction and object of the expedi- 
 tion, and the different points of junction with the army. 
 
 663. — Guides of the country and spies are often necessary 
 to the partisan. They are examined separately, and confronted 
 if their accounts difi'er. When there is but one guide, he 
 marches with the advanced guard, guarded by two men, and 
 bound if necessary. Peddlers and smugglers are specially 
 suitable for spies. 
 
82 
 
 664:. — A fit time to attack a convoy is at a halt, or when 
 they begin to park, or when tliey are watering, passing a wood 
 or a defile ; at a bend of the road, a bridge or steep ascent. 
 
 665. — The attacking party may be principally cavalry, with 
 some infantry. The first object is to disperse the escort. A 
 part of the detachment attacks the main body of the escort, 
 another the wagons, and a third is in reserve ; skirmishers line 
 the road, and try to cut the traces, and to seize the front and 
 rear wagons, and turn them across the road, to prevent the 
 train from advancing or retreating. 
 
 666. — If the convoy is parked, the cavalry surrounds it, 
 assails the escort, and tries to draw it away from the train. 
 The infantry then engage the troops remaining at the park, 
 slip under the wagons, and get into the park. When the cavalry 
 is alone and the enemy are shaken, they dismount a portion 
 of the men to supply the want of infantry. 
 
 667. — If it is a large convoy, the principal attack is made 
 on the centre ; the most valuable wagons are also selected, 
 and additional horses are put to them if the attack is success- 
 ful. Those that cannot be carried off are burned. 
 
 MARCHES. 
 
 668. — The object of the movement and the nature of the 
 ground determine the order of march, the kind of troops in 
 each column, and the number of columns. 
 
 669.— The force is divided into as many columns as circum- 
 stances permit, without weakening any one too much. They 
 ought to preserve their communications, and be within sup- 
 porting distance of each other. The commander of each column 
 ought to know the strength and direction of the others. 
 
 670.— The advance and fear guards are usually light troops ; 
 their strength and composition depend on the nature of the 
 ground and the position of the enemy. They serve to cover 
 the movements of the army, and to hold the enemy in check 
 until the General has time to make his arrangements. 
 
 671.— The advance guard is not always at the head of the 
 column ; in a march to a flank, it takes such positions as cover 
 the movement. Sappers are attached to the advanced guard 
 if required. 
 
 672. — ^The '' gene^ral^^^ sounded one hour before the time of 
 marching, is the signal to strike tents, to load the wagons, and 
 
S3 
 
 pack horses, and send them to the place of assembling. The 
 jires are then put out, and care taken to avoid burning straw, 
 &c., or giving to the enemy any other indication of the move- 
 ment. 
 
 673. — The "march," will be beat in the infantry, and the 
 '' advance" sounded in the cavalry, in succession, as each is 
 to take its place in the column. 
 
 674. — When the army ^uld form suddenly to* meet the 
 enemy, the " lo7ig rolV is beat, and '' to horse^^ sounded. The 
 troops form rapidly in front of their camp. 
 
 675. — Batteries of artillery and their caissons move with 
 the, corps to which they are attached ; the field train and 
 ambulances march at the rear of the column ; and the bag- 
 gage with the rear guard. 
 
 676. — Cavalry and infantry do not march together, unless 
 tiie proximity of the enemy makes it necessary. 
 
 677. — In cavalry marches, when distant from the enemy, 
 each regiment, and, if possible, each squadron, forms a sepa- 
 rate column, in order to keep up the same gait from front to 
 rear, and to trot, when desirable, on good ground. In such 
 cases, the cavalry may leave camp later, and can give more 
 rest to the horses, and more attention to the shoeing and har- 
 ness. Horses are not bridled until the time to start. 
 
 678. — When necessary, tiie orders specify the rations the 
 men are to carry in their haversacks. The field officers and 
 Captains make inspections frequently during the march ; at 
 halts they examine the knapsacks, valises and haversacks, 
 and throw away all articles not authorized. The officers and 
 non-commissioned officers of cavalry companies attend per- 
 sonally to the packs and girths. 
 
 679. — When it can be avoided, troops should not be as- 
 sembled on high roads or other places where they interrupt the 
 communication. 
 
 680. — Generals of Division and commanders of detached 
 corps send a staif officer to the rendezvous, in advance, to 
 rercive the troops, who, on arriving, take their place in the 
 order of battle, and form in close col unm, unless otherwise 
 ordered. Artilery, or trains halted on the roads, form in file 
 on one side. 
 
 681.— The execution of marching orders must not be de- 
 layed. If the commander, is not at the head of his troops 
 wiien they are to march, the next in rank puts the column m 
 motion. 
 
 682.— If possible, each column is preceded by a detachment 
 
84 
 
 of sappers, to remove obstacles to the march, aided, when ne- 
 cessary, by infantry, or the people of the country. The de- 
 tachment is divided into two sections : one stops to remove 
 the first obstacle, the other moves on to the next. 
 
 683. — In night marches, and at bad places, and at cross- 
 roads, when necessary, intelligent non-commissioned offi- 
 cers are posted to show the way, and are relieved by the regi- 
 ments as they come up. 
 
 684. — On the march, no one sl^ll fire a gun, or cry " lialt^ 
 or " march^'' without orders. " 
 
 • 685.— Soldiers are not to stop for water ; the canteens should 
 be filled before starting. 
 
 686. — It is better to avoid villages ; but if the route lies 
 through them, officers and non-commissioned officers are to be 
 vigilent to prevent straggling. Halts should not take place at 
 villages. 
 
 687. — Besides the rear guard, the General sometimes takes 
 a detachment from the last regiment, and adds to it non-com- 
 missioned officers from each regiment, to examine villages and 
 all hiding-places on the route, to bring up stragglers and seize 
 marauders. 
 
 688. — In night marches, the Sergeant-Major of each regi- 
 ment remains at the rear with a drummer, to give notice when 
 darkness or difficulty stops the march. In cavalry, a trumpet 
 is placed in rear of each squadron, and the signal repeated to 
 the head of the regiment. 
 
 689. — ^The General and field officers frequently stop, or send 
 officers to the rear, to see that the troops march in the prescri- 
 bed order, and keep their distances. To quicken the march, 
 the General warns the Colonels, and may order a signal to be 
 beat. It is repeated in all the regiments. 
 
 690. — In approaching a defile, the Colonels are warned ; 
 they close their regiments as they come up ; each regiment 
 passes separately, at an accelerated pace, and in as close or- 
 der as possible. The leading regiment having passed, and 
 left room enough for the whole column in close order, then 
 halts, and moves again as soon as the last regiment is through. 
 In the cavalry, each squadron, before quickening the pace to 
 rejoin the column, takes its original order of march. 
 
 691. — When the distance from the enemy permits, each 
 regiment, after closing up in front and rear of the defile, stacks 
 arms. 
 
692. — Halts to rest and re-form the troops are frequent 
 during the day, depending on the object and length of the 
 march. They are mad§ in preference after the passage of de; 
 files. 
 
 693. — Ko honors ai^ paid by troops on the march or at 
 halts. 
 
 694. — The sick march with the wagons. 
 
 695. — -Led horses of officers, and the horses of dismounted 
 men , follow their regiment. The baggage wagons never march 
 in the column. "When the 6reneral orders the field train and 
 ambulances to take place in the column, he designates the po- 
 sition they shall take. 
 
 696. — If two corps meet on the same road, they pass to the 
 right, and both continue their march, if the road is wide 
 enough ; if it is not, the first in the order of battle takes the 
 road, the other halts. 
 
 697. — A corps in march must not be cut by another. If two 
 corps meet at cross-roads, that which arrives last halts if the 
 other is in motion. A corps in march passes a corps at a halt, 
 if it has precedence in the order of battle, or if the halted corps 
 is not ready to move at once. 
 
 698. — A column that halts to let another column pass re- 
 sumes the march in advance of the train of this column. If a 
 column has to pass a train, the train must halt, if necessary, 
 till the column passes. The column which has precedence 
 must yield it if the commander, on seeing the orders of the 
 other, finds it for the interest of the service. 
 
 BATTLES. 
 
 699. — Dispositions for battle depend on the number, kind, 
 and quality of the troops opposed, on the ground, and on the 
 objects of the war ; but the following rules are to be observed 
 generally : 
 
 700. — In attacking, the advanced guard endeavors to cap- 
 ture the enemy's outposts, or cut them off from the main body. 
 Having done so, or driven them in, it occupies, in advancing, 
 all the points thai can cover or facilitate the march of the army, 
 or secure its retreat, such as bridges, defiles, woods, and heights; 
 it then makes attacks, to occupy the enemy, without risking 
 too much, and to deceive them as to the march and projects 
 of the army. 
 
 TOl. — When the enemy is hidden by a curtain of advanced 
 troops, the commandant of the advanced guard sends scouts, 
 
86 
 
 under intelligent officers, to the right||nd left, to ascertain his 
 position and movements. If he does not succeed in this way, 
 he tries to unmask the enemy by demonstrations; threatens to 
 cut the advance from the main body ; makes false attacks;' 
 partial and impetuous charges in echelon ; and if all fail, he 
 makes a real attack to accomplish the object. 
 
 702. — Detachments left by the advanced guard to hold points 
 in the rear, rejoin it when other y'oops come up. If the army • 
 takes a position, and the advanced guard is separated from it 
 by defiles or heights, the communication is secured by troops 
 drawn from the main body. 
 
 703. — At proper distance from the enemy, the troops are 
 formed for the attack in several lines ; if only two can be 
 formed, some battalions in column are placed behind the wings 
 of the second line. The lines may be formed of troops in co- 
 lumn or in order of battle, according to the ground and plan 
 of attack. 
 
 704. — ^The advanced guard may be put in the line or on 
 the wings, or other position, to aid the pursuit or cover the re- 
 treat. 
 
 705. — The reserve is formed of the best troops of foot and 
 horse, to complete a victory or make good a retreat. It is 
 placed in the rear of the centre, or chief point of attack or 
 defence. 
 
 706. — The cavalry should be distributed in echelon on the 
 wings and at the centre, on favorable ground. 
 
 707. — It should be instructed not to take the gallop until 
 within charging distance ; never to receive a charge at a halt, 
 but to meet it, or, if not strong enough, to retire manoeuvring; 
 and in order to be ready for the pursuit, and prepared against 
 a reverse, or the attacks of the reserve, not to engage all its 
 squadrons at once, but to reserve one third, in column or in 
 echelon, abreast of or in the rear of one of the wings ; this ar- 
 3-angement is better than a second line with intervals. 
 
 708. — In the attack, the artillery is employed to silence the 
 batteries that protect the position. In the defence, it is better 
 to direct its fire on the advancing troops. In either case, as 
 many pieces are united as possible, the fire of artillery being 
 formidable in proportion to its concentration. 
 
 709. — In battles and military operations it is better to assume 
 the oflTensive, and put the enemy on the defensive ; but to be 
 gate in doing so requires a larger force than the enemy, or 
 better troops, and favorable ground. When obliged to act on 
 
87 
 
 « 
 the defensive, the advantage of position and of making the 
 attack may sometimes be secured by forming in rear of 
 the ground on.^wMch we are to fight, and advancing at the 
 moment of ajjion. In mountain vt^arfare, the assailant has 
 always the disadvantage ; and even in offensive warfare, in the 
 open field, it may' frequently be very important, when the 
 artillery is well posted, and any advantage of the ground may 
 be secured, to await the enemy and compel him to attack. 
 
 710. — The attack should be made with a superior force on 
 
 . the defensive point of the enemy's position, by masking this 
 
 by false attacks and demonstrations on other points, and by 
 
 concealing the troops intended for it by the ground or by 
 
 other troops in the front. 
 
 711. — Besides the arrangements which depend on the sup- 
 posed, pi an of the enemy, the wings must be protected by the 
 ground, or supported by troops in echelon ; if the attack of 
 the enemy is repulsed, the offensive must at once be taken, to 
 inspire the troops, to disconcert the enemy, and often to decide 
 the action. In thus taking the offensive, a close column should 
 be pushed rapidly on the wing or flank of the enemy. The 
 visions of this column form in the line of battle successively, 
 
 a\ each division moves to the front as soon as formed, in order, 
 by a rapid attack in echelon, to prevent the enemy from 
 changing front or bringing up his reserves. In all arrangements, 
 ■ specially in those for attacks, it is most important to conceal 
 : rie design until the moment of execution, and then to execute 
 ir with the greatest rapidity. The night, therefore, is j)referred 
 for the movement of troops on the flank or rear of the enemy, 
 othei-wise it is necessary to mask their march by a grand move- 
 ment in front, or by taking. a wide circuit. 
 
 712. — In making an attack, the conamunications to the rear 
 and for retreat must be secured, and the General must give 
 beforehand all necessary orders to provide for that event. 
 
 713. — When a success is gained, the light troops should 
 pursue the enemy promptly and rapidly. The* other troops 
 will restore order in their columns, then advance from position 
 'o position, always prepared ibr an attack or to support the 
 
 oops engaged. 
 
 714. — Before the action, the Generals indicate the places 
 where they will be ; if they change position, they give notice 
 f it, or leave a staff officer to show where they have gone. 
 
 715.— During the fight the officers and non-commissioned 
 officers keep the men in the ranks, and enforce obedience if 
 
ss 
 
 necessary. Soldiers must not be permitted to leave the ranks 
 to strip or rob the dead, nor to assist the wounded, unless by ex- 
 press permission, which is only to be given after the action is 
 decided. The highest interest and duty is to win the victory, 
 which only can insure proper care of the winded. 
 
 716. — Before the action, the Quartermaster^ the division 
 makes all the necessary arrangements for the transportation of 
 the wounded. He establishes the ambulance depots in the 
 rear, and gives his assistants the necessary instruction for the 
 service of the ambulance wagons and other means of remov- 
 ing the wounded. 
 
 717. — The ambulance depot, to which the wounded are 
 carried or directed for immediate treatment, is generally 
 established at the most convenient building nearest the field 
 of battle. A red flag marks its place, or the way to it, to the 
 conductors of the ambulances and to the wounded who can 
 walk. 
 
 718. — The active ambulances follow the troops engaged to 
 succor the wounded and remove them to the depots; for this 
 purpose the conductors should always have the necessary 
 assistants, that the soldiers may have no excuse to leave the 
 ranks for that object. 
 
 719. — The medical directer of the division, after consulta 
 tion with the Quartermaster-General, distributes the medica 
 ofiicers and hospital attendants at his disposal, to the depots 
 and active ambulances. He will send officers and attendants 
 when practicable, to the active ambulances, to relieve the 
 wounded who require treatment before being removed from 
 the ground. He will see that the depots and ambulances are 
 provided with the necessary apparatus, medicines and stores. 
 He will take post and render his professional services at the 
 principal depot. 
 
 720. — If the enemy endanger the depot, the Quartermaster 
 takes the orders of the General to remove it or strengthen 
 its guard. 
 
 721. — The wounded in the depots and the sick are removed 
 as soon as possible to the hospitals that have been established 
 by the Quartermaster- General of the army on the flanks or 
 rear of the army. 
 
 722. — After an action, the officers of ordnance collect the 
 munitions of war left on the field, and make a return of them 
 to the General. The Qurtermaster's Department collects the 
 
rest of the public property captured, and makes the* returns to 
 head-quarters. 
 
 723.— -"Written reports f6r the General commandiug-in- chief 
 are made by commandants of regiments, batteries, and sep- 
 arate squadrons, and by all commanders of a higher grade, 
 each in what concerns his own command, and to his im- 
 mediate commander. 
 
 724. — When an officer or soldier deserves mention for con- 
 duct in action, a special report shall be made in his case, 
 and the General commandin^-in-chief decides whether to 
 mention him in his report to the government and in his order?. 
 But he shall not be mentioned in the report until^he has been 
 mentioned in the orders to the army. ,These special reports 
 are examined with care by the intermediate commanders, to 
 A'erify the facts, and secure commendation and rewards to 
 the meritorious only. 
 
 725. — The report of battles, which must frequently be 
 made before these special reports of persons are scrutinized, 
 is confined to general praise or blame, and an account of the 
 operations. 
 
 PRISONERS OF WAR. 
 
 726. — Prisoners ot war will be disarmed and sent to the 
 rear, and reported as soon us practicable to the head- quarters. 
 The return of prisoners from the Head-Quarters of the Army 
 to the "War Department will specify the number, rank, and 
 corps. 
 
 727. — The private property of prisoners will be duly re- 
 spected, and each shall be treated with the regard due to his 
 rank. They are to obey the necessary orders given them. 
 They receive for subsistence one ration each, without regard 
 to rank ; and the wounded are to be treated with the same 
 care as the wounded of the army. Other allowances to them 
 will depend on conventions with^the enemy. Prisoner's 
 horses will be taken for the army. 
 
 728. — Exchanges of prisoners and release of officers on pa- 
 role depend on the orders of the General commandiug-in- 
 chief, under the instructions of government. 
 
 CONVOYS AND THEIR ESCORTS. 
 
 729. — The strength and composition of the escort of a con- 
 voy depend on the country, the nature and value of the con- 
 voy, and the dangers if may incur. A larger escort is re- 
 quired for a convoy of powder, that the defense may not be 
 near the train. 
 
 ii 
 
90 
 
 730- — Cavalry is employed in escorts chieflj to reconnoitre; 
 the proportion is larger as the country is more open. 
 
 731. — Pioneers or working parties are attached to convoys 
 to mend roads, remove obstacles, and erect defenses. The 
 convoys should always be provided with spare wheels, poles, 
 axles, &c. 
 
 732. — The commandant ot the escort should receive de- 
 tailed instructions in writing. 
 
 733. — As far as the defense permits, the commander of the 
 escort shall refer to the officer in charge of the convoy for the 
 hours of departure, tile halts, the parking and order of the 
 train, and the precautions against accidents. 
 
 734. — Officers who accompany the convoy, but do not be- 
 long to the escort, shall exercise no authority in it except by 
 consent of the commander. If these officers are junior to the 
 commander, he may assign them to duty if the defense re- 
 quires it. 
 
 735. — Large convoysare formed into divisions, each with a 
 conductor. The distance between the wagons is four* paces. 
 A small party of infantry is attached to each division. 
 
 736. — Generally, munitions of war are at the head of the 
 convoy, subsistence next, and then other military stores ; the 
 sutler last. But always that part of the convoy which is 
 most important to the army shall be where it is most secure 
 from danger. 
 
 737. — The commandant should send out reconnoitering 
 parties, and never put the convoy* in motion until their re- 
 ports have been received. He always forms an advance and 
 rear guard, and keeps the main body under his immediate 
 order at the most important point, with small guards or posts 
 at other points. 
 
 738.— In an open country the main body marches by the 
 side of the road, opposite the centre of the convoy ; in other 
 cases at the head or rear of the column, as the one or the 
 other is more exposed. 
 
 739.— The advance guard precedes the convoy far enough 
 to remove all obstacles to its advance. It examines the woods, 
 defiles, and villages, and by mounted men gives information 
 to the commander, and receives his orders. It reconnoitres 
 places for halts and parks. 
 
 740. — If the head of the column is threatened, the advanced 
 guard seizes the defiles and places which the enemy might oc- 
 
91 
 
 cupy, and hold them until the main body advances to tlie 
 front and relieves it ; the main body holds the positions until 
 the head of the convoy arrives, and then leaves detachments 
 which are relieved by the parties marching with the divisions; 
 the posts are not abandoned until the whole convoy has 
 passed and the position is no longer important. 
 
 741. — When the rear is threatened, like measures are taken; 
 the rear guard defends the ground and retards the enemy by 
 breaking the bridges and blocking the road. 
 
 742. — If tine flanks are threatened, and the ground is 
 broken, and many defiles are to be passed, thedefense of the 
 convoy becomes more difficult ; the advance and rear guards 
 must be reduced, the flanks strengthened, and positions 
 which will cover the march of the convoy must be occupied 
 by the main body of the troops before the head of the convoy 
 reaches them, and until it has passed. 
 
 743. — If the convoy is large and has to pass places that 
 the force and position of the enemy make dangerous, the loss 
 of the whole convoy must not be risked ; it must pass by divi- 
 sions, which reunite after the passage. In this case the 
 greater part of the troops guard the first division ; they seize 
 the important poiiits. and cover them with light troops, or, 
 if necessary, with small posts, and hold them until all the 
 divisions have passed. 
 
 744. — ^If there is artillery in the convoy, the commander of 
 the escort uses it for the defense. 
 
 745. — To move faster and make the defense easier, the 
 wagons move in double file whenever the road allows it. If 
 a wagon breaks, it is at once removed from the road ; when 
 repaired, it takes the rear; when it cannot be repaired, its 
 load and horses are distributed to some of the other wagons 
 kept in the rear for that purpose. 
 
 746. — Convoys by water are escorted on the same princi- 
 ples. Each boat has a small infantry guard ; one portion of 
 the escort precedes or follows the convoy in boats. The 
 cavalry march opposite the convoy; the advance and rear guard 
 move by land, and all are connected by flankers with the 
 convoy. Where a river runs through a narrow vally, the 
 body of the infantry moves by land to prevent the enemy 
 from occupying the heights and disturbing the convoy. 
 
 747. — Convoys halt every hour to let the horses take breath 
 and the wagons close up. Long halts are made but seldom, 
 and only in places that have been reconuoitered and found 
 
92 
 
 favorable for defense. At night the park is arranged for 
 defense, and in preference at a distance from inhabited places, 
 if in an enemy's country. 
 
 748. — The wagons are usually parked in ranks, axle against 
 axle, the poles in the same direction, and with sufficient space 
 between the ranks for the horses. If an attack is feared, they 
 are parked in square, the hind wheels outside, and the horses 
 inside. « 
 
 749. — On the appearance of the enemy during the march, 
 the commander cl< ses up the wagons and continues his march 
 in order ; he avoids fighting ; but if the enemy seizes a po- 
 sition that commands his road, he attacj5:s vigorously with the 
 mass of his force, but is not to continue the pursuit far £om" 
 the convoy. ^ The convoy halts, and resumes the march when 
 the position is carried. 
 
 750. — When the enemy is too strong to be attacked, the 
 convoy is parked in square if there is room ; if not closed up 
 in double file ; at the front and rear the road is blocked by 
 wagons across it. The drivers are dismounted at the heads 
 of the horses. They are not permitted to make their escape. 
 The light troops keep the enemy at a distance as long as 
 possible, and are supported when necessary, but prudently, 
 as the troops must be kept in hand to resist the main attack. 
 
 751. — If a wagon takes fire in the park, remove it if pos- 
 sible ; if not, remove first the amunition wagons, then those 
 to leeward of the fire. 
 
 752. — When a whole convoy can not be saved, the most 
 valuable part may sometimes be by abandoning the rest. If 
 all efibrts fail, and there is no hope of succor, the convoy 
 must be set on fire and the horses killed that cannot be 
 saved ; the escort may then cut its way through. 
 
 753. — If the convoy is of prisoners of war, every effort 
 should be made to reach a village or strong building where 
 they may be confined ; if forced to fight in the field, the pris- 
 oners must be secured and made to lie down umil the action 
 is over. 
 
 BAGGAGE TRAINS. 
 
 754'. — The baggage train of general head-quarter3 and the 
 trains of the several divisions are each under the charge of an 
 officer of the Quartermaster's Department. These officers 
 command and conductthe trains under the orders tli^y receive 
 from their respective head-quarters. Whe i the trains of dif- 
 
93 
 
 ferent divisions march together, or the train of a division mar- 
 ches with the train of general head-quarters, the senior Quar- 
 termaster directs the whole, 
 
 755.^ — ^The regimental Quartermaster has charge of the wa- 
 gons, horses, equipments, and all means of transport employed 
 in the service of the regiment. Under the orders of the Colo- 
 nel, he assembles them for the march, and maintains the order 
 and police of the train in park and on the march. On marches, 
 the regimental trains are under the orders of the Quartermast- 
 er of tne division. When the march is by brigade, the senior 
 Regimental Quartermaster in the brigade, or the Quartermast- 
 er of the brigade has the dir^t!on of the whole. The necessa] 
 ry wagon-masters, or non-commissioned officers to act as such, 
 are employed with the several trains. 
 
 756. — None but the authorized wagons are allowed to march 
 with the train. The wagons of the several head-quarters, the 
 regimental wagons, and the wagons of sutlers authorized by or- 
 ders from head-quarters to march with the train, are all to be 
 conspicuously marked. 
 
 757. — When the train of head-quarters is to have a guard, 
 the strength of the guafd is regulated by the General. Gene- 
 rals of Brigade guard their trains by the men attached to the 
 ♦ train of the first regiment of their brigades. The regimental 
 ''trains ^re loaded, unloaded, and guarded, as far as practicable, 
 . by convalescents and men not effective in the ranks ; in the 
 cavalry, by dismounted men. When the guard of a train is 
 the escort for its defense, the regulations in regard to convoys 
 and escorts take eifect. 
 
 758. — Habitually each division is followed by its train, the 
 
 regimental trains uniting at the brigade rendezvous. When 
 
 I otherwise, the order for the movement of the divisions brig- 
 
 1 ades, and regiments contains the necessary directions in re- 
 
 1 gard to the assembling and marching of the respective trains. 
 
 The several trains march in an order analogous to the 
 
 .ank of the generals, and the order of battle of the troops' 
 
 to which they belong. Trains are not allowed in any case to 
 
 be in the midst of tne troops, or to impede the march of the 
 
 troops. 
 
 759. — ^The wagon-masters, under the orders of the officers 
 of the Quartermaster's Department, exercise the necessary re- 
 straints over the teamsters and servants who leave their teams, 
 or do not properly conduct them ; or who ill-treat their 
 horses, or who attempt to pillage, or run away in case of 
 attack. 
 
94 
 
 760. — ^Tlie General commanding the army and tlie Generals 
 of Division will not permit any general or staff officer, or re- 
 giment under their ordere, or any person whatsoever, attach- 
 ed to their command, to have more than the authorized amount 
 or means of transportation. For this purpose they will them- 
 selves make, and cause to be made, frequent reviews and in- 
 spections of the trains. They will see that no trooper is em- 
 ployed to lead a private horse, no soldier to drive a private ve- 
 hicle, and that no trooper is put on foot to lend his horse to au 
 officer. They will not permit the wagons of the artillery or of 
 the train to be loaded with anything foreign to their proper 
 service, nor any public horse, for any occasion, to be harness- 
 ed to a private carriage. 
 
 761. — The officers of the Qftajterm aster's Department, the 
 wagon masters, and all conductors of trains, are charged with 
 watching that the regulations respecting transportation allow- 
 ances are strictly observed. 
 
 GENERAL POLICE. 
 
 762. — When necessary, the General-in-chief or General of 
 Division may appoint a provost marshal to take charge of pris- 
 oners, with a suitable guard, or other police force. 
 
 763. — Private servants, not soldierf, will not be allowed to 
 wear the uniform of any corps of the army ; but each will be 
 required to carry with him a certij&cate from the officer who 
 employs him, verified, for regimental officers, by the signature 
 of the Colonel ; for other officers under the rank of Colonel, by 
 the chief of their corps or department. 
 
 764. — Laundresses permitted to follow the army will be fur- 
 nished with certificates, signed as in the preceding paragraph, 
 and no woman of bad character will be allowed to follow the 
 army. Other persons with the army, not officers or soldiers, 
 such as guides of the country, interpreters, &c., will qarry 
 about them similar certificates from the head-quarters that em- 
 ploys them. 
 
 765. — Deserters from the enemy, after being examined, will 
 be secured for some days, as they may be spies in disguise ; '.-- 
 opportunities offer, they will be sent to the rear ; after whicL 
 if they are found lurking about the army, or attempting to re- 
 turn to the enemy, they will be treated with severity. 
 
 766 — ^The arms and accoutrements of deserters will be 
 turned over to the Ordnance Department, and their hoi-ses to 
 the corps in want of them, after being branded with the let- 
 
95 
 
 ters " C.S." The compensation to be accorded to deserters, for 
 such objects, will be according to appraisement, made under the 
 direction of the Quartermaster's Department. The enlistment 
 of deserters, without express permission from General head- 
 quarters, is prohibited. 
 
 Y67. — It is forbidden to purchase horses without ascertaining 
 the right of the party to sell. Stolen horses shall be restored. 
 Estrays, in the enemy's country, when the owner is not discov- 
 ered, are taken for the army. 
 
 768. — Plundering and marauding, at all times disgraceful 
 to soldiers, when committed on the persons or property of those 
 whom it is the duty of the army to protect, become crimes 
 of such enormity as to admit of no remission of the awful pun- 
 ishment which the military law awards against offenses of this 
 nature. 
 
 SAFEGUARDS. 
 
 769. — Safeguards are protections granted to persons or prop- 
 erty in foreign parts by the commanding general, or by other 
 commanders within the limits of their command. 
 
 770. — Safeguards are usually given to protect hospitals, pub- 
 lic establishments, establishments of religion, charity, or in- 
 struction, museums, depositories of the arts, mills, post-offices, 
 and other institutions of public benefit ; also to individuals 
 whom it may be the interest of the army to respect. 
 
 771. — A safegard may consist of one or more men of fideli- 
 ty and firmness, generally non-effective non-commissioned of- 
 ficers, furnished with a paper setting out clearly the protection 
 and exemptions it is intended to secure, signed by the com- 
 mander giving it, and his staff officer; or it may consist of such 
 paper, delivered to the party whose person, family, house and 
 property it is designed to protect. These safeguards must be 
 numbered and registered. 
 
 772. — The men left as safeguards by one corps may be re- 
 placed by another. They are withdrawn when the country is 
 evacuated ; but if not, they have orders to await the arrival of 
 the enemy's troops, and apply to the commander for a safe- 
 conduct to the outposts. 
 
 773.— Form of a safeguard : 
 
 By authority of , 
 
 A safeguard is hereby granted to [A. B , or the house 
 
 and family of A. B , or the college, mills, or property, 
 
 stating precisely the place, nature, and description of the per- 
 
96 
 
 son, property, or buildino:s]. All officers aiid soldiers belong- 
 ing to the army of the Confederate States are therefore com- 
 manded to respect this safeguard, and to afford, if neces- 
 sary, protection to [the person, family, or property of , 
 
 as the case may be.]. 
 
 Given at Head-Quarters, the day of . 
 
 A. B , Major- General commanding-in-chief. 
 
 By command of the General. 
 
 C. D , Adjutant-General. 
 
 55th Article of the Rules and Articles of War, 
 
 " Whosoever belonging to the arnoies of the Confederate 
 States, employed in foreign parts, shall force a safeguard, shall 
 suffer death." 
 
 SIEGES. 
 
 774. — In the following regulations the besieging force is sup- 
 posed to be two divisions of infantry and a brigade of cavalry. 
 The same principles govern in other cases. 
 
 775. — The Brigadier-Generals of infantry serve, in turn, as 
 Generals of the trenches ; one or more of them are detailed 
 daily, according to the front and number of attacks ; they su- 
 perintend the operations, and dispose the guards of the trench- 
 es to repulse sorties and protect the works. Officers of the 
 general staff are assigned to them to transmit their orders and 
 attend to the details of service. 
 
 776.- — The Colonels and Lieutenant-Colonels of infantry al- 
 ternate for duty in the trenches ; one or more are detailed 
 daily ; they superintend the service of the guards and workmen 
 in the part of the work to which the general of the trenches 
 assigns them, being posted with troops of their own regiments 
 in preference. The commandant of the siege may place the 
 Colonels on the roster with the Brigadier- Generals. 
 
 777.— The commandants of engineers and artillery accompa- 
 ny the first troops before the place to examine the works and 
 the approachi^Si^;' V When the engineers have completed the re- 
 connoiss'anee'bf the works, and of each front as far as practica- 
 ble, the commandant of engineers makes a plan of the w^orks 
 as exact and detailed as possible, and under the instructions of 
 the General commandingthe siege, draws up the general plan 
 of the siege, and discusses it with the commandant of artillery 
 in regard to the best employment of that arm. These officers 
 then submit their joint or separate opinions to the General, 
 W'ho decides on the plan of the siege, and gives the orders for 
 the execution. The commandant of engineers directs the con- 
 struction of all the works of the siege, under the authority of 
 
97 
 
 the General, and lays before him every day a report of his 
 operations, and a plan showing the progress of the attack. 
 The commandant of artillery also makes daily reports to the 
 General of all that relates to his branch of the service. 
 
 778. — The Quartermaster-General establishes the hospitalt, 
 and organizes the means for transporting the wounded to 
 them. 
 
 779. — The commanding General appoints a field officer of 
 the trenches, \vho is aided by one or two Captains or Lieu- 
 tenants. 
 
 780. — The field officer of the trenches is charged with all 
 the details relative to the assembling of the guards and the 
 workmen. He distributes the guards on the different points 
 of the attack agreeably to the orders of the General of the 
 trenches, and forms the detachments of workmen for the 
 engineers and artillery ; that he may be prepared for this- 
 distribution, he receives every day from the Adjutant- Gene- 
 ral a statement of the details for the next day. 
 
 781. — On the arrival of the General of the trenches, the 
 field officer of the trenches gives him all the information 
 necessary to enable him to station the troops, attends him 
 in his visit to the trenches, and takes his orders on the changes 
 to be made in the position of the troops. The execution is 
 intrusted to the commandants of the troops. 
 
 782.- — The field officer of the trenches sees that men and 
 litters are always ready to bring off the wounded. One or 
 more companies of the guards of the trenches are put under 
 his immediate orders for the preservation of order and police 
 in the trenches. 
 
 783-— The divisions, brigades, regiments, and battalions, 
 are encamped during the siege in the order of battle. The 
 service of camp is conducted as heretofore prescribed. 
 
 784.— -Tne infantry has two kinds of siege service — the 
 iruard of the trenches and the w^ork of the trenches. 
 
 o 
 
 785. — The guards of the trenches mount every day by bat- 
 talions, in such order of detail that all the troops may take 
 an equal share, and no part of the line be left too weak. If 
 only one battalion is required, each division furnishes it 
 alternately ; if two are required, each division gives one ; if 
 three, one division furnishes two, the other one, alternately. 
 The two battalions of the same divisions are not taken from 
 the same brigade. 
 
 786.— The d etail for work of the trenches is by company, 
 
98 
 
 from all the regiments at one time, or in turn, and continues 
 generally twelve hours. The detail from any regiment should 
 never be less than a company. If only half a company 
 would be needed from all the regiments at a timejCvery 
 other regiment furnishes a full company alternately. 
 
 787. — The battalions for guard are detailed at least twelve 
 hours in advance ; they furnish no other details during this 
 tour. If the whole regiment is called out, it leaves a suf- 
 ficient police guard in camp. 
 
 788. — Twenty-four hours, or twelve at least, before mount- 
 ing guard in the trenches, the battalions detailed for guard do 
 not furnish workmen ; and the companies of these battalions 
 whose tour it would have been to work in the trenches, do not 
 go there for twenty -four hours after guard, if possible, or at 
 the least twelve. 
 
 789. — The workmen who are required for other work than 
 that of the trenches are taken from the roster for fatigue from 
 the battalions and companies not employed in the trenches. 
 
 790. — The battalions first for detail for guard of the trenches, 
 and the companies first for detail for work in the trenches, 
 furnish no other details, and are held on picket, ready to march 
 at the call of the field officer of the trenches. 
 
 791. — Materials for the siege, such as fascines, gabions, 
 hurdles, pickets. &c., are furnished by the different corps, in 
 the proportion ordered by the General. 
 
 792. — Guards and workmen going to the trenches march 
 without beat of drum or music. 
 
 793. — At all times, and especially on the day the trenches 
 are opened, every thing is avoided likely to attract the atten- 
 tion of the enem}^ With this view the General may vary the 
 hour of relieving guards. 
 
 794. — The chiefs of engineers and artillery make requisitions 
 for workmen in advance, that the details may be made in time 
 to prevent any dela^^ in the work. They should exceed the 
 number strictly required, that there may be a reserve for un- 
 foreseen wants. If this reserve is found insufficient, the Gene- 
 ral directs the field officer of the trenches to call on the picket. 
 
 795. — Before the guards and workmen march, the field officer 
 of the trenches arranges them so that each detachment can 
 i-each its ground without confusion. The troops are posted in 
 the trenches according to the position of their regiments in the 
 order of battle, and, as far as possible, the companies of work- 
 men in like order. The reserves of workmen are placed at the 
 
99 
 
 depot of the trenches, or the nearest suitable place to the 
 works. 
 
 796. — The workmen leave their knapsacks and swords in 
 camp, and march with their firearms and cartridge-boxes, 
 which they place near them while at work. They always 
 carry their overcoats, to cover them in resting or when 
 wounded. 
 
 797. — The guards always enter the trenches with arms 
 trailed, and the workmen also, unless they carry materials or 
 tools, when the arms are in the sling. 
 
 798. — The guards. and detachments of w^orkmen send a 
 Corporal to the openings of the trenches to guide the relief. 
 They march out of the trenches by the flank, with trailed 
 arms. 
 
 799. — Sand-bags, forming loop-holes, are placed at inter- 
 vals on the parapet to cover the sentinels ; they are more nu- 
 merous than the sentinels, so that the enemy may not know 
 where the sentinels are placed. 
 
 800. — When detachments are placed at night in advance 
 of the trenches, to cover the workmen, the men sit or lie 
 down, with their firearms in their hands, to hide themselves 
 better from the enemy ; the sentinels put their ears to the 
 ground frequently, that they maj^ hear troops coming out of 
 the place. To prevent mistakes, the workmen are told what 
 troops cover them. 
 
 801. — '^o honors are paid in the trenches. When the Gene- 
 ral commanding the siege visits them, the guards place them- 
 selves in rear of the banquette, and rests on their arms. The 
 colors are never carried to the trenches unless the whole 
 regiment marches to repulse a sortie or make an assault. 
 Even in this case they are not displayed until the General 
 commanding the seige gives a formal order. 
 
 802. — The materials of the seige of all kinds, together 
 with the tools, are collected in part at the depots of the 
 trenches, and in part at the opening of the trenches, or in 
 such other place as has been appointed fo^ the convenience 
 of the service by the field ofiicers of the trenches, on the ad- 
 i?ice of the chiefs of artillery and engineers. They are in 
 charge of officers of engineers and of artillery, with guards 
 or non-commissioned officers of both corps. But if these 
 corps cannot furnish them, the chiefs apply for assistance 
 from the infantry. 
 
 803. — The w^orkmen, in going to the trenches, carry such 
 tools and materials as are required by the artillery and engi- 
 neers. In this case, the field officer of the trenches has notice 
 and superintends it. 
 
100 
 
 804. — The soldiers sent to the trenches go with their cart- 
 ridge-boxes filled. Cartridges, when needed, are sent to the 
 trenches on the requisition of commanders of battalions, ap- 
 proved by the General of the trenches. 
 
 805.^In the case of a sortie, the guards move rapidly to the 
 places that have been designated by the General of the trenches, 
 and which afford the best defense for the head of the works, 
 the batteries, the communications, or the flanks, or best enable 
 them to take the sortie itself in flank or reverse. Having lined 
 the banquette to fire on the enemy, the troops fomi on the re- 
 reverse of the trench to receive him. The workmen take arms, 
 retain their positions, or retire with their tools, as ordered. 
 The officers commanding the detachments of workm.en see that 
 their movements are made promptly and in good order, so as 
 to avoid all confusion in the communications. 
 
 806. — The troops that advance beyond the trenches to re- 
 pulse the sortie, must not follow in pursuit. The General 
 takes care that they return to the trenches before the retreat 
 of the sortie allows the artillery of the place to open on them. 
 When the workmen return, the officers and non-commissioned 
 officers of the detachments call the roll without inteiTupting 
 the work, w^hich is immediately resumed. 
 
 807. — When it is necessary to dismount cavalry and send 
 them to the trenches, they should be employed as near their 
 camp as possible, and posted between the detachments of 
 infantry. 
 
 808. — Men belonging to the cavalry may, in assaults, be 
 employed in carrying fascines and other materials to fill ditches 
 and make passages. 
 
 809. — The general officers of cavalry are more particularly 
 employed in the service of posts and detachments placed in 
 observation to protect the siege. They and the field officers 
 of this arm are employed in the command of escorts to convoys, 
 of whatever arms the escorts may be composed. When these 
 duties are not sufficient to employ them,' they take their share 
 of the duty of the trenches. 
 
 810. — The officers of engineers and artillery of thq trenches 
 make to the General of the trenches a return of all losses in 
 their troops, and such other reports on the work as he requires, 
 in addition to the reports direct to their respective chiefs on 
 the details of the service. 
 
 811.— At the end of each tour, the field officer of the 
 trenches draws up a report for the twenty-four hours to the 
 
101 
 
 General of the trenches. The General of the tl''ehthe§Ve'{)6rt8' 
 to the General commauding the siege. 
 
 812. — The commanders of the several corps in the trenches 
 report, when relieved, to their respective head-quarters the 
 losses during the tour, and the conduct of the officers and men. 
 
 813. — However practicable the breach may appear, or how- 
 ever ruined the work in rear of it, the heads of columns must 
 always be supplied with ladders to get over unexpected ob- 
 stacles. 
 
 814. — The General commanding the siege designates picked 
 companies to j)rotect property and persons, and prevent pillage 
 and violence, from the moment the place is carried. The offi- 
 cers exert themselves to restr in the men. 
 
 815. — The general designates the places requiring particular 
 protection, such as churches, asylums, hospitals, colleges, 
 schools and magazines. The order of their protection should 
 remind the soldiers, at the time, of the penalty of disobeying it. 
 
 816. — Whether the place be taken by assault o! by capitula- 
 tion, the provisions and military stores, and the public funds, 
 are reseiTed for the use of the army. 
 
 817. — The commander of engineers will keep a journal of 
 the siege, showing the operations of each day in detail, the force 
 employed on the work, the kind and quantity of materials used 
 in them, &c. He will also mark on a plan of the ground the 
 daily progress of the works, and make the necessary drawings 
 explanatoiy of their construction. 
 
 818. — The commander of the artillery will keep a daily 
 journal of the operations under his direction, showing — the 
 number and kind of pieces in battery, the force employed in 
 serving them, the kind and quantity of ammunition expended, 
 the number of rounds fired from each piece of ordnance, the 
 effect of the fire, and all other particulars relative to his branch 
 of the service. 
 
 819. — These journals and drawings will be sent, after the 
 siege, with the report of the General, to the War Department. 
 
 DEFENSE OF FORTIFIED PLACES. 
 
 820. — In war, every commander of a fortified place shall 
 always hold himself prepared with his plan of defense, as if 
 at any time liable to attack. He arranges this plan according 
 to the probable mode of attack ; determines the posts of the 
 troops in tlie several parts of the works, the reliefs, the reseiTes, 
 and the details of service in all the corps. He draws up 
 
102 
 
 kiiti'iictions IW' a eaee of attack, and exercises the garrison 
 according to his plan of defense. In sea-coast works he pro- 
 vides the instructions for the different batteries on the approach 
 of ships. 
 
 ^ 821. — In framing his plan, he studies the works and the 
 exterior within the radius of attack and investment, the strength 
 of the garrison, the artillery, the munitions of war, subsistence 
 and supplies of all kinds, and takes immediate measures to 
 procure whatever is deficient of troops or supplies, either by 
 requisition on the government or from the means put at his 
 disposal. 
 
 822. — On the approach of an enemy, he removes all houses 
 and other objects, wathin or without the place, that cover the 
 approaches, or interrupt the fire of the guns or the movements 
 of the troops. He assures himself personally that all posterns, 
 outlets, or embrasures, &c., are in proper state of security. 
 
 823. — He shall be furnished by the Department of War 
 wath a plan of the works, showing all the details of the forti- 
 fications and of the exterior within the radius of attack ; with 
 a map of the environs w^ithni the radius of investment ; with 
 a map of the vicinity, including the neighboring works, roads, 
 water-channels, coasts &c. ; with a memoir explaining the situ- 
 ation and defense of the place, and the relations and bearings 
 of the several works on each other, and on the approaches ,by 
 land and water — all which he carefully preserves, and com- 
 municates only to the council of defense. 
 
 824. — He consults his next in rank, and the senior officer of 
 the engineers and of the artillery, either separately or as a 
 council of defense. In the latter case he designates an officer 
 to act as secretary to the council, and to record their proceed- 
 ings and their joint or separate opinions, w^hich are to be kept 
 secret during the siege. The members may record their opin- 
 ions under their own signature. In all cases, the commander 
 decides on his own responsibility. 
 
 825. — The commander of the place, and the chiefs of en- 
 gineers and of artillery, shall keep journals of the defense, in 
 which shall be entered, in order of date, without blank or in- 
 terlineation, the orders given or received, the manner in 
 which they are executed, their results, and every event and 
 circumstance of importance in the progress of the defense. 
 Thesejournals and the proceedings of the council of defense, 
 shall be sent after the siege to the Department of War. 
 
 S26. — There shall be kept in the office of the commandant 
 
If 
 
 103 
 
 of the place, to be sent after the siege to the Department of 
 War, a map of the environs, a plan of the fortifications, and a 
 special plan of the front of attack, on which the chief engineer 
 will trace, in succession, the positions occupied, and the works 
 executed by the enemy from the investment ; and also the 
 works of counter approach of defense, and the successive po- 
 sitions of the artillery and other troops of the garrison during 
 the progress of the siege. 
 
 827. — The commander shall defend in succession the ad- 
 vanced works, the covered way and outworks, the body of the 
 work, and the interior entrenchments. He will not be content 
 with clearing away the foot of the breaches, and defending 
 them by abattis, mines, and all the means used in sieges ; but 
 he shall begin in good time, behind the bastions or front of 
 attack, the necessary entrenchments to resist assaults on the 
 main work. 
 
 828. — ^He shall use his means of defense in such manner as 
 always to have a reserve of fresh troops, chosen from his best 
 soldiers, to resist assaults, retake the outworks, and especially 
 to resist the assaults on the body of the place ; and a reserve 
 of provisions for the last period of the siege, and of ammuni- 
 tion for the last attacks. 
 
 829. — He must, in every case, compel the besieging force 
 to approach by the slow and successive works of siege, and 
 must sustain at least one assault on a practicable breach in 
 the body of the place. 
 
 830. — When the commander thinks that the end of the de- 
 fense has come, he shall still consult the council of defense on 
 the means that may remain to prolong the seige. But in all 
 cases he alone will decide on the time manner, and terms of 
 the suiTcnder. In the capitulation, he shall not seek or accept 
 better terms for himself than for the garrison, but shall share 
 their fate, and exert his best endeavors for the care of the 
 troops, and especially of the sick and wounded. 
 
 831. — No commander in the field shall withdraw troops or 
 supplies from any fortified place, or exercise any authority 
 Qver its commandant, unless it has been put subject to his 
 orders by competent authority. 
 
 ARTICLE XXXVII. 
 
 TROOPS ON BOARD OF TRANSPORTS. 
 
 832. — Military commanders charged with the embarkation 
 
104 
 
 of troops, and officers of the Quartermaster's Department 
 intrusted with the selection of the transports, will take care 
 that the vessels are entirely seaworthy and proper for stich 
 service, and that suitable arrangements are made in them for 
 the health and comfort of the troops. 
 
 833. — If, in the opinion of the officer commanding the troops 
 to be embarked, the vessel is not proper or suitably arranged, 
 the officer charged with the embarkation shall cause her to be 
 inspected by competent and expenenced persons. 
 
 834.— Immediately after embarking, the men will be assigned 
 to quarters, equal parties on both sides of the ship, and no man 
 will be allowed to loiter or sleep on the opposite side. As far 
 as practicable, the men of each company will be assigned to 
 the same part of the vessel, and the squads, in the same man- 
 ner, to contiguous berths. 
 
 835. — Arms will be so placed, if there be ho racks, as to be 
 secure from injury, and enable the men to handle them 
 promptly — bayonets unfixed and in scabbard. 
 
 836. — Ammunition in cartridge-boxes to be so placed as to 
 be entirely secure from fire ; reserve ammunition to be reported 
 to the master of the transport, with request that he designate 
 a safe place of deposit. Frequent inspections will be made of 
 the service ammunition, to insure its safety and good condition. 
 
 837. — No officer is to sleep out of his ship, or to quit his 
 ship, without the sanction of the officer commanding on board. 
 
 838. — The guard will be proportioned to the number of sen- 
 tinels required. At sea, the guard will mount with side-arms 
 only. The officer of the guard will be officer of the day. 
 
 839. — Sentinels will be kept over the fires, with buckets of 
 water at hand, promptly to extinguish fires. Smoking is pro- 
 hibited hetiveen decks or in the cohins, at all times; nor shall any 
 lights be allowed between decks, except such ship lanterns as 
 the master of the transport>inay direct, or those earned by the 
 officer of the day iir the execution of his duty. 
 
 840. — Regulations will be adopted to enable companies or 
 messes to cook in turn ; no others than those whose turn it is 
 will be allowed to loiter round or approach the galleys or 
 other cooking places. 
 
 841. — The commanding officer will make arrangements, in 
 concert with the master of the vessel, for calling the troops to 
 quarters, so that in case of alarm, by storm, or fire, or the ap- 
 proach of the enemy, every man may repair promptly to his 
 
105 
 
 station. But he will take care not to crowd the deck. The 
 troops not wanted at the gnns or to assist the sailors, and those 
 wlio cannot be advantageously employed with small arms, 
 will be formed as a reserve between decks. 
 
 84:2. — All the troops will turn out at , A. m., without 
 
 arms or uniform, and (in warm weather) without shoes or 
 stockings ; when every individual willbe clean, his hands, face 
 
 , and feet washed, and his hair combed. The same personal in- 
 spection will be repeated thirty minutes before sunset. The 
 
 ' cooks alone will be exempted from one of theae inspections per 
 
 I day, if necessary. 
 
 843. — ^Recruits or awkward men will be exercised in the 
 morning and evening in the use of arms, an hour each time 
 when the weather will permit. 
 
 844. — Officers will"enforce cleanliness as indispensable to 
 health. When the w^eather will permit, bedding will be brought 
 on deck every morning for airing. Tubs may be fixed on the 
 forecastle for bathing, or the men may be placed in the chains 
 and have buckets of water thrown over them. 
 
 845. — Between decks will not be washed oftener than once a 
 
 week, and only when the weather is fine. The boards of the 
 
 lower berths will be removed once or twice a week to change 
 
 the straw. Under the direction of the Surgeon and the officer 
 
 of the day, frequent fumigations will be performed between 
 
 . decks. The materials required are — common salt, four ounces; 
 
 i powdered oxide of manganese, one ounce ; sulphuric acid, one 
 
 I ounce, diluted with two ounces of water. The diluted acid is 
 
 I poured over the other ingredients in a basin placed in a hot 
 
 I sand-bath. Solutions of chloride of lime and chloride of zinc 
 
 tare excellent disinfecting agents. 
 
 I 846.— During voyages in hot weather, the master of the 
 Ivessel will be desired to provide wind-sails, which will be kept 
 constantly hung up, and frequently examined, to see that they 
 draw well and are not obstructed. 
 
 847. — During cooking hours, the officers of companies visit 
 the caboose, and see that the messes are well prepared. The 
 coppers and other cooking utensils are to be regularly and well 
 washed, both lefore and after use. 
 
 848. — The bedding will be replaced in the berths at sunset, 
 or at an earlier hour when there is a prospect of bad weather ; 
 and at tattoo every man not on duty will be in his berth. To 
 insure the execution of this regulation, the officer of the day, 
 with a lantern, will make a tour between decks. 
 
 \ 
 
106 
 
 8:1:9. — Lights will be extinguislied at tattoo^ except such as are^ 
 placed under sentinels. The officer of the day will see to it, 
 and report to the commanding officer. The officers' lights 
 will be extinguished at 10 o'clock, unless special permission be 
 given to continue them for a longer time, as in case of sick- 
 ness or other emergency. 
 
 850. — For the sake of exercise, the troops will be occasion- 
 ally called to quarters by the beat to arms. Those appointed to 
 the guns will be frequently exercised in the use of them. The 
 arms and accoutrements will be frequently inspected. The 
 metallic parts of the former will be often wiped and greased 
 again. 
 
 851. — The men will not be allowed to sleep on deck in hot 
 weather or in the sun ; they will be encouraged and required 
 to take exercise on deck, in squads by succession, when neces- 
 sary. 
 
 852. — At morning and evening parades, the Surgeon will , 
 examine the men, to observe whether there be any appearance ' 
 of disease. 
 
 853. — The sick will, as far as practicable, be separated from 
 the healthy men. On the first appearance of malignant con- 
 tagion, a signal will be made for the hospital vessel (if there be 
 one in company), and the diseased men removed to her. 
 
 854. — A good supply of hospital stores and medicines will 
 be taken on each vessel, and used only for the sick and conva- 
 lescent. 
 
 855. — The Surgeon will guard the men against costiveness 
 on approaching a hot climate. In passing through the West 
 Indies, to the southern coast for instance, and for some weeks 
 after landing in those latitudes, great care is required in the 
 use of fruit, as strangers would not be competent to judge of 
 it, and most kinds, after long voyages, are prejudicial. 
 
 856. — In harbor, where there is no danger from sharks, the 
 men may bathe ; but not more than ten at a time, and attend- { 
 ed by a boat. ' 
 
 857. — In fitting up a vessel for the transportation of horses, 
 care is to be taken that the requisite arrangements are made 
 for conveniently feeding and cleaning them, and to secure them 
 from injury in rough weather by ropes attached to breast-straps 
 and breeching, or by other suitable means ; and especially that 
 proper ventilation is provided by openings in the upper deck, 
 
107 
 
 'wind-sails, &c. The ventilation of steamers may be assisted 
 by using the engine for that pui-pose. 
 
 858. — Horses should not be put on board after severe exer- 
 cise or when heated. In hoisting them on board, the slings 
 jhould be made fast to a hook at the end of the fall, or the 
 lot tied by an expert seaman, so that it may be well secured 
 ' easily loosened. The horse should be run up quickly to 
 ►revent him from plunging, and should be steamed by guide 
 ropes. A halter is placed on him before he is lifted from the 
 :round. 
 
 859. — On board, care is to be taken that the horses are not 
 >ver-fed ; bran should form part of their ration. The face, eyes, 
 md nostrils of each horse are to be washed at the usual stable 
 lOurs, and occasionally, the mangers should be washed and 
 le nostrils of the horse sponged with vinegar and water. 
 860. — In loading vessels with stores for a military expedition, 
 bhe cargo of each should be composed of an assortment of 
 I stores as may be available for service in case of the non- 
 arrival of others, and they should be placed on board in such 
 a manner that they may be easily reached, in the order in 
 which they are required for service. Each store-ship should 
 ,be marked, at the bow and stern, on both sides, in large char- 
 lacters, with a distinctive letter and number. A list is to be 
 ladeofthe stores on board of each vessel, and of the place 
 rhere they are to be found in it ; a copy of this list to be sent 
 the chief officer of the proper department in the expedition, 
 »r at the place of destination. 
 
 ARTICLE XXXVIII. 
 
 COURTS-MARTIAL. 
 
 861. — In appointing a general cotirt-martial, as many mem- 
 bers will be detailed, from five to thirteen inclusive, as can 
 be assembled without manifest injury to the.ser\ace. 
 
 862. — The decision of the officer appointing the court, as to 
 the number that can be assembled without manifest injury 
 to the service, is conclusive. 
 
 gG3. — A President of the court will not be appointed. The 
 officer highest in rank present will be Pre^dent. 
 
 864.— Form of Order appointing court-martial ; the last 
 paragraph omitted when the court can be kept up with thir- 
 teen members : 
 
 Head-Quarters, &c. 
 
 A General Court-martial is hereby appointed to meet at 
 , on the day of , or as sooii thereafter as practica- 
 
lOS 
 
 ble, for the trial of , and such other prisoners as may 
 
 be brought before it. 
 
 Detail for the Court : 
 
 1 8 
 
 • 2 9 
 
 3 10 
 
 4 ^ 11 
 
 5 12 
 
 6 - 13. 
 
 7 Judge Advocate. 
 
 No other officers than those named can be assembled witli- 
 out manifest injury to the service. 
 
 By order of , commanding 
 
 , Assistant Adjutant General. 
 
 865. — In the detail the members will be named, and they 
 will take place in the court, in the order of their rank, A de- 
 cision of the proper authority in regard to the rank of the mem- 
 bers cannot be reversed by the court. 
 
 866. — The place of holding, a court is appointed by the 
 authority convening it. 
 
 867. — Application for delay or postponement of trial must 
 when practicable, be made to the authority convening the 
 court. When made to the court, it must be before plea, and 
 will then, if in the opinion of the court well founded, be re- 
 ferred to the authority convening the court, to decide whether 
 the court shall be adjourned or dissolved, and the charges re- 
 served for another court. 
 
 868. — ^Upon application by the accused for postponement on 
 the ground of absence of a witness, it ought distinctly to 
 appear on his oath, 1st, that^the witness is material, and how ; 
 2d, that the accused has used due diligence to procure his 
 attendance ; and 3d, that he has reasonable ground to believe, 
 and does believe, that he will be able to procure such attend- 
 ance within a reasonable time stated. 
 
 869. — The President of a court-martial, besides his duties 
 and privileges as member, is the organ of the court, to keep 
 order and conduct its business. He speaks and acts for the 
 court in each case where the rule has been j)rescribed by law, 
 regulation, or its own resolution. In all their deliberations 
 the law secures the equality of the members. 
 
 870. — The 76th Article of War does not confer on a court- 
 martial the power to punish its own members. For disorderly 
 conduct, a member is liable as in other offenses against mili- 
 
 I 
 
 
109 
 
 ^ary discipline; improper words are to be taken down, and 
 my disorderly conduct of a member reported to the authority 
 convening the court. 
 
 871. — The JudgeAdvocate shall summon the necessary wit- 
 nesses for the trial ; but he shall not summon any witness at the 
 expense of the Confederate States, nor any officer of the army, 
 without the order of the court, unless satished that his testimony 
 is material and necessary to the ends of justice. 
 
 872. — Every court-martial shall keep a complete and accu- 
 rate record of its proceedings, to be authenticated by the sig- 
 natures of the President ana Judge Advocate ; who shall also • 
 certify, in like manner, the sentence pronounced by the court 
 in each case. The record must show that the court was or- 
 ganized as the law requires ; that the court and Judge Advo- 
 cate were duly sworn in the presence of the prisoner ; that he 
 was previously asked whether he had objection to any member, 
 and his answer thereto. A copy of the order appointing the 
 court will be entered on the record in each case. 
 
 873. — Whenever the same court-martial tries more prisoners 
 than one, and they are arraigned on separate and distinct 
 charges, the court is to be sworn at the commencement of each 
 trial, and the proceedings in each case will be made up sepa- 
 rately. 
 
 874. — The record shall be clearly and legibly written ; as 
 far as practicable, without erasures or interlineations. The 
 pages to be numbered, with a margin of one- inch on the left 
 side of each page, and at the top of the odd and bottom of 
 the even pages ; through this last margin the sheets to be 
 stitched together ; the documents accompanying the proceed- 
 ings to be noted and marked in such a manner as to afford an 
 easy reference. 
 
 875. — ^o recommendation will be embraced in the body of 
 [the sentence. Those members only who concur in the recom- 
 lendation will sign it. 
 
 876. — ^The legal punishments for soldiers by sentence of a 
 — ourt-martial according to the offense, and the jurisdiction of - 
 The court, are— death; corporal punishment by flogging; con- .r 
 finement ; confinement on bread and water diet ; solitary con- ^ 
 finernent ; hard labor ; ball and chain ; forfeiture of pay and 
 allowances; discharges from service; and reprimands. Soli- 
 tary confinement, or confinement on bread ancl water, shall not 
 exceed fourteen days at a time, with intervals between the 
 
110 
 
 periods of such confinement not less than such periods ; and 
 not exceeding eighty four days in one year. 
 
 877. — The Judge Advocate shall transmit the proceedino-s, 
 without delay, to the officer having authority to confirm the 
 sentence, who shall state, at the end of the proceedings in each 
 case, his decision and orders thereon. 
 
 878. — The original proceedings of all general courts-martial, 
 after the decision on them of the reviewing authority, and all 
 proceedings that require the decision of the President under 
 the 65th and 89th Articles of war, and copies of all orders con- 
 firming or disproving, or remitting the sentences of courts- 
 martial, and all official communications for the JudgeAdvocate 
 of the army, will be addressed to " The Adjutant- General of 
 the Army^ War Departments^'' marked on the cover, " Judge 
 Advocate.''^ 
 
 879. — ^The proceedings of garrison and regimental courts - 
 martial will be transmitted without delay by the garrison or 
 regimental commander to the department head-quarters for the 
 supervision of the department commander. 
 
 880. — ^The power to pardon or mitigate the punishment or- 
 dered by a court-martial, is vested in the authority confirming 
 the proceedings, andin the President of the Confederate States. 
 A superior military commander to the officer confirming the 
 proceedings may suspend the execution of the sentence when, 
 in his judgment, it is void upon the face of the proceedings, 
 or when he sees a fit case for executive clemency. In such 
 cases, the record, with his order prohibiting the execution, 
 shall be transmitted for the final orders of the President. 
 
 881. — When a court-martial or court of inquiry adjourns 
 without day, the members will return to their respective posts 
 and duties, unless otherwise ordered. 
 
 882. — When a court adjourns for three days, the Judge Ad- 
 vocate shall report the fact to the co^nmander of the post or 
 troops, and the members belonging to the command will be 
 liable to duty during the time. 
 
 AKTICLE XXXIX. 
 
 WOKKING-PAETIES. 
 
 883. — When it is necessary to employ the army at work on 
 fortifications, in surveys, in cutting roads, and other constant 
 labor of not less than ten days, the non-commissioned officers 
 and soldiers so employed are enrolled as extra-duty men, and 
 
ill 
 
 tire allowed twenty-five cents a day when employed as laborei*8 
 and teamsters, and forty cents a day when employed us me- 
 chanics, at all stations east of the Rocky IMountains, and thirty- 
 live and fifty cents i)er day, resp('criv«^ly, at all stations west 
 of those mountains. 
 
 884.— ^Enlisted men of the Ordnance and Engineer Depart- 
 ments, and artificers of artillery, are not entitled to this allow- 
 ance when employed in their appropriate work. 
 
 885.^ — Soldiers will not be employed as extra-duty men for 
 any labor in camp or garrison which can properly be performed 
 by fatigue parties. 
 
 886. — No extra-duty men, except those required lor the or- 
 dinaiy sei*vice of the Quartermaster, Commissaiy and Medical 
 Departments, and saddlers in mounted companies, will be 
 employed without previous authority from department head- 
 quarters, except in case of necessity, which shall be promptly 
 reported to the department commander. 
 
 887. — Extra-duty pay of a saddler in a mounted company 
 will be charged on the company muster-roll, to be paid by the 
 Paymaster and refunded by the Ordnance Department. Extra- 
 duty pay of cooks and nurses in the hospital service will be 
 paid by the Quartermaster, in the absence of a medical dis- 
 bursing officer, and refunded by the Medical Department. 
 
 888. — The officer commanding a working party vnll confonn 
 to the directions and plans of the engineer or other officer 
 directing the w^ork, without regard to rank. 
 
 889. — A day's work shall not exceed ten hours in smnmer, 
 nor eight in winter. Soldiers are paid in proportion for any 
 greater number of hours they ai"e employed each day. Sum- 
 mer is considered to commence on the Istof Ajnil, und winter 
 on the 1st of October. 
 
 890. — Although the necessities of the service may require 
 soldiers to be ordered on working-parties as a duty, command- 
 ing officers are to bear in mind that fitness for military service 
 by instruction and discipline is the object for which the army 
 is kept on foot, and tliat they are not to employ the troo]>8 
 when not in the field, and especially the mounted troops, in 
 labors that interfere with their military duties and exercises, 
 except in cases of immediate necessity, which shall be forth- 
 with reported for the orders of the War Department. 
 
112 
 ARTICLE XL. 
 
 PUBLIC PROPERTY, MOXEY, AND ACCOUNTS. 
 
 S9L — All officers of the Pay, Commissary aiid Quartermas- 
 ter's Departments, and military store-keepers, shall, previous 
 to their entering on the duties of their respective offices, give 
 good and sufficient bonds to the Confederate States, fully to 
 account for all monies and public property which tney may 
 receive, in such sums as the Secretary of War shall direct ; and 
 the officers aforesaid shall renev^ their bonds every four years, 
 and oftener if the Secretary of War shall so require, and when- 
 ever they receive a new^ commission or appointment. 
 
 892. — The sureties to the bond shall be bound jointly and 
 severally for the whole amount of the bond, and shall .satisfy 
 the 8e€retary of War that the}^ are worth jointly double the 
 amount of the boncJ, by the affidavit of each surety, stating 
 that he is w^oith, over and above his debts and liabilities, the 
 amount of the bond, or such other sum as he may specify, and 
 each surety shall state his place of residence. 
 
 893. — The chiefs of disbursing dei^artments who submit 
 requisitions for money to be remitted to disbursing officers, 
 shall take care that no more money than is actually needed is 
 in the hands of any officer. 
 
 894. — The Treasury Department having provided, by ar- 
 rangement w^ith the assistant Treasurer at various j>oints, se- 
 cure depositories for funds in the hands of disbursing officers, 
 all disbursing officers are required to avail themselves, as far 
 as possible, of this arrangement, by depositing with the assist- 
 ant treasure's such funds as are not wanted for immediate use, 
 and drawing the same in convenient sums as wanted. 
 
 895. — No public funds shall be exchanged except for gold 
 and silver. When the funds furnished are gold and silver, all 
 payments shall be m gold and silver. When the funds furnished 
 are drafts, they shall be presented at the place of payment, 
 and paid according to law^; and payments shall be made in the 
 funds so received for the drafts, unless said funds or said drafts 
 can be exchanged for gold and silver at par. If any disbursing 
 officer shall violate any of these provisions, he shall be sus- 
 pended by the Secretary of War, and reported to the Presi- 
 dent, and promptly removed from office or restored to his trust 
 and duties as to the President may seem just and proper. (Act 
 August 6, 1846.) 
 
 896. — No disbursing officer shall accept, or receive, or trans- 
 
mit to the Trcnsnry to be allowed in his favor, any ivcc-ipt or 
 voucher from a creditor of the Confederate States without hav- 
 ing paid to such creditor, in such funds as he received for dis- 
 bursementjOr snchother ftinds as he is authorized by the preced- 
 ing article to take in exchange, the lull amount specified in 
 such receipt or voucher ; and ev^ry such act shall be deemed 
 to be a conversion to his own use of the amount specified in 
 such receipt or voucher. And no officer in the military ser- 
 vice charged with the safe-keepino*, transfer, or disbursement 
 of public money, shall convert to his own use, or invent in any 
 kind of merchandise or property, or loan with or without in- 
 terest, or deposit in an}^ bank, or exchange for other funds, 
 except as allowed in the preceding article, any public money 
 entrusted to him ; and every such act shall be deemed to be a 
 felony and an embezzlement of so much money as may be so ta- 
 ken, converted, invested, used, loaned, deposited, or exchang- 
 ed. (Act xAugust 6, 1846.) 
 
 807. — Any officer who shall directly or indirectly sell or 
 ^dispose of, for a premium, an}' treasury note, draft, warrant, 
 'or other public security in his hands for disbursement, or sell 
 or dispose of the proceeds or avails thereof without making re- 
 turns of such premium and accounting therefor by chai^ging 
 it in his accounts to the credit of the Confederate States, 
 will forthwith be dismissed by the President. (Act August 6, 
 1846.) 
 
 898. — If any disbursing officer shall bet at cards or any game 
 of hazard, his commanding officer shall suspend his functions, 
 :md require him to turn over all the public funds in his keep- 
 ing, and shall immediately report the case to the proper bureau 
 of the War Department. 
 
 899. — All officers are forbid to give or take any receipt in 
 blank for public money or property ; but in all cases the vouch- 
 er shall be made out iu full, and the true date, place, and exact 
 jimount of money, in words, shall be written out in the receipt 
 before it is signed. 
 
 900. — When a signature is not written by the hand of the 
 party, it must be witnessed. 
 
 . 901. — Ko advance of public money shall be made, cicopt 
 advances to disbursing officers, and advances by order of tho 
 War Department to officers on distant stations, where they can 
 not receive their pay and emoluments regularly ; but iu all 
 cases of contracts for the performance of any service, or the 
 delivery of articles of any description, payment shall not ex- 
 teed the value of the service rendered, or of the articles deliv- 
 ered, previously to such payment. : , 
 
114 
 
 902. — ^iSTo officer disbursing or directing the disbursenp.ent of 
 money for the military service shall be concerned, directly or 
 indirectly, in the purchase or sale, for commercial purposes, of 
 any article intended for, making a p^J; of, or appertaining to 
 the department of the public service in which he is engaged, 
 nor 'shall take or apply to his own use any gain or emolument 
 for negotiating or transacting any public business other than 
 what is or may be allowed by law. 
 
 903. — ^No wagon-master or forage-master shall be interested 
 or concerned, directly or indirectly, in any w^agon or other 
 means of transport employed by the Confederate States, nor in 
 the purchase or sale of any property procured for or belonging 
 to the Confederate States, except as the agent of the Confede- 
 rate States. ' 
 
 904. — Ko officer or agent in the military service shall pur- 
 chase from any other person in the military service, or 
 make any contract with any such person to furnish supplies or 
 services, or make any purchase or contract in which such per- 
 son shall be admitted to any share or part, or to any benefit to 
 arise therefrom. 
 
 905. — jS'o pei*son in the military service whose salary, pay, 
 or emoluments is or are fixed by law or regulations, shall 
 receive any additional pay, extra allowance, or compensation 
 in any form whatever, for the disbursement of public money, 
 or any other service or duty whatsoever, unless the same shall 
 be authorized by law, and explicitly set out in the appropria- 
 tion. 
 
 906. — All accounts of expenditures shall set out a sufficient 
 explanation of the object, necessity and propriety of the ex- 
 penditure. 
 
 907. — ^The facts on which an account depends must be stated 
 and vouched by the certificate of an officer, or other sufficient 
 evidence. 
 
 908. — If any account paid on the certificate of an officer to 
 the facts is afterwards disallowed for error of fact in the certif- 
 icate, it shall pass to the credit of the disbursing officer, and 
 be charged to the officer who gave the certificate. 
 
 909. — An officer shall have credit for an expenditure of mo- 
 ney or property made in obedience to the order of his corn - 
 manding oUicer. If the expenditure is disallowed, it shall be 
 charged to the officer who ordered it. 
 
 910. — Disbursing officers, when they have the money, shall 
 pay cash and not open an account. Heads of bureaus shall 
 
take care, by timely remittances, to obviate the necessity of 
 any purchases on credit. 
 
 911., — When a disbursing officer is relieved, he shall certify 
 the outstanding debts to his successor, and transmit an account 
 of the same to the head of the bureau, and turn over his pub- 
 lic money and property appertaining to the service from which 
 he is relieved to his successor, unless otherwise ordered. 
 
 912. — ^The chief of each military bureau of the War De- 
 partment shall, under the direction of the Secretary of War, 
 regulate, as far as practicable, the employment of hired per- 
 sons required for the administrative service of his department. 
 
 913. — When practicable, persons hired in the military ser- 
 vice shall be paid at the end of the calendar month, and when 
 discharged. Separate pay-rolls shall be made for each month. 
 
 914. — When a hired |:^'son is discharged and not paid, a 
 certified statement of his account shall be given him. 
 
 915. — Property, paid for or not, must be taken up on the 
 return, and accounted for when received. 
 
 916. — No officer has authority to insure public property or 
 money. 
 
 917. — Disbursing officers are not authorized to settle with 
 heirs, executors, or administrators, except by instructions from 
 the proper bureau of the Wav Department upon accounts duly 
 audited and certified by the proper accounting officers of the 
 Treasury. 
 
 918. — Public horses, mules, oxen, tools, and implements 
 shall be branded conspicuously C. S. before being used in ser- 
 vice, and all other public property that it may be useful to 
 mark ; and all public property having the brand of the C. S. 
 when sold or condemned, shall be branded vrith the letter C. 
 
 919.__Xo public property shall be used, nor labor hired for 
 the public be employed, for any private use whatsoever not 
 authorized by the regulations of the service. 
 
 920.— When public property becomes damaged, except by 
 fair wear and tear, the officer accountable for the property 
 shall report the case to the commanding officer, who shall ap- 
 point a board of survey of two or more officers to examine the 
 property and ascertain the cause and amount of dama5:e, and 
 whether by any fault of any person in the military service, wid 
 report the 'facts and their opinion to him ; which report, with 
 his opinion thereon, he shall transmit to the chief ot-the de- 
 partment to which the property appertains, and give a copy to 
 
IIG 
 
 the officer accountable for the property and to the person 
 chai'geable for the damage. 
 
 921. — If any article of public property be lost or damaged 
 by neglect or fault of any officer or soldier, he shall pay the 
 value of such article, or amount of damage, or cost of repaii*s, 
 and be proceeded against as the Articles of War provide, if he 
 demand a trial by court-martial, or the circumstances require 
 it. 
 
 922. — Charges against a soldier shall be set against his pay 
 on tlie muster-roll. Charges against an officer to be set against 
 his pay shall be promptly reported to the Secretary of War."^' 
 
 923. — If any article of public property be embezzled, or by 
 neglect lost or damaged, by any person hired in the public ser- 
 vice, the value or damage shall be charged to him, and set 
 against any pay or money due him. 
 
 924. — Public property lost or destroyed in the military ser- 
 vice must be accounted for by affidavit, or the cerlificate of 
 a commissioned officer, or other satisfactory evidence. 
 
 925. — Affidavits or depositions may be taken before any of- 
 ficer in the list, as follows, when recourse can not be had to 
 any before named on said list, which fact shall be certified by 
 the officer ofiering the evidence : 1st. a civil magistrate compe- 
 tent to administer oaths; 2d. a judge advocate; 3d. the re- 
 cordei* of a garrison or regimental court-martial ; 4tb . the 
 Adjutant of a regiment ; 5th. a commissioned officer. 
 
 920. — When military stores or other army supplies are 
 unsuitable to the service, the officer in charge thereof shall 
 report the case to the commanding officer, who shall reier the 
 report, with his opinion thereon, lo the bureau of the depart- 
 ment to which the property appertains, for the order in the 
 case of the Secretary of War. But if, from the nature or con- 
 dition of the property or exigency of the service, it be neces- 
 sary to act without the delay of su:h reference, in such case 
 of necessity the commanding officer shall appoint a board of 
 snrvey, composed of two or more competent officers, to ex- 
 amine the property and report to him, subject to his approval, 
 what disposition the public interest requires to be made of it ; 
 which he shall cause to be made, and report the case to the 
 proper bureau of tlie War Department for the information of 
 the Secretary of War. These cases of necessity arise wher. 
 the property is of a perishable nature, and can not be kept, 
 
 * If the pay of an officer or soldier is wrongfully withheld for arrears or liabilities 
 to tte Confederate States, a civil remedy is provided bj- the act of January 15, 1823. 
 
11'/ 
 
 or when the expense ol" keeping it is too great in proj)ortion to 
 its valuej or when tlie troops, in movement, would be com- 
 pelled to abandon it. Horses incurably unfit for any public 
 service may also constitute a case of necessity, but shall be 
 put to death only in case of an incurable wound or contagiouM 
 disorder. 
 
 927. — When militaiy stores or other army supplies are re- 
 ported to the AVar Department as unsuitable to the service, a 
 proper inspection or suiTey of them shall be made by an In- 
 spector General, or such suitable officer or officers as the Sec- 
 retary of War may appoint for that purpose. Separate inven- 
 tories of the stores, according to the disposition to be made of 
 them, shall accompany the inspection report : as of articles to* 
 be repaired, to be broken up, to be sold, of no use or value, 
 and to be dropped, &c , &c. The inspection report and inven- 
 toi'ies shall show the exact condition of the ditf'erent articles. 
 
 928. — Military stores and other army supplies found unsuit- 
 able to the public service, after inspection by an Inspector 
 General, or such special inspection as may have been directed 
 in the case, and ordered for sale, shall be sold for cash at auc- 
 tion, on due public notice, and in such market as the public 
 interest may require. The officer making the sale will bid in 
 and suspend the sale when, in his opinion, better prices may 
 be got. Expenses of the sale will be paid from its proceeds. 
 The auctioneer's certified account of the sales in detail, and 
 the vouchers for the expenses of the sale, will be reported to 
 the chief of the department to which the property belonged. 
 The nett proceeds will be applied as the Secretary of War 
 may direct. 
 
 929. — No officer making returns of property shall drop from 
 his return any public property as worn out or unserviceable, 
 until it has been condemned, after proper inspection, and 
 ordered to be so dropped. 
 
 930. — An officer issuing stores shall deliver or transmit to 
 the receiving officer an exact list of them in duplicate invoices, 
 and the receiving officer shall return him duplicate receipts. 
 
 931. — When an officer to whom stores are forwarded haA 
 reason to suppose them miscamed, he shall promptly infortn 
 the issuing and forwarding officer, and the bureau of the de- 
 partment to which the property appeitains. 
 
 932. — When stores received do not correspond in amount or 
 quality with the invoice, they will be examined by a board of 
 survev, and their report communicated to the proper bureau, 
 
118 
 
 to the issuing and forwarding officer, and to the officer author- 
 ized to pay the transportation account. Damages recovered 
 from the carrier or other party liable, will be refunded to the 
 proper department. 
 
 933. — On the death of any officer in charge of public prop- 
 erty or money, the commanding officer shall appoint a board 
 of survey to take an inventory of the same, which he shall for- 
 ward to the proper bureau of the War Department, and he 
 shall designate an officer to take charge of the said property 
 or money till orders in the case are received from the proper 
 • authority. 
 
 934. — When an officer in charge of public property is re- 
 moved from the care of it, the commanding officer shall desig- 
 nate an officer to receive it, or take charge of it himself, till 
 a successor be regularly appointed. When no officer can re- 
 main to receive it, the commanding officer will take suitable 
 means to secure it, and report the facts to the proper authority, 
 
 935. — Every officer having public moneys to account for, 
 and failing to render his account thereof quarter-yearly, with 
 the vouchers necessary to its correct and prompt settlement, 
 within three months after the expiration of the quarter if resi- 
 dent in the Confederate States, and wdthin six months if resi- 
 dent in a foreign country, wnll be promptly dismissed by the 
 President, unless he shall explain the default to the satisfaction 
 of the President. (Act of Jan 31, 1823.) 
 
 936. — Every officer intrusted with public money or pioperty 
 shall render all j)rescribed returns and accounts to the bureau 
 of the department in which he is serving, where all such re- 
 turns and accounts shall pass through a rigid administrative 
 scrutiny before the money accounts are transmitted to the 
 proper officers of the Treasury Department for settlement. 
 
 937. — The head of the bureau shall cause his decision on 
 each account to be endorsed on it. He shall bring to the 
 notice of the Secretary of War all accounts and matters of ac- 
 count that require or merit it. When an account is suspended 
 or disallowed, the bureau shall notify it to the officer, that he 
 may have an early opportunity to submit explanations or take 
 an appeal to the Secretary of War. 
 
 938.— When an account is suspended or disallowed in the 
 proper office of the Treasury Department, or explanation or 
 evidence required from the officer, it shall be promptly notified 
 to him by the head of the military bureau. And all vouchers, 
 
no 
 
 evidence or explanation returned by him to the Trea.^ury De- 
 partment shall pass through the bureau. 
 
 939. — Chiefs of the disbursing departments shall, under 
 tiie direction of the Secretary of War, designate, as far as 
 practicable, the places where the principal contracts and 
 purchases shall be made and supplies procured for distribu- 
 tion. 
 
 940. — All purchases and contracts for supplies or services 
 for the army, except personal services, when the public ex- 
 igences do not require the immediate delivery of the article 
 or performance of the service, shall be made by advertising 
 a sufficient time previously for proposals respecting the same. 
 
 941. — The officer advertising for proposals shall, when the 
 intended contract or purchase is considerable, transmit forth- 
 with a copy of the advertisement and report of the case to 
 the proper bureau of the War Department. 
 
 942. — Contracts will be made with the lowest responsible 
 bidder; and purchases from the lowest bidder who produces 
 the proper article. But when such lowest bids are unrea- 
 sonable, they will be rejected, and bids again invited by pub- 
 lic notice ; and all bids and advertisemets shall be sent to 
 the bureau. 
 
 943. — When sealed bids are required, the time of opening 
 them shall be specified, and bidders have privilege to be 
 present at the opening. 
 
 944. — When immediate delivery or performance is required 
 by the public exigency, the article or service i^squired may 
 be procured by open purchase or contract at the places, and 
 in the mode in which such articles are iisually bought and 
 sold, or such services engaged, between individuals. 
 
 945. — Contracts shall be made in quadruplicate ; one to be 
 kept by the officer, one by the contractor, and two to be sent 
 to the military bureau, one of which for the officer of the 
 Second Comptroller of the Treasury. 
 
 946._The contractor shall give bond, with good and suf- 
 ficient security, for the true and faithful performance of his 
 contract, and each surety shall state his place of residence. 
 
 947. — An express condition shall be inserted in contracts 
 that no member of Congress shall be admitted to any share 
 or part therein, or any benefit to arise therefrom. 
 
 948._No contract shall be made except under a law au- 
 thorising it, or an appropriation adequate to .its fulfilment 
 except contracts by the Secretary of War for the subsistence 
 €)r clothiuff of the armv, or the Quartermaster's Department. 
 
120 
 
 949. — It is the duty ofevery commanding otliccr to enforce 
 XI rigid econoiihy in the public expcnces. 
 
 950. — The commander ot a geographical district or de- 
 partment shall require abstracts to be rendered to him, at 
 least once in each cpiarter, by every officer under his ordern 
 who is charged with the care of public property or the di.s- 
 bursement of public money, showing all property received, 
 issued, and expended by the officer rendering the account; 
 and the property remaining on hand, and all moneys, received, 
 paid, or contracted to be paid by him, and the balances re- 
 maining in his hands ; and where such officer is serving 
 under any intermediate commander, as of the post, regimenf, 
 &c., the abstracts shall be revised by such commander; and 
 both the accounting officer and the commanding officer shall 
 accompany the abstracts with full explanations of every cir- 
 cumstance that may be necessary to a complete understand- 
 ing, by the commander of the department, of all the items 
 \)n the abstracts. These abstracts, Avhere the accounting 
 officer is serving in more than one staff ai)pointment, will 
 be made separately for each. 
 
 951. — The commander of the department shall promptly 
 correct all irregularities and extravagances which he may 
 discover. lie shall also forward, as soon as practicable, the 
 money abstracts to the bureau of the ^ar Department to 
 which the accounts appertain, with such remarks as may be 
 necessary to explain his - opinions and action thereon. 
 
 952. — All estimates for supplies of property or money for 
 the public service within a department shall be forwarded 
 through the commander of the department, and carefully 
 revised by him. And all such estimates shall go through 
 the immediate commander, if such there be, of the officer 
 Tendering the estimate, as of the post or regiment, who shall 
 •be required by the department commander to revise the esti- 
 mates for the service of his own c< mmand. 
 
 953. — The administrative control exercised by department 
 commanders shall, when troops are in the field, devolve on 
 the commanders of divisions; or, when the command is less 
 than a division, on the commander of the whole. 
 
 954, 955, 956, 957, dbS-^Omktcd. 
 
 ARTICLE XLI. 
 
 quaktermaster's department. 
 
 959. — This department provides the quarters and transport- 
 ation of the ai'my ; storage and transportation for all army 
 
12] 
 
 >upplies ; army clotliing ; camp and garrison eqiUpage ; cav- 
 alry and artillery horses ; fuel ; forage ; straw and station- 
 ery. 
 
 9G0.— The incidental expenses of the army paid through the 
 < Quartermaster's Department include per diem to extra-duty 
 men ; postage on puhlic service ; the expenses of courts-mar- 
 rial, of the pursuit and apprehension of deserters, of the buriaU 
 of officers and soldiers, of hired escorts, of expresses, inter}»re- 
 tei-s, spies and guides, of veterinary surgeons and medicine* 
 for horses, and of supplying posts with water ; and gener- 
 ally the proper and authorized expenses for the movements 
 and operations of an army not expressly assigned to any other 
 department. 
 
 BARRACKS AND QUARTERS. 
 
 • ~ 961. — Under this head afe included the permanent buildings 
 for the use of the army, as bai-racks, quarters, hospitals, store 
 houses, offices, stables. 
 
 J)62. — Wiien barracks and quarters are to be occupied, they 
 will be allotted by the Quartermaster at the station, under th*e 
 control of the commanding officer. 
 
 963. — omitted, 
 
 964. — Merchantable hard wood is the standard ; the cord is 
 128 cubic feet. 
 
 965. — No officer shall occupy more than his proper quar- 
 ters except by order of the commanding officer when there is 
 an excess of quarters at the station ; which order the Quarter- 
 master shall forward to the Quartermaster-General, to be laid 
 before the Secretary of War. But the amount of quarters 
 shall be reduced pro rata by the commanding officer when the 
 number of officers and troops make it necessary ; and when 
 the public buildings are not sufficient to quarter the troops, the 
 commanding officer shall report to the commander of the de- 
 ])artment for authority to hire quartei*s, or other necessary or- 
 ders in the case. The department commander shall report the 
 case, and his orders therein, to the Quartermaster-General. 
 
 966. — A mess-room, and fuel for it, are allowed only when a 
 majority of the officers of a post or regiment unite m a mess ; 
 never to less than three officers, nor to any who live in hotels 
 or boarding-houses. Fuel for a mess-room shall not be used 
 elsewhere, or for any other purpose. 
 
 907. — Fuel issued to officers or troops is public property for 
 
122 
 
 their use ; what they do not actually consume shall be re- 
 turned to the Quartermaster, and taken up on his quarterly 
 return. 
 
 968. — In November, December, January and February, the 
 fuel is increased one-fourth at stations from the 39th degree to 
 the 4:3d degree north latitude, and one-third at stations north 
 of the 43d degree. 
 
 969. — Fuel shall be issued only in the month when due. 
 
 970. — In allotting quarters, officers shall have choice accord- 
 ing to rank, but the commanding officer may direct the officers 
 to be stationed convenient to their troops. 
 
 971. — An officer may select quarters occupied by a junior ; 
 but, having made his choice, he must abide by it, and shall not 
 agaia at the post displace a junior, unless himself displaced 
 by a senior. • 
 
 972. — The set of rooms to each quarters will be assigned by 
 the Quartermaster, under the control of the commanding offi- 
 cer ; attics not counted as rooms. 
 
 *973. — Officers cannot choose rooms in differentsets of quart- 
 ers. 
 
 974. — When public quarters cannot be furnished to officers 
 at stations without troops, or to enlisted men at general or de- 
 partment head-quarters, quarters will be commuted at a rate 
 fixed by the Secretary of W ar, and fuel at the market price de- 
 livered. When fuel and quarters are commuted to an officer 
 by reason of his employment on a civil work, the commutation 
 shall be charged to the appropriation for tlie work. No com- 
 mutation of rooms or fuel is allowed for officers or messes. 
 
 975. — An officer is not deprived of his quarters and fuel, 
 or commutation, at his station, by temporary absence on duty. 
 
 976. —Officers and troops in the field are not entitled to com- 
 mutation for quarters or fuel. 
 
 977. — An officer arriving at a station shall make requisition 
 on the Quartermaster for his quarters and fuel, accompanied 
 by a copy of the order putting him on duty, at the station. If 
 in command of troops, his requisition shall be for the whole, 
 and designate the number of officers of each grade, of non-^ 
 commissioned officers, soldiers, servants, and washerwomen. 
 
 978. — Bunks, benches and tables provided for soldiei-s' bar- 
 racks and hospitals, are not to be removed from them, except 
 by the Quartermaster of the station, or order of the command- 
 
123 
 
 ing officer, and shall not be removed from the station except 
 by order of the Quartermaster-General. 
 
 979, 980, 981, 982, 983, 984, 985, 9S6— Omitted. 
 
 ARMY TRANSPORTATION. 
 
 987.— When troops are moved, or officers travel with escort:* 
 or stores, the means of transport provided shall be for the 
 whole command. Proper orders in the case, and an exact 
 return of the command, including officers' servants and com- 
 pany women, will be furnished to the (Jnartcrmaster, who is 
 to provide the transportation. 
 
 988. — The baggage to be transported is limited to camp 
 and garrison equipage, and officers' baggage. Officers' bag- 
 gage shall not exceed (mess-chests and all personal effects in- 
 cluded) as follows : 
 
 In the tield. Changing stations. 
 
 General officers 
 Field officers - 
 Captains - - 
 Subalterns 
 
 125 pounds 
 100 
 
 80 
 80 
 
 1000 pounds. 
 800 
 700 
 600 
 
 These amounts shall be reduced ^rom/a by the command- 
 ing officer when necessary, and may be increased by the 
 Quartermaster-General on transports by water, when proper, 
 in special cases. 
 
 989.— The regimental and company desk prescribed in 
 army regulations will be transported ; also for staff officers, 
 the books, papers, and instruments necessaiy to their dutie^: 
 and for medical officers, their medical chest. In doubtful 
 cases under this regulation, and whenever baggage exceeds 
 the regulated allowance, the conductor of the train, or officer 
 in charge ot the transportation, will report to the command- 
 ing officer, who will order an inspection, and all excess to 
 be rejected. 
 
 990.— Estimates of the medical director, approved by the 
 commanding officer, for the necessary transportation to be 
 provided for the hospital [service, will be furnished to the 
 Quartermaster. 
 
12' 
 
 991.— The sick will be transported on the application of 
 the medical officers. 
 
 992.— Certified invoices of all public stores to be trans- 
 ported will be furnished to the Quartermaster by the officer 
 having charge of them. In doubtful cases, the orders of the 
 commanding officer will be required. 
 
 993.— Where officers' horses are to be transported, it must 
 be authorized in the orders for the movement. 
 
 994.— The baggage trains ambulances, and all the 
 means of transport continue in charge of the proper officers 
 of the Quartermaster's Department, under the control of the 
 commanding oflScers. 
 
 995, 996, 997, 998, 999, 1000, lOW, 1002, 1003, 1004, 1005, 
 1006, 1007, 1008, \0^^.— Omitted. 
 
 FORAGE. 
 
 1010. -^The forage ration is fourteen pounds of bay and 
 twelve pounds of oats, corn or barley. 
 
 1011. — Forage shall be issued to officers only in the month 
 when due, and at their proper stations, and for the horses 
 actually kept by them in service. ^' * * '^ 
 
 \- ^ '\=- -^ -'.<■ -:- ;!: 
 
 1012. — No officer shall sell forage issued to him. Forage 
 issued to public horses or cattle is public property ; what 
 they do not actually consume to be properly accounted for. 
 
 STKAW. 
 
 1013. — In barracks, twelve pounds of sti^aw per month for 
 bedding w^ill be allowed to each man, servant, and company 
 woman. 
 
 1014. — The allowance and change of straw for the sick is 
 regulaetd by the surgeon. 
 
 1015. — One hundred pounds per month is allowed for bed- 
 ding to each horse in public service. 
 
 low.-" Omitted. 
 
 Straw not actually used as bedding shall be accounted for 
 as other public property. 
 
STATIONERY. 
 
 1017. — Issues of stationery are made qnarterlv, in amount 
 follows : 
 
 Commander of an army, dcpartjuent or dirison (what may b< 
 necessary for himself and staff" for their public duty) ... 
 
 •Commander of a brigade, for himself and staff [ ,[ 
 
 Officer commanding a regiment or post of not less than five com- 
 panies, for himself and statf 
 
 Officer commanding a post of more than two and less than fivi 
 companies 
 
 Commanding officer of a post of two companies 
 
 Cominaiiding officer of a post of one company or less, and com- 
 manding officer of a eomnany 
 
 A Lieutenant-Colonel or Mnjor not in command of a regiment oi 
 post 
 
 Officers of the Inspector-General's, Pay. and Quartermaster's De- 
 partment (the prescribed blank books and printed forms, and 
 the stationary required for their public duty) 
 
 All officei"S, including Chaplains, not ennmerated above, when oij 
 duty and not supplied by their respective departments 
 
 /" 
 
 Steel pens, with one holder to 12 pens may be'issued in place 
 ©f quills, and envelopes in place of envelope paper, at thJprate 
 of 100 to thejimie, 
 
 1018.— M/Tien an officer is relieved i|i command, he shall 
 transfer the office stationary to his successor. 
 
 1019. — ^To each office table is allowed *one inkstand, unr 
 stamp, one paper-folder, one sand-box, one wafer-box, and as 
 many lead pencils as may be required, not exceeding four per 
 annum. 
 
 1020.— Necessary stationary for military courts and ho&nh 
 will be furnished on the requisition of the recorder, approved 
 hj the presiding officer. 
 
 1021.— The commander of an army, department or division, 
 may direct orders to be printed, when the requisite dispatch 
 and the number to be distributed make it necessary. The ne- 
 cessity will be set out in the order for the printing, or certified 
 #n the account. . • 
 
 1022. — Regimental, company, and past books, and print^ 
 
127 
 
 blanks for the officers of Quartermaster and Pay Departments, 
 will be procured by timely requisition to the Quartermaster- 
 General. 
 
 l02S.~-0mitied.. 
 
 EXPENSES OF OOCKTS-MAKTIAL. 
 
 1024. — An ofiicer who attends a general court-martial or 
 conrt of inquiry, convened by authority competent to order a 
 general court-martial, will be paid, if the court is not held at 
 me station where he is at the time serving, one dollar a dav 
 while attending the court and travelling to and from it if en- 
 titled to forage, and one dollar and twenty -five cents a day if 
 not entitled to forage. 
 
 ' 1025.--The Judge Advocate or liecorder will be paid, be- 
 sides, a per diem of one dollar and twenty-five cents for every 
 <lay he is necessarily employed in the duty of the court. When 
 it is necessary to employ a clerk to aid the Judge Advocate, 
 the court may order it ; a soldier to be procured'when practi- 
 cable. 
 
 1026. — A citizen witness shall be paid his actual transporta- 
 tion or stage fare, and three dollars a day while attending the 
 court and travelling to and from it, counting the travel at fifty 
 miles a day. 
 
 1027. — ^The certificate of the Judge Advocate shall be evi- 
 dence of the time of attendance on the court, and of the time 
 he was necessarily employed in the duty of the court. Of the 
 time occupied in traveling, each ofiicer will make his own cer- 
 tificate. 
 
 EXTRA-DUTY MEN. 
 
 1028. — Duplicate rolls of the extra-duty men, to be paid by 
 the Quartermaster's Department, will be made monthly, and 
 certified by the Quartermaster, or other officer having cliarge 
 of the work, and countersigned by the commanding officer. 
 One of these will be transmitted direct to the Quartermaster- 
 Oeneral, and the other filed in support of the pay-roll. 
 
 PUBLIC POSTAGE. 
 
 1029, — Postage and dispatches by telegraph, on public busi- 
 ness, paid by an officer, will be refunded to him on his certifi- 
 cate to the account, and to the necessity of the communica- 
 tion by telegraph. The amount for postage, and for telegraph 
 dispatches, will be stated separately. 
 
127 
 
 ■ y \c ; ^"; tllOJtSES FOR Md-UNTED OFFiCEKsf 
 
 ' lTOO.'^n*tffc^licld, "or on the frojiticr, tl iKinding 
 
 officer may {mthorizc a mountod oftieer, wlio ( . iherwis© 
 
 provide Limsolf with two liorses, to take tfiein iVoiu tiie public 
 at the cost price, when it can be ascertained, and wlien not, at 
 a fair valuation, to be fixed by a board of survey, provided he 
 ^h all not take the hoi-seofany trooper. - A hoi-seso taken shall' 
 tiot bo exchanged or returned. Horses of mounted officew 
 shall^be shod U/ the public fah-ier or blacksmith. 
 '#■ . • ** ;•*' •. V , • 
 
 \^ VhOTtil^Q, CAMP AND GARRI802J EiitiPAjaE — Omitted. 
 
 10^>, 1032, 1033, lOSi-^Omitied. 
 
 f ALLO^^ArNCE OF^AMP AND GARRISON i Viljii'AUt. ^ 
 
 
 A General , ....it. . . . 
 
 Field or staff officer above the rinkioi Cap^in . , 
 
 Other staff officers or Captains „ 
 
 Subalterns of a company, to every tvA-Oi 
 
 2 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 To everv fifteen foot anil tbirteen'tronnted wef\ ...'. . . ' 1 
 
 £l3 
 
 2 
 
 2 S 
 
 1035. — Bed-sacks are provided for troops in garrison, and 
 iron pots may be furnished to tliem instead of camp fettles. 
 Keqnisltions will be sent to the Quartermaster-General for the 
 authorized flags, colors, standards, guidone, drums, fifes, bugles, 
 and trum[5%ts.^ 
 
 ALLOWANCE OF CLOTTflK. 
 
 1036, 1037— Omitted. ' 
 
 1038. — Commanders of companies fjraw the clothing of 
 their men, and the camp and garri.soii cvpiipage for the officers 
 and men of their company. The camp and garrison equipage 
 of ot)ier officers is drawn on their own receipts. 
 
 1039. — When clothing is needed for ijsrio to the men, the 
 company commander will procure it from the quartermaster on 
 requisition, approved by the commanding officer. 
 
 1040. — Ordinarily the company commander will procure and 
 issue clothing to his men twice » year ; at other times, wiieu 
 necessary in special cases. •« 
 
 104:1. — Such articles of clothing'as the soldier may need wi.* 
 be ir.r.ued to him. AVhen the issues cqi\iri in value his ^llovi' 
 
 9* . . 
 
128 
 
 ance for the year, further issues are.extra issues, to be charged 
 to him on the next muster-roll. -> tn^'l 
 
 104:2.— Omittedr iSPl£i^ 
 
 1043. — Officers receiving clothing, or camp and garrison 
 equipage, will render quarterly returns of it to the Quarter- 
 master-General. 
 
 1044. — Commandei's of companies will take the receipts of 
 their men for the clothing issued to them, on a receipt- 
 witnessed by an officer, or, in the absence of an officer, by a 
 non-commissioned officer ; the witness to be witness to the fact 
 of the issue, and the acknowledgment and signature of the 
 soldier. The several issues to a soldier to be entered separately 
 on the roll, and all vacant spaces on the roll to be filled with a 
 cipher. This roll is the voucher for the/issue to the quarterly 
 return of the company commander. Extra issues will be so 
 noted on the roll. 
 
 1045. — Each soldier's clothing account is kept by the com- 
 pany commander in a company book. This account sets out 
 only the money value of the • clothing which he received at 
 each issue, for which his receipt is entered in the book, and 
 witnessed as in the preceding paragraph. 
 
 1046. — When a soldier is transferred or detached, the amount 
 due to or by him on account of clothing will be stated on his 
 descriptive list. 
 
 1047. — When a soldier is discharged, the amount due to or 
 by him for clothing will be stated on the duplicate. certificates 
 given for the settler^ent of his accounts. 
 
 1048. — Deserter's clothing will be turned into store. The 
 invoice of it, and the quartermaster's receipt for it, will state 
 its condition, and the name of the deserter. 
 
 1049, — ^The inspection report on damaged clothing shall set 
 out, with the amount of damage to each article, a list of such 
 articles as are fit for issue, at a reduced price stated. 
 
 1050. — Commanding officers may order necessary issues of 
 clothing to prisoners iind convicts, taking deserters, or other 
 damaged clothing when there is such in store. 
 
 1051. — In all cases of deficiency, or damage'of any article of 
 clothing, or camp or garrison equipage, the officers accountable 
 for the property is required by iaw ''to show by one or more 
 depositions setting forth the circumstances of the case, that the 
 deliciency was by unavoidable accident or loss in actual ser- 
 Tice, without any/ahit on bis part, and in case of damage, that 
 
129 
 
 <hie care and attention wef^ exerted on his pai*t, and that the 
 |*L. ^damage did not result from neglect." 
 
 RETURNS IN THE QUARTERMASTER '8 DEPARTiUtNT. 
 
 1052. — All officers and agents having money and property 
 , of tlie Department to account for, are required to make the 
 , monthly and quarterly returns to the Quartermaster-General 
 prescribed in the Regulations of the Quartermaster's Depart- 
 ment. '^ t 
 
 1053, 1054, 1055, 1256^,1057, 106a— pm*«<?(?. ' 
 
130 
 
 o 
 
 
 u 
 
 '-> I 
 
 
 
 =; 
 
 
 s 
 
 IP i 
 
 33 
 
 
 ir 
 
 i 
 
 ^^ 
 
 14 '' 
 
 I 
 
 <-K o 
 
 = 5: 
 
 3 " 
 
 
 era 
 
 • 5?» 
 
 
 •o o 
 
 O 
 
 
 C 3 
 
 3 
 
 
 cro. 
 
 f*. 
 
 m 
 
 ^ 
 
 0<5 
 
 rJ 
 
 3 
 
 
 (» 
 
 o 
 
 a. 
 
 g 
 
 
 & 
 
 ►n- 
 
 
 
 
 
 ? 
 
 Si 
 
 00 1 ^ 
 
 \ 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 ^_ 
 
 2 
 
 
 •-t> 
 
 
 o' 
 
 
 
 •rt- 
 
 
 ct> 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 tr* 
 
 
 Ul 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 <s 
 
 
 ^ t 
 
 fD 
 
 
 to 
 
 
 o 
 
 &> 
 
 
 cr 
 
 
 ») 
 
 •-•• 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 o 
 
 3 
 
 
 < 
 
 
 "t 
 
 a 
 
 
 cb 
 
 
 2 
 
 o" 
 
 
 P 
 
 
 3 
 
 o5 
 
 
 
 
 $:!• 
 
 f*- 
 
 
 
 
 rp 
 
 u 
 
 
 c 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 s 
 
 
 P' 
 
 o 
 
 fe 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 W 
 
 p 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■so 
 
 S9 
 
 
 
 
 c- 
 
 >^ 
 
 ' 
 
 
 <0 
 
 p 
 
 3 
 
 5* 
 
 
 
 g. 
 
 
 CP3 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 3* 
 
 t2j 
 p 
 
 to 
 
 o 
 a 
 o 
 
 *> r-r 
 
131 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^^ 
 
 I 
 
 5? S 
 
 I. 
 
 "^ 
 
 
 
 
 0} 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 i 
 
 1 
 
 » 
 
 
 , 
 
 shqs.g 
 
 
 S 
 
 waqDuj 
 
 
 
 
 *spaoo 
 
 * 
 
 
 •gpaoo ui 'qaB9 oj 
 
 
 
 > t 
 < ■ 
 
 •Wox 
 
 
 puB gsajpunuT 
 
 
 •so!^i?Aiad puB . 
 suTjiOTsnin 'sjoo^o 
 pauoissirauioo-uo^ 
 
 
 
 •soao^l^qns 
 
 
 SUlTS^d^O 
 
 
 
 J 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 
 put 
 
 1? 1 i" 
 
 •5§. - 1 
 
 ® s o 5 
 
 '=^^ -g ^ 
 
 >-»« c s: 
 
 
 
 «'« 
 
 *« 
 
 t- «= 
 
 e 
 
 •§P 
 
 1 
 
 d S 
 
 e 
 
 1^ 1 « 
 
 Xi 
 
 K 
 
 ■*» 
 
 
 s -1 
 
 s s 
 
 r 
 I 
 
 o 
 a 
 c 
 
 a 
 8-^ 
 
 
 3 
 
 I §. 
 
 -" o 
 
 fl 
 
 S o 
 
 H- « as 
 
I> 
 
 132 
 
 
 s- 
 
 
 n 
 
 
 tz; 
 
 w^ 
 
 1-H 
 
 S o8.^§ 
 
 H 5^ 
 
 =^2. 
 
 •-* 
 
 1 ? 
 
 ? ^ 
 
 •? 
 
 H I 
 
 
 
 ►3- .r 
 
 
 
 
 
 5- : 
 
 5' 
 
 
 
 ^ t 
 
 "^ 
 
 
 
 
 § s 
 
 1^ 
 
 
 B 
 
 
 :« S 
 
 5 f-* 
 
 
 ■*»cc' 
 
 p^ 
 
 C^ < 
 
 ^ 05 
 
 cr 
 
 
 r 
 
 P 
 
 o" c 
 
 
 
 o ^ 
 
 5-s. 
 
 CD 
 
 O. J 
 
 s 
 
 
 s- 
 
 ?=^ - 
 
 
 
 y 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ "^ 
 
 
 
 
 1 1 
 
 2!"* 
 
 > 
 
 3 
 
 hO 
 
 c 
 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 
 fL 
 
 
 § 
 
 
 
 
 35 
 
 
 5* 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 S 
 
 CD 
 
 §■ 
 
 ?? 
 
 
 r^ 
 
 
 
 S9 
 
 H3f 
 
 02 
 
 c 
 
 E 
 
 
 Ui 
 
 
 
 g 
 
 m 
 
 
 J-^ 
 
 
 p 
 
 p 
 
 CO 
 
 CG 
 
 
 ?? 
 
 > 
 
 g- 
 
 o 
 
 •1 
 
 •n- 
 
 
 H 
 
 HH 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 D 
 
 
 
 
 i^ 
 
 
 
 
 J» 
 
 
 CO 
 
 ! 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 f 
 
 ^ 
 
 t-3 
 
 hrj hg 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 s- 
 
 ". -i 
 
 
 
 
 
 mysel 
 privat 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 e servant, - 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■-- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Cords. 
 
 :^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 , 
 
 Feet. 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 Inches. 
 
 
 
 
 Bushels. 
 
 ? 
 
 
 
 
 
 p 
 
 
 
 
 
 r^ 
 
 
 
 
 Pounds. 
 
 
 
 
 
 td 
 
 
 
 
 
 Q 
 
 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 
 
 P 
 
 
 
 
 
 ►r 
 
 
 
 
 
 pr 
 
 
 
 
 
 zn 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 o 
 
 a o 
 
 I i 
 
 a. E 
 
 '5> 
 
13a. 
 
 N 
 
 ,00 
 
 0"«fc 
 
 P5 
 
 H 
 
 CO 
 
 <: 
 
 o 
 
 H 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 > 
 
 CM 
 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 I 
 
 '^ ^ 
 
 •1 - 
 
 > ^ 
 
 00 
 
 
 
 I" 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 p 
 
 t 
 
 
 OR 1 . , 
 
 
 -^ i 
 
 
 ei 
 
 
 C 
 
 
 s * 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 t - 
 
 .'C5 
 
 JO spuno<j ^^.. 
 
 
 & 
 
 jospanoj 1 j^, .' 
 
 
 at 
 
 ^ ■ 
 
 it-H 
 
 
 o 
 
 J 
 JO spunod 
 
 -« - - 
 
 
 3 
 
 
 » 
 
 * 
 
 t>^ 
 
 
 i 
 
 I 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 ^p spano^ 
 
 • . 
 
 * i 
 
 
 
 ea 
 
 - • 
 
 ^ -*- 
 
 -.1 
 
 
 B 
 
 
 
 
 » 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 JO spunod 
 
 
 
 t ^ 
 
 
 
 Q 
 
 » * 
 
 « 
 
 !»■ I - 
 
 * '-r. 
 
 \y 
 
 -g 
 
 •jappoj spuno^j 
 
 t 1 
 
 
 
 S 1 
 
 ^ 
 
 • '' 
 
 , 
 
 g 1 '^Bq JO spuno J. 
 
 i 
 
 'tif, 
 
 k*^' 
 
 
 
 
 
 •s^'BO JO spuno^j 
 
 '7i 
 
 t- 
 
 t 
 4 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 •^H'cq spuno J 
 
 J*^ 
 
 V. 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 , 
 
 
 Q 
 
 •ujopjospuno^ 
 
 ! • "j 
 
 
 
 •suoi^BJ JO jaquin^ 
 
 ; ' ' , 
 
 • 
 
 
 •8jC«p JO laqoin^ 
 
 * 
 
 1 .. 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 •stBini^B aoquinu i«^ox 
 
 •;rj 
 
 »v' 
 
 I 
 
 4||i9xo JO aaquin^ 
 
 1 ■:''% 
 
 • 
 
 o 
 
 1 
 
 
 •sainw JO JoqranK 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 
 •sosaou JO aaquinNj 
 
 11 
 
 
 
 *5 ^ ' 
 
 o 
 
 
 •u 
 
 opism 
 
 baj JO o;«a 
 
 , 
 
 l"5* 
 
 
 t 
 
 a ■ 
 
 'I. 
 
 1, 
 
 k 
 
 1^ 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 il 
 
 ':i 
 
 I? 
 
 :b3 
 
 S2^ 
 
 Is. 
 
 o 
 
 s. 
 
 
 
 O 5 -; 
 
 
 a " 
 
 2 3 
 
 
I'Si 
 
 o 
 
 M 2 <^ 2 
 
 cr2.» ^ 
 a < ^ ^ 
 arj » 03 ^ 
 
 2-p • 2 
 
 1 
 
 o 
 
 2«0 
 
 ^1- 
 
 2 22. ^ 
 
 c 
 
 ;?»J a 
 
 > X 
 
 05 
 
 '^ 
 
 £ 
 ''4 
 
 
 » 
 
 * 
 * • 
 
 
 
 
 •? 
 
 % * 
 
 • 
 
 
 ^ _J Number of hoi^es. 
 
 * ^ " Pounds 
 
 1 
 
 P 
 
 Pound§ 
 
 
 
 * ,^'JNt • • l«ounds 
 
 
 
 ♦ 
 
 Bushels. 
 (56 1.) 
 
 
 
 2 
 3 
 
 
 
 • E 
 
 s 
 
 .8 
 
 ■••1- 
 
 Pounds 
 
 
 BusSels.' 
 (82 lbs.) 
 
 
 
 
 
 Pounds ^ 
 
 i" 
 
 
 Pounds 
 
 •5 
 
 1 ' 
 
 
 1 
 
 Pounds 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 4 
 
 i 
 
 a; 
 > 
 
 
 
 2 «^ 
 
 =* on? 
 
 o. 
 
 "^ 
 
 S- hs 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^^ ~i 
 
 
 
 
 (-i 
 
 
 *^l 
 
 n 
 
 
 te 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 c2 
 
 < 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 «* 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 K 
 
 (- 
 
 i 5^ 
 
 H 
 
 ■> 
 
 ^ Cfe 
 
 » 
 
 ^s 
 
 H 
 
 '^ -^ 
 
 0^ 
 
 li- 
 
 > 
 
 ^.^ 
 
 
 Cfe ^ 
 
 > 
 
 
 c% 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 H 
 
 
 
 P 
 
 
 02 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 00 
 
 hk 
 
135 
 
 S 
 
 ;:>^ 
 -o 
 
 
 00 
 
 
 o 
 
 Sri 
 
 CO 
 
 a». 
 
 ■ 
 
 5^ 
 
 o 
 
 
 ^.^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 /'A 
 
 o 
 
 ■Si 
 
 ^ 
 
 •.J - 
 
 • 
 • • 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 f 
 
 
 AS, 
 
 o 
 
 • 
 ■ 
 
 • 
 
 ) 
 
 If 
 
 03 
 
 .♦ ^ - . ... 
 
 4 
 
 
 ' 1 
 
 
 
 
 S^UTJAJOg 
 
 
 
 •sossojpunBq 
 
 » 
 
 
 
 •S9:^BAUd pU« 
 
 suBiDisnui 'saao^o 
 pau'oissiraraoo-uo^ 
 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 -> 
 
 
 :» 
 
 1 1 
 
 2 §• 
 
 eg 
 
 .SQ 
 
 S 
 
 c 
 o 
 •a 
 
 I 
 
 c 
 
 I 
 
 O s: 
 5 I 
 
 
 i 
 
 < • 
 
 2 ^. 
 
 - ^^ 
 
 
 en 
 
 I 
 
 "3- 
 
 9 
 
 & 
 
 •^ I' 
 
 ilu^. 
 
136 
 
 U3 
 
 
 § 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 i s- 
 
 »<*• 
 
 o 
 
 a ^ 
 
 
 g 
 
 s* 
 
 
 p 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 o 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 < • 
 
 •T3 
 
 '^ o 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 ►§ 
 
 ►O C 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 O O 
 
 o* 
 
 
 
 
 e 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 00 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 .« 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 J^ 
 
 as 
 
 J2 
 
 ■^ 
 
 % 
 
 •T3 
 
 
 "* 
 
 s 
 
 -^ » 
 
 
 p 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 t— ' 
 
 ^^ 
 
 g- 
 
 
 CO 
 
 p 
 
 
 o 
 
 1— 1 
 
 
 - 
 
 p- 
 
 1 
 
 O < 
 
 
 p 
 < 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 &• 
 
 
 •-b 
 
 
 "-J 
 
 
 == ^ 
 
 P 
 
 
 ss 
 
 
 P CO 
 
 o* to" 
 
 -" f 
 
 p 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 ^_^' 
 
 
 .. <o 
 
 s 
 
 ^ • r. 
 
 ■ 1 
 
 .-'^* 
 
 0< 
 
 
 5» 
 
 Cu 
 
 P 
 
 c 
 
 o g 
 
 
 TJ 
 
 ^ & 
 
 '^ 
 
 o 
 P 
 
 ►1 
 
 ►c 
 
 2. P 
 
 b 
 
 Vw^ 
 
 2 CO 
 
 •-^ 
 
 
 
 • c-»- 
 
 
 w > 
 
 ■ cr 
 
 CD 
 
 
 1 ^ 
 
 f 
 
 
 ^o 
 
 WJ 
 
 
 
 
 TS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 CO 
 
 5* 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 C^ 
 
 
 ►c ^ 
 
 * 
 
 
 
 
 
 2 o> 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 *^ t3 
 
 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 rt> 
 
 
 t^uires of letter 
 paper. 
 
 1 
 
 I Quires of fools- 
 ' y " cap paper. 
 "^ ^1 {Sheets of Cart 
 ^•| ridge paper. 
 Number of 
 quills. * 
 
 •*, 
 
 a: 
 
 ' * , » *'' i — : — *- 
 
 -*«■ t 
 
 ;.'. 
 
 ,#■ • 
 
 f 
 
 « I 
 
 ll Ounces of 
 wafers. 
 
 Uunfes of*seal- 
 ing wax. *• 
 
 Pifeces of fape^ 
 
 Papers of ink 
 Bpwder. 
 
 ^ 
 
 «. 
 
 "^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 ?• 
 
 *i- 
 
 I' I, 
 
 '^. 
 
 CD 
 
 C5 
 
 I __, 
 
 
\x 
 
 \4 
 
 H 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 < 
 
 
 03 
 
 «'' 
 
 H 
 
 5 
 
 00 
 
 o 
 
 P 
 
 trt 
 
 <^ 
 
 &■ 
 
 
 OJ 
 
 O 
 
 D 
 
 H 
 
 O^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 a 
 
 g 
 
 o 
 
 t3 
 
 ^ 
 
 O 
 
 U 
 
 > 
 
 H 
 
 ■ — -^ 
 
 CL| 
 
 1 
 i 
 
 cc 
 
 d 
 
 
 "^ 
 
 
 6 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 I 
 
 org 
 
 •5 ?■' 
 
 0) -J 
 
 03 c 
 
 
 ^-e 
 
 e3 <v 
 <T3 O 
 
 ,2 s= 
 
 •5 S 
 
 .3 's* 
 S.5 
 
 n :i 
 
 us 
 
 « » 
 
 'i 
 
 s 
 
 -S 
 
 fe /^ 
 
 *2 
 
 a 
 
 ■^ a 
 
 •5 
 
 
 E ^ 
 
 
 oj a 
 
 t. 
 
 ... § 
 
 2S 
 
 
 o 
 
 .5: c 
 
 3 o 
 
 CO 1> 
 "-^ 
 05 » 
 
 o c 
 
 0, c 
 
138 
 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ro 
 
 w 
 
 > 
 
 ft H-l 
 
 <x> 
 
 TS 
 
 tf o 
 
 1 
 
 1- 
 
 £3 3- 
 
 fiS 
 
 
 — ? o 
 
 S- 
 
 
 , ,p 
 
 
 
 
 ^ er' 
 
 
 
 
 a>0 
 
 
 
 
 3g 
 
 
 
 
 ►-• ■-» 
 
 
 
 
 3 ~- 
 
 
 
 W c+ 
 
 o 
 
 t3 
 
 
 
 r* 
 
 
 I-? 
 
 -.tr 
 
 
 cp^ 
 
 
 O «> 
 
 
 
 
 <tq' 
 
 
 S^g 
 
 D 
 
 
 O <D 
 
 «> 
 
 
 ►-S fi, 
 
 C^ 
 
 
 :?>5' 
 
 Cb 1 
 
 
 sn 
 
 ►§S 
 
 > 
 
 1 
 
 
 O P 
 
 DO O 
 
 a. tr 
 P o 
 
 <T> ^ 
 
 fc 
 ^ 
 
 b 'f 
 
 I 
 
 fi».r 
 
 'ft 
 
 
 
 5S P 
 
 
 
 PS o- 
 
 
 
 
 O-O 
 
 o] 
 
 
 
 < 
 
 
 
 
 ^fl. 
 
 <r 
 
 
 
 CO 
 
 
 
 P9 »-S 
 
 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 b-fs 
 
 < 
 
 
 
 <:> ti* 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 - «• 
 
 ro 
 
 
 
 O CI. 
 
 t3 
 
 
 
 ^ p 
 
 
 
 
 ? •-: 
 
 B 
 
 
 
 s:^ 
 
 CO 
 
 
 
 cr. » 
 
 
 
 
 o o 
 
 — . 05 
 
 
 
 
 
 f> 
 
 p 
 
 I> 
 
 ^r 
 
 w 
 
 y 
 
 td 
 
 o c 
 
 en 
 
 ■- 
 
 - 
 
 
 ^^ 
 
 ce 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 a> o 
 
 Co 
 
 1 
 
 ce 
 
 
 a 
 
 S 
 
 Si 
 
 /T' OQ 
 
 i 
 
 1 
 
 a. 
 
 
 "§ 
 
 S 
 
 <|. 
 
 -' E 
 
 5S 
 
 
 - 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 "^ 
 
 ?? 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ - 
 
 ^ 
 
 Co 
 o 
 

 
 •• 
 
 !• 
 
 «139. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 5 -♦• . 
 
 . • 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 
 J9 , 
 
 
 
 •1- 
 
 :!■-*■ 
 
 ^ i. 
 
 0=3 
 
 • •5 
 
 '^ i 
 
 
 y^'K 
 
 If 
 
 § 
 
 
 ^iv 
 
 
 
 1 «• u; 
 "i •< K 
 
 JX 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 ^^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 ff'Jo 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 >: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 §2 
 
 ■^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 t^tj% 
 
 :^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 OS ^• 
 
 ^ * 
 
 Tt 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 5 
 
 0^ 
 
 - ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 ci ii 
 
 i^ 
 
 '-^ O- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 5 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 2 <U «n 
 
 2ja 
 
 K ^• 
 
 
 ^, 
 
 
 
 
 lis 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 -^ %- o 
 
 
 
 
 li 
 
 
 
 ^-5 
 
 u)a2 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 1 -=.1 
 
 S « to 
 -a s:f7> 
 
 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 s 1 
 
 
 1 > ^^1 
 
 
 
 
 * 
 
 -s 1 
 
 « o.d 
 
 1 ^_' « 
 
 
 
 
 
 w tti^ 
 
 ^3 a 
 
 1 -"1 
 
 1 <^ S 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 
 ■' 
 
 
 1 . *o ?^ 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 rt "^ 
 
 aj3 ca 
 
 I- jl -1-* 1 
 
 t 
 
 
 
 ^ 1 
 
 „ 
 
 ■ • ■ t 5^ • 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 "^ l' 
 
 ^ c^ 
 
 1 i 
 
 •J' 
 
 
 
 •'M 
 
 
 ^. 1 
 
 S 1 
 
 S.2 a 
 
 1 :i 
 
 O 
 4 
 
 • 
 
 V*7 
 
 
 p*5 1 
 
 ill 
 
 £J3 § 
 
 Med 
 
 
 O 
 
 4 
 
 i 
 
 
 si "- 
 Ji 
 
 111 
 
 
 I f* 
 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 ™ » 
 
 .IS.S 
 
 c=) 
 
 to 
 
 
 
 { 
 
 '^= 1 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 o. 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 1.1 1 
 
 m 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 i 
 
 e 
 
 
 1 
 
 k 
 
 
 a- 
 
 li 
 
140 
 ARTICLE XLli. 
 
 T S T E N C E D !•: P AR T M 1 ; N T . 
 
 SU p PL I Es.— Um litet 
 
 1059, 1060, 1061, 1062,* 1068, 1904, IO60, 1066, t067, 
 1068.— Ow/^^eJ. 
 
 THE RATION. 
 
 1069. — The ration is tliree-fourfhs of a pound of pork or 
 bacon, or one and a fourth pounds of fresh or salt beef; 
 eighteen ounces of bread or flour, or twelve ounces of hatd 
 bread, or one and a fourth pounds of corn meal ; and at the 
 rate, to one hundred rations, of eight quarts of peas or beans, 
 or, in lieu thereof, ten pounds of rice ; six pounds coffee ; 
 twelve pounds sugar ; four quarts of vinegar ; one and a half 
 pounds of tallow, or one and a fourthpounds adamantine, or 
 one pound sperm candles ; four pounds of soap, and two 
 quarts of salt. ^ -^ 
 
 1070.— The annexed table shows the quantity of each part 
 of the. ration in aiiy number of rations from one to ten 
 thousand. ; ^ 
 
 1^1. — On a campaign, or on marches, or on board of 
 tran»ort8, the ration of hard Wead is one pound, m 
 
 ISSUES. 
 
 1072. — Returns for issues to companies will, when practi- 
 cable, be consolidated for the po^t or I'egiment (see Form 
 14.) At the end of the month,, .the issuing commissary will 
 make duplicate abstracts of the iasues, which the command- 
 ing officer will compare wkh J;he original returns, and 
 certify (see Form 2.) This sSg^ct is a voucher of the issye 
 for the monthly return. t^ 1^ # 
 
 1073. — Issues to the hosjIiW wiU,.be onreturi^, by the 
 medical officer for such provisions only as are actually re- 
 quired for the sick and the attendants. The cost of such 
 parts of the ration as are issued will b# charged to the hos- 
 pital at contract or cost prices, and thel?8^pital will-be cred- 
 ited by the whole number of complete rations due through 
 the month at con#act or cost prices (see note 7) ; th^balance, 
 constituting the Hospital Fund, or any poution of it, may be 
 expended by the commissary, on the requisition of the medi- 
 cal officer, in the purchase of any articki f^ he subsistence or 
 comfort of the sick, not authorizedjMbedviionvi^'- furnished 
 
141 
 
 (see Fomi 3.) At larp^o depots or general liospitals, t^wfiind may 
 be partly expended for the benefit of depoiKlcnf ' ifh- 
 
 ments, on requisitions approved by the mod ,, or 
 
 senior Surgeon of the district. On the 1st ofJamiarv, each 
 year, one-fourth of every hospital fund if less than $150, and 
 one half if more, will be dropped by the commissary from the 
 fund (Form 3), and will be paid over to the Treasurer of the 
 Military Asylum by the Commissary-Greneral. 
 
 1074. — ^The articles purchased for the hospital, iw well as 
 those issued from the subsistence store-house, will bo included 
 in the Surgeon's certificate of issues to the hospital, and f)orne 
 on the monthly return of provisions received and issued. 
 Touchers for purchases for the hospital must eitffer be certi- 
 fiedby the Surgeon or accompanied by his requisition. 
 
 1075. — Abstracts of the issues to the hospital will b* 
 
 by the commissary, certified by the Surgeon, and countei- 
 by the commanding ofiicer (see Form 3.) 
 
 1076. — In order that the authorized women of companies 
 may draw their rations while temporarily separated from their 
 companies, the officer commanding the company must make a 
 report to the commanding officer of the post where the women 
 may be left, designating such as are to draw rations as attach- 
 ed to his company. Their rations are not commuted, and 
 they can only draw them at a military post or station where 
 there are supplies. 
 
 mi.— Omitted. 
 
 1078. — Issues to volimteers and rniUtia, to sailors^ to inarines, 
 to citizens employed by any of the departments, or to Indians, 
 will be entered on separate abstracts to the monthly return. 
 
 1079. — An extra issue o^fifteen pounds of tallow or jten of 
 sperm candles, per month, lYiay be made to the principal jguard 
 of each camp and garrlsoif, on the order of the commanding 
 officer. Extra issues of soapy candles and vinegar, are per- 
 mitted to the hospital when the Surgeon does not avail liini- 
 self of the commutation of the hospital rations, or when there 
 is no hospital fund; s^lt in small quantities may be issued for 
 public Horses and cattle. When the officers of the Medical 
 Departrtlfent find anti-sc^-butics necessary for the health of the 
 troops, Jjhe commanding officer may order issues of fresh vege- 
 tables, pickled onions, sour krout, or molasses, with an e.xtni 
 quantity of rice a^d vinegar. (Potatoes are usually issued at 
 me^atodtone ■ j|HQ^a)er ration, and onions at thfc rate of 
 thr^ biiUlls inlHBi one of beanl.) Occasional issue,'* 
 
\i2 
 
 (extra) of molasses are made — two quarts to one hundred ra- 
 tions — and of dried apples of from one to one and a half 
 bushels to one hundred rations. Troops at sea are recommen- 
 ded to draw rice and an extra iss\ie of molasses in lieu of 
 beans. When anti-scorbutics are issued, the medical officer 
 will certify the necessity, and the circumstances which cause 
 it, upon the abstract of extra issues (see Form 4.) 
 
 lOSO. — When men leavfe their company, the rations they 
 have drawn, and left with it, will be deducted from the next 
 returji for the company ; a like rule when men are discharged 
 from* the hospital will govern the hospital return. 
 
 #- ; 
 
 ♦ liECRUiTiNG SERVICE. — Omitted. 
 ^1081, 1082^ 1083, 'i0|4, 1085, 10S6, 1087, 10SS,~ Omitted. 
 
 SUBSISTENCE TO OFFICERS. 
 
 1089. — An officer may draw subsistence stores, paying cash 
 for them at contract or cost prices, without including cost of 
 transportation, on his certificate that they are for his own use 
 and the use of his family. These certified lists the command- 
 ing officer shall compare with the monthly abstracts of sales, 
 which he shall countersign (seeForm 5). The commissary will 
 enter the sales on his monthly return, and credit the money in 
 his quarterly account current. 
 
 BACK RATIONS. ^ — Omitted 
 1090.— OmitU'd 
 
 COMMUTATION OF RATIONS. 
 
 1091.— When a soldier is detached on duty, and it is im- 
 practicable to carry his subsistence with him, it will be com- 
 muted at seventy-five cents a da^jv to be paid by the commis- 
 sary when due, or in advance, on the order of the commanding 
 officer. The officer detaching the aoldier will certify, on the 
 voucher, that it is impracticable for him to carry his rations, 
 and the voucher will show on its face the nature and extent of 
 the duty the soldier was ordered to perform (see Form 18). 
 
 1092. — ^The expenses of a soldier placed temporarily in a 
 private hospital, on the advice ofthe senior Surgeon o||the post 
 or detachment, sanctioned by the commanding officgp wil' be 
 paid by the Subsistence Department, not to exceed semity-five 
 cents a day. ^W 
 
 103^2.-7-The ration of a soldier statiapa^n a citj, with no 
 opportunity of messing, will be commyjpBI forty c«mts. The 
 
143 
 
 rations of the non-commissioned regimental stall* and ordnance 
 sergeants, when they have no opportunity of messing, and of 
 soldiers on furlough, or stationed where rations cannot be is- 
 sued in kind, may be commuted at the cost or value of the ra- 
 ^ tion at the post. 
 
 1094,— When a soldier on duty has necessarily paid for hib 
 own subsistence, he may be refunded the cost of the ration. 
 When more than the cost of the ration is claimed, the account 
 must be submitted to the Commissary-General. 
 
 EXTRA-DUTY MEN. 
 
 1095.— The commanding officer will detail a suitable non- 
 commissioned officer or soldier for extra duty, under the orders 
 of the Commissary, and to be exempt from ordinary company 
 and garrison duty. All extra-duty men employed in the Com- 
 missariat will be paid the regulated allowance (see Article 
 XXXIX) by the Commissary, if not paid extra pay in any 
 other department. 
 
 1096. — Barrels, boxes, hides, &c., will be sold, and the pro- 
 ceeds credited in the quarterly account current. 
 
 ACCOUNT!?. 
 
 1097. — ^The following are the accounts and returns to be 
 rendered to the Commissary-General : 
 
 Monthly. 
 Return of provisions and forage received and issued 
 
 in the month . . . , • • • Form -1 
 Abstract of issues to troops, &c. (see paragraph 1078) " 3 
 Abstract of issues to hospital . . . . '' 3 
 
 Abstract of extra issues '-4 
 
 Abstract of sales to officers, . . . -• *• r> 
 
 Distinct abstract of other sales. 
 
 Summary statement of money received and expended 
 
 during the month "6 
 
 Quarterly. 
 
 Account current Form 7 
 
 Abstract of all purchases of provisions and forage 
 
 during the quarter "8 
 
 Abstract of expenditures in the quarter, except for 
 purchase of provisions, and forage for cattle (Pa- 
 graph 1064) *^ 9 
 
 Consolidated abstract of sales to officers during the ■ 
 
 quarter "10 
 
 Distict abstract of other sales. 
 
 Estimate of funds required for next quarter . . " 11 
 
 Quarterly return of all property in the department, 
 
 except provisions, and forage for cattle . ** lii 
 10 
 
144 
 
 1098. — Tlie abstracts of issues will show the corps or de- 
 tachment. When abstracts require more than one sheet, the 
 sheets will be numbered in series, and not pasted together ; 
 the total at the foot of each carried to the head of the next, 
 &c., &c. 
 
 1099. — All lists of subsistence shall run in this order : meat, 
 bread-stuff, rice and beans, coffee, sugar, vinegar, candles, 
 soap, salt, anti-scorbutics, purchases for hospital, forage for cat- 
 tle. 
 
 1100, — No charge for printing blanks, as forms, will be al- 
 lowed. 
 
 1101. — A book will be kept by the commissary at each post, 
 in which will be entered the monthly returns of provisions re- 
 ceived and issued (Form 1). It will show from whom the 
 purchases have been made, and whether paid for. It is called 
 the Commissary's book, and will not be removed from the post. 
 
 1102. — ^When any officer in the Commissariat is relieved, 
 he will close his property accounts ; but money accounts will 
 be kept open till the end of the quarter, unless he ceases to do 
 duty in the department. 
 
 1103. — Commissaries of Subsistence in charge of principal 
 depots will render quarterly statements of the cost and quality 
 of the ration, in all its parts, at their stations. 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, — Omitted. 
 
 7. — Mode of ascertaining the hospital ration : 100 complete 
 rations consist of, say 
 
 32' rations of fresh beef, is 40 lbs. at 4 cents $1 60 
 
 68 " pork, is 51 lbs. at 6 cents . 3 06 
 
 100 " ilour, is 112 lbs. at 2 cents . 2 25 
 
 ( 100 " beans, is 8 quarts, at 4 cents 32 ) 
 
 ^ or ^ [• 46 
 
 ( 100 " rice, is 10 lbs. at 6 cents 60 ) 
 
 100 " coffee, is 6 lbs. at 9 cents . . 54 
 
 100 " sugar, is 12 lbs. at 8 cents . 96 
 
 100 " vinegar, is 4 quarts at 5 cents . 20 
 
 100 " candles, is 1 1-2 lbs. at 12 cents 18 
 
 100 " soap, is 4 lbs. at 6 cents . . 24 
 
 100 . •' salt, is 2 quarts at 3 cents . 06 
 
 Cost of one hundred rations $9 55 
 
 or 9 cents ^"^^ mills per ration. 
 
 4 
 
 t 
 
145 
 
 •9 
 
 S hi) 
 
 >> 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 d 
 
 a: 
 
 • 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 •*i«s 
 
 . 
 
 1 
 
 •dBOg 
 
 
 1 
 
 •S8ipu«0 
 
 
 
 ub39ui^ 
 
 
 
 •j^Sng 
 
 
 
 •aajgoo 
 
 
 
 •aoig 
 
 
 
 •suBag 
 
 
 
 •juoi^ 1 
 
 
 •31J0J 1 
 
 
 •jaaq 'qsajj i 
 
 
 •suGi^Bj JO jaqran^ 
 
 
 
 •SABp JO jaqran^^ 
 
 
 
 •l«;ox 
 
 
 
 •uaraoM JO jaqran^ 
 
 
 
 •uooi JO jaqoiriNj 
 
 
 
 
 ro.ST OK STATION. 
 
 
 1 
 
 I 
 s 
 
 « 
 o 
 
 JO 
 as 
 
 g, 
 
14() 
 
 
 
 
 POST OR STATION. 
 
 
 
 Number of inen. 
 
 
 
 Number of women. 
 
 
 
 Total. 
 
 
 -• 
 
 Number of daj's. 
 
 
 
 Number of rations. 
 
 
 1 Fresh Beef. 
 
 
 1 Pork. 
 
 
 1 Flour. 
 
 — 
 
 1 Beans. 
 
 1 Rice. 
 
 
 1 Coffee. 
 
 
 1 Sugar. 
 
 
 1 Vinegar. 
 
 
 1 Candles. 
 
 
 1 Soap. 
 
 
 1 Salt. 
 
 
 1 
 
 • 
 
 o 
 a 
 
 : 
 i 
 
 > 
 rr. 
 
 ? 
 
 I- 
 
 5 0? 
 
 
 Oto 
 
 5 
 
147 
 
 MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS. 
 
 A box, 24 by 16 inches square, and 22 inches deep will con- 
 tain one barrel, or 10,752 cubic inches. 
 
 A box 16 by 16.8 inclies square, and 8 inches deep, will 
 contain one bushel, or 2150.4 cubic inches. 
 
 A box, 8 by 8,4 inches square, and 8 inches deep, will con- 
 tain one peck, or 537.6 cubic inches. 
 
 A box, 7 by 4 inches square, and 4.8 inches deep, will con- 
 tain a half gallon, or 131.4 cubic inches. 
 
 A box, 4 by 4 inches square, and 4.2 inches deep, will con- 
 tain one quart, or 67.2 inches. 
 
 One bushel of corn weighs 56 pounds. 
 
 " wheat " 60 
 
 " rye " 56 
 
 " buckwheat weighs 52 
 
 " barley " 
 
 " oats " 
 
 " beans *' 
 
 " potatoes " 
 
 " onions " 
 
 *' dried peaches " 
 
 " dried apples " 
 
 " salt '* 
 
 Ten gallons pickled onions " 
 
 sour krout 
 
 ,48 
 .40 
 .60 
 .60 
 .57 
 .33 
 .22 
 .50 
 .83 
 .81 
 
148 
 
 One thousand rations of i 
 
 pop ►-'. C O •— '• fD !^ '— ' &s O I 
 
 p o 
 ?—• p 
 
 p . — - 
 
 Dj CD p 
 
 Ct) p 
 00 & 
 
 
 o ^ 
 
 CD « 
 
 S • 
 
 5^ 
 
 (^ ^_4 ^ ^_i j^ 
 jpa.c^topiC;ipi^foooh-*cocooo 
 
 00 Oi ^ Ci <j l_i K-i 
 
 o o o 
 
 o o o 
 
 I— ^ o ►—« o ►-» o 
 
 tfa. ^^ ^ CO oi CO 
 
 O to O CO Ot CO 
 
 o oi ^^ ci o» o 
 
 65 <! CO 00 CO H* 
 
 tfu. i-i (Xi to Ci o 
 
 p en to p c c 
 * * bi * * * 
 
 l-i O ^ H-' -^ <f 
 
 C;i O en to Oi C;t 
 Oi o o Cn o o 
 
 to 
 
 o 
 
 to 
 
 to 
 
 to O to Oi to 
 
 "to to b te w to 
 
 O en H-i Oi CO en 
 C5 O H-' 
 
 to lo to 
 
 rl 
 
 K*^! 
 
 
 t^ 
 
 
 rb 
 
 TJ 
 
 c*- 
 
 O 
 
 5i 
 
 
 fD 
 
 
 
 Q^Oq 
 
 V' 
 
 p' 
 
 i-i|— I H-MtOCOtOCOtO 
 
 CC'>f».|-^003<J>-k<ItOtO(»0(--^ 
 pOp<f<!CnOjf^;«J!OOH-irfi.COOO 
 
 Ci6oenenc^coeneococibh-*<j 
 eo CO to o h-' w 00 en 00 en 
 
 too enn-* oDenosoiCi 
 
 00 en ^ c^ <f H* H-i 
 
 to to CO 
 
 <! rfs«. O 
 
 to ►-^ tf^ 
 
 to p to p CO <? 
 
 <j ^ i4;>. ?o b M 
 
 10 ^ )->' }f^ >i^ (X) 
 
 c:> en CO ct <! O 
 
 ►f'^ <! to GO t-' »-* 
 
 ppoooppptopen^^i.. 
 H^i^oeoeneohf^<ibb<jcoeo 
 
 enoococo ^fi»Oil-'^fi'COCOO<? 
 p<It^CO QOtOff^QOH-kCOK^en 
 
 tO<icn oocoto <lco 
 
 
 ft 
 
 o 
 
 ^ O ' 
 
 CD 
 
 o 
 
 
 cr. 
 
 CO 
 
 o :-" o to 
 
 h-' to H-' Oi 
 
 CO 00 Ci en 
 
 to to to o 
 
 00 <! O 
 
 
 w 
 
 
 c 
 
 h- 1 
 
 ^ 
 
 h-i 
 
 
 
 
 Gr 
 
 t3 
 
 <SS 
 
 o- 
 
 to 
 
 cr 
 
 ^ 
 
 00 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 ? g p g • • 
 
 p-.g ^„ 
 
 p 
 
 D- C-i «j O o ^ 
 Qj 
 
 C^ Ci- Q-" ^ ,-. P 
 
 Oq 
 
 !=5 
 
149 
 
 
 5. ill. 
 
 ^ 
 
 s o: 
 
 '^ 
 
 :^ 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 r3 
 
 o 
 o 
 
 H 
 » 
 
 o 
 
 3 ^ 
 
 1 
 
 r 
 
 O O! 
 
 •E ■- 
 
 J -2 
 
 .o S 
 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 3 ^ 
 
 >«> 
 
 
 7i 
 a. 
 
 
 EC 
 
 c 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 flH 
 
 
 
 > 
 o 
 
 •73 
 
 
 
 j5^ 
 
 o 
 tc 
 
 s 
 
 n3 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 "S 
 
 2 -i 
 
150 
 
 g 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 > 52J 
 
 W 
 
 
 dl HH 
 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 » O 
 
 
 
 0<? o 
 
 
 
 
 2S. H 
 02 !=- 
 
 CD 
 
 
 2. " S 
 
 
 > 
 
 cs 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 C ft) 
 
 
 
 B ^ 
 
 " ^ 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 Jibove 
 rgeoii 1 
 
 
 
 
 '^ 1 
 
 3 
 
 
 1 
 Co 
 
 i § 
 
 i— * 
 00 
 
 
 p 3. 
 
 © 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 rtifica 
 ongin 
 
 J 
 
 o 
 
 
 CD CD 
 
 i i 
 
 © 
 
 s^ 
 
 
 P 
 
 o 3 
 
 
 
 p CD 
 
 P 
 
 g- 
 
 
 
 «-*- so 
 
 
 
 zL, P 
 
 c^- 
 
 
 
 
 =r- ^ 
 
 
 
 CD ^ 
 
 §^ 
 
 c^ 
 
 
 
 ^ o- 
 
 
 
 2 o' 
 
 to 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 5 22 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 © 
 
 
 
 • 3 
 
 
 
 X ^ 
 
 
 
 ?» 
 
 
 
 CD 
 
 
 
 ^ o 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Cu 
 
 
 
 -e^ 
 
 
 
 
 H 
 
 
 
 
 
 CD 
 C^ 
 
 
 
 
 © 
 > 
 
 
 tri- 
 
 p" 
 
 
 as 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 er' 
 
 
 
 -^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ct> 
 
 CO 
 
 
 ctci 
 
 
 
 
 W 
 
 
 si 
 
 as 
 
 
 CD 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 OQ 
 
 
 
 o^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 -i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 i=s 
 
 
 
 3" 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 CD 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 • P 
 
 
 
 CJ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 TT 
 
 O 
 
 
 GO 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (t. 
 
 
 CD 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 B' 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 CTQ 
 
 F 
 
 • 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 rf- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Er* 
 
 »-'• 
 
 
 rrf- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 CO 
 
 zs 
 
 
 CD 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 l-J 
 
 *~*v 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 CD 
 
 c^ 
 
 
 CO. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■ hO 
 
 '— ! 
 
 
 o* 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ff 
 
 o 
 
 
 ?^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^i! 
 
 '-*5 
 
 
 p 
 
 
 
 
 
 * 
 
 2J; 
 
 r-H 
 
 
 ?t- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 © 
 
 ^-^ 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 CD 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 >* 
 
 P 
 
 ^ 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 O 
 
 Cq 
 
 ^1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 5= > 
 
 <5 
 
 CD 
 
 P 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 CD 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 S 
 
 o 
 
 
 iP 
 
 
 4 
 
 ft 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 o 
 
 S 
 
 
 P 
 SI 
 
 to 
 
 o c 
 
 1 
 
 d 
 
 
 r*« 
 
 
 
 r-t- 
 
 b 
 
 o c 
 
 D 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 2:l 
 
 
 
 
 
 H^ 
 
 
 
 CD 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 © 
 
 CO 
 
151 
 Form 12. 
 
 Army of the Confederate SiTates. 
 
 (Coat of Arms. 
 
 Certificate of Disability for Disduirge. 
 
 A. B., of Captain 's company (— ) of the. . . .regiment 
 
 of Confederate States , was enlisted by , of the 
 
 regiment of , at on the day of ,to 
 
 .Qerve years ; he was born in , in the State of , 
 
 years of age, feet inches high, complexion, 
 
 eyes, hair, and by occupation when enlisted . 
 
 During the last two months said soldier has been unfit for 
 duty days. 
 
 (The company commander will here add a statement of all 
 the facts known.to him concerning the ditease or wound, or. 
 cause of disability of the soldier: the time, place, manner, 
 and all the circumstances under which the injury occurred, 
 or disease originated or appeared ; the duty, or service, or 
 .situation of the soldier at the time the injury was received 
 or disease contracted, or supposed to be contracted ; and 
 whatever facts may aid a judgment as to the cause, immedi- 
 ate or remote, of the disability,[and the circumstances attend- 
 
 ing it. 
 
 D., Commanding Comjfafiy. 
 
 When the facts are not known to the company comman- 
 der, the certificate of any officer, or affidavit of other person 
 liaving such knowledge, will be appended. 
 
 I certify that I have carefully examined the said .... of 
 (.^aptain 's company, and find him incapable of perform- 
 ing the duties of a soldier, because of (here describe partic- 
 ularly the disability, wound, or disease ; the extent to which 
 it deprives him of the use of any limb or faculty, or aftecta 
 his health, strength, activity, constitution, or capacity to 
 labor or earn his subsistence.) The surgeon will add, from 
 bis knowledge of the facts and circumstances, and from the 
 evidence in the case, his professional opinion of the cause or 
 origin of the disability. E. F., Surgehyt. 
 
 (Duplicates.) 
 
152 
 
 ^ 
 
 9 
 
 
 ' 
 
 B 
 
 . 
 
 Tonwn or 
 county. 
 
 a 
 
 S3 
 
 
 State or 
 kingdom. 
 
 • 
 
 Age. 
 
 
 g 
 
 P 
 
 
 By whom enlisted. 
 
 1 
 i 
 
 The remarks will state the 
 cause of rejecting any who 
 are examined, &c., &. 
 
 1 
 
 
 

 1.53 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 1% 
 
 o 
 
 
 c 
 
 
 [■B:^idsoi{ i^jouaS o; :^u8g 
 
 •p8S.IBl[081Q 
 
 •iC:^np o:^ p8uin:^a^ 
 
 Total. 
 
 •8.i8:^'Bnb uj 
 
 
 •[B^idsoq iij 
 
 
 '^019 ua!iiFjj 
 
 • 
 
 ' Remaining 
 at last 
 report. 
 
 •8.ia:^aBnb uj 
 
 V 
 
 •{B^^idsoq UJ 
 
 
 £ 
 
 o 
 O 
 
154 
 Form 17. 
 
 CONTRACT WITH A PRIVATE PHYSICIAN. 
 
 This contract, entered into this day of IS. . 
 
 at , State of , between , of the Con- 
 federate States Army, and Dr of . . . . , in the Stut( 
 
 of . . . ., witnesseth, that for the consideration hereafter men 
 
 tioned, the said Dr promises and agrees to perforn 
 
 the duties of a medical officer, agreeably to the Army Regu 
 
 lations, at . {aiid to furnish the necessary medicines.) Aiu 
 
 the said promises and agrees, on behalf of the Confedc' 
 
 rate States, to pay, or canse to be paid to the said Dr. 
 the sum of ... . dollars for each and every month he shal 
 continue to peiform the services above stated, which shall b< 
 his full compensation, and in lieu of all allow^ances and emolu 
 ments whatsoever, (except that for medicines furnished, whici 
 shall be at the rate of per cent on his monthly pay, to he de 
 termined by the Surgeon Grjm'al.) This contract to continue 
 till determined by the said doctor, or the commanding office 
 for the time being, or the Surgeon General. 
 
 [SEAL.] 
 
 Signed, sealed and delivered 
 in presence of 
 
 [seal.] 
 
 I certify that the number of persons entitled to medical at 
 
 tendance agreeably to regulations, at is — , an( 
 
 that no competent physician can be obtained at a lower rate 
 
 , Comma?iding Officer. 
 
io5 
 Form No. 4. 
 Certificate to be (jiven a soldier at the time oi his discharge. 
 I certify that the within named , a of 
 
 ptain . company (—) of the regiment of 
 
 , born in , in the State of , aged years, 
 
 feet, inches high, complexion, eyes, 
 
 ir, and by a profession a , was enlisted by 
 
 , on the day of eighteen hundred and 
 
 serve for years, and is now entitled to a discharge by 
 ason of 
 
 The said was last payed by Paymaster , 
 
 :o include the day of , eighteen hundered and 
 
 md has pay due from that time to the present date. 
 There is due him dollai*s retained pay. 
 There is due him dollars on' account of clothing not 
 wn in kind. 
 
 le is indebted to the Confederate State dollars, on 
 u 'Oimt of extra clothing, &c. 
 1 le is indebted to , laundress, at , dollars. 
 
 The contract price of the ration at is cents. 
 
 (xiven in duplicate at u-, this day of , 18 — . 
 
 Commanding Company. 
 
 Note. — When a soldier transfers his certificates, the transfer must be made on 
 . witnessed by a commissioned ©fficer when practicable, or bj some other 
 
 iible person known lo the Paymaster. 
 
156 
 
 w 
 
 
 
 rt> 
 
 
 
 hQ 
 
 
 
 s. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Si 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 >-^ 
 
 s 
 
 
 o 
 
 e. 
 
 
 ■^ 
 
 g 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 a. 
 
 1 
 
 
 3 
 
 c«> 
 
 
 SO 
 
 ?S 
 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 CD 
 
 s- 
 
 
 CO 
 
 
 _ 
 
 S" 
 
 ^ 
 
 2? 
 
 
 g 
 
 a> 
 
 
 Si 
 
 2j 
 
 ^ 
 
 S' 
 
 
 o 
 
 s 
 
 
 ;5 
 a. 
 
 
 H 
 
 OfO 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 3 » 
 
 • 
 
 
 §* 
 
 ri. 
 
 
 * 
 
 to 
 
 ^ s 
 
 ■fl 
 
 ? 
 
 
 p 
 
 o 
 
 1 
 
 5' 
 
 ^ 1 « 
 
 'xt. 
 
 
 "^ ^"* 2 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 00 > 
 
 1= 
 
 
 J r 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 ,-^ 
 
 
 j 
 
 •S>^ 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 tow' 
 
 6-pdr gun carriages. 
 
 
 
 
 
 c* 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 s* 
 
 
 
 
 i- 
 « 
 
 O 
 
 o o 
 
 O Oi 
 
 Infantry cartridge boxes. 
 
 
 (— » 
 
 _ ___ 
 
 1 
 
 00 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 In3 O 
 
 o o 
 o o 
 
 Cannon powder, pounds. 
 
 1' 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 *- 
 
 o« 
 
 Slow match, pounds. 
 
 g. 
 
 Jl 
 
 Ci o 
 
 ■ - 
 
 
 
 
 1— ' 
 
 (— ' 
 
 Shot guages, sets. 
 
 
 
 &c., &c. 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 7i 
 
 > 
 
 I- 
 
 
 I 
 
 05 3 
 
 I 
 
 I- 
 
lo7 
 
 I 
 
 ~s^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 11 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 CM 
 
 I 1 
 
 I ^ 
 
 .2 •« 
 
 ' I 
 
 8 « 
 
 a a 
 
 a oa 
 
 s « 
 
 O cc 
 
 •p8Xi)')0qs*jpj-9 ( =5 
 
 •sSajis an^ 
 
 •sajBid ?|aq jsiu^ 
 
 •spatjqqeDS ;8uoivg 
 
 •sjpq-xoq a3pu^B3 
 
 soxoq aifpujauo 
 
 "spaoMS .SJ80IJJO p,uioo-ao)^ 
 
 •»j9ldinoo 'sja3(snj^ 
 
 'so3q{jjbo 'Jpdg 
 
 •uonuuo ssHjq 'jpd-g 
 
 
 
 = 5 
 
 I 
 
 o O 
 
 B 5 
 
 
 I- 
 
 a 
 
 tf 
 
 «fe 
 
 t3 
 
 o 
 
 ■v^^ 
 
 
 
 1 -Si-c 
 
 
 
 
 *S 6 
 
 O 
 
 3: 3 
 
 3 2 
 
 if 
 
 o 
 
 ■li 
 
 
 O 
 
 ^ 
 
 •^1 
 
 a 
 
 J 
 
 11 
 
 
 :.2ot ^c« 
 
 if 
 
 ^•r 
 
 ^«> 
 
 rl 5 
 
 S t» 
 
 ^o 
 
 4, m 
 
 r-r.3 
 
 ?:3 
 
 JS «> 
 
 § o 
 
 Is 
 
 1 
 
 ft 
 
 
 »s 
 
 •-^c- 
 
 1 
 
 
 d 
 
15S 
 
 AETICLE XLYII. 
 
 RECRUITING SERVICE. 
 
 12S3. — ^The recruiting service will be conducted by the Ad- 
 jutant-Greneral, under the direction of the Secretary of War. 
 
 1284. — Field officers will be detailed to superintend the re- 
 cruiting parties. The recruiting service will form a special 
 roster. The Adjutant-General w^ill detail the field officers, 
 and announce in orders the number of Lieutenants to be detail- 
 ed from each regiment by the Colonel. When the detail is 
 not according to the roster, the special reason of the case shall 
 be reported and laid before the Secretary of War. 
 
 1286. — A recruiting party will consist generally of one Lieu- 
 tenant, one non-commissioned officer, two privates, and a drum- 
 mer and fifer. The parties will be sent from the principal de- 
 pots, and none but suitable men selected. 
 
 1286. — Officers on the general recruiting service are not to 
 be ordered on any other duty, except from the Adjutant-Gen- 
 eral's office. 
 
 1287. — As soon as a recruiting station is designated, the 
 superintendent sends estimates for funds to the Adjutant-Gen- 
 eral, and requisitions on the proper departments (through the 
 Adjutant-General) for clothing, camp equipage, arms, and 
 accoutrements. 
 
 1288. — Subsequent supplies for the station in his district are 
 procured by the superintendent on consolidated estimates ; 
 these are made quarterly for funds, and ^very six or* twelve^ 
 months for clothing, equipage, arms, and accoutrements. Es- 
 timates for funds will be the following form : 
 
 Estimate of ReGruiting Funds required for the 
 during the quarter ending 
 
 186 
 
 Names. 
 
 1 
 
 s 
 
 to 
 
 S 
 
 -^ 
 C3 
 
 a 
 
 Amonnt ex- 
 pended last 
 quarter. 
 
 Amoimt on ' 
 hand. 1 
 
 Amount 
 required. 
 
 Remarks. 
 
 
 $ 1 cts. 
 
 $ 1 cts. : 
 
 . $ ! cts. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ! 
 
 " 
 
 
 
 
 Total amoun 
 
 t requii 
 
 ed 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 .... 
 
 . . . ., 
 
 >^(>pe) 
 
 'inUndxr^f: 
 
159 
 
 1289.— Funds and supplies of clothing, camp andirarrison 
 equipage, arms and accoutrements, when ordered, will be 
 sent direct to each station. 
 
 1290. — For subsistence to recruiting stations, see regula- 
 tions of the Subsistence Department. When army rations are 
 issued for recruits, savings on the rations shall be applied 
 for their benefit, as in companies. 
 
 ^ 1291.— The superintendents will transmit to the Adjutant- 
 General consolidated monthly returns of the recruiting par- 
 ties under their superintendence, according to directions on 
 the printed blanks, accompanied by one copy of the enlist- 
 ment of each recruit enlisted within the month. 
 
 1292. — When recruits are sent to regiments, a superintend- 
 ent will report to the Adjutant-General for instructions in 
 reference thereto. 
 
 1293.— When recruits are sent from a depot or rendezvous? 
 to a regiment or post, a muster and descriptive rollj and an 
 account of^ clothing of the detachment, Avill be given to the 
 officer assigned to the command of it. And a duplicate of 
 the muster and descriptive roll will be forwarded to the Adju- 
 tant-General by the superintendant, who will note on it the 
 names of all the officers on duty with the detachment, and 
 the day ot its departure from the depot or rendezvous. 
 
 1294. — The superintendent will report all commissioned ^m 
 or non-commissionedofficers who may be incapable orne^- ^% 
 ligent in the discharge of their functions. Where a recrutt- 
 ing party fails to get recruits from any cause other than the 
 fault of the officer, the superintendent will recommend 
 another station for the party. 
 
 1295. — When a rendezvous is closed, the superintendent 
 will give the necessary instructions for the safe-keeping or 
 disposal of the public property, so as not to inv^olve any ox- 
 }3ense for storage. 
 
 1296. — Tours of inspection by superintendents will be made- 
 only on instruction from the Adjutant-General's office. Offi- 
 cers on the recruiting service will not be sent from place to 
 place without orders from the same source. Kecruitiug 
 officers will in no case absent themselves from their stations 
 without authority from the superintendent. 
 
 1297. — They will not allow any man to be deceived or 
 inveigled into the service by false representations, but will 
 in person explain the nature of the service, the length of the 
 term, the pay, clothing rations, and other allowances to which 
 
 11 
 
a soldier is entitled by law, to ever man before he signs the 
 enlistment. 
 
 1298. — With the sanetion ot superintendents, recruiting 
 officers may insert, in not exceeding two newspapers, brief 
 notices directing attention to the rendezvous for further infor- 
 mation. 
 
 1299. — Any free white male person above the age of 
 eighteen and under thirty -five years, being at least live feet 
 four and a half inches high, eftbctive, able-bodied, sober, free 
 trom disease, of good character and habits, and with a com- 
 petent knowledge of the English language, may be enlisted. 
 This regulation so far as respects the hoiglit and age of the 
 recruit, shall not extend to musicians or to soldiers who may 
 ^^re-enlist^' or have served honestly and faithfully a previous 
 enlistment in the army. 
 
 1300. — ^o man having a wife or child shall be enlisted 
 hi time of peace without special authority obtained from the 
 Adjutant-G-eneral's Office, through the superintendent. This 
 rule is not to apply to soldiers who '^reenUst.^' 
 
 1301. — Xo person under the age of twenty-one years is to 
 be enlisted without the written consent of his parent, guar- 
 dian or master. The recruiting officer must be very partic- 
 ular in ascertaining the true age of the recruit. 
 
 1302. — If a minor who has no parent or guardian offer to 
 enlist, a guardian (who must not be any one connected with 
 he recruiting party) may be appointed by the proper legal 
 authority. 
 
 1303. — After the nature of the service and terms of enlist- 
 ment have been fairly explained to the recruit; the officer, 
 before the enlistments are tilled up, will read to him, and offer 
 for his signature, the annexed declaration, to be appended to 
 each copy of his enlistment : 
 
 I, . . . ., desiring to enlist in the Army of the Confederate 
 
 States for the period of years, do declare that lam .... 
 
 years and .... months of age; that I have neither wife nor 
 child; that Ilwive never been discharged from the Confed- 
 erate States service on account of disability, or by the sen- 
 tence of a court-martial, or by order before the expiration of 
 a term of enlistment ; and I know of no impediment to my 
 »*erving honestly and faithfully as n soldier for years. 
 
 Witness : 
 
161 
 
 1304. — If the recruit be a minor, his parent, /guardian, or 
 master, must sign a consent to his enlisting, which will be 
 added to the preceding declaration, in the following form: 
 
 I, , do certify that I am tlie (father only surrivlng ixi- 
 
 rentt legal master^ or guardian^ as (he rase may he) o^ ; 
 
 that the said .... is years of age ; and I do hereby 
 
 freely give my consent to his enlistment as a soldier in the 
 Army of the Confederate States for the period of ... . years. 
 
 Witness : 
 
 1.305. — The forms of declaration, and of consent in case ol 
 a minor, having been signed and witnessed, the recruit will 
 then be duly examined by the recruiting officer, and surgeon 
 if one be present, and, if accepted, the i^Oth and 87th Articles 
 of War will be read to him ; after which he will be allowed 
 time to consider the subject until his mind appears to be fully 
 made up before the oath is administered to him. 
 
 1306. — As soon as practicable, and at least within six d'ays 
 after his enlistment, the following oath will be administered 
 to the recruit : 
 
 '* I, A — B — , do solemnly swear or affirm (as the case may 
 be) that I will bear true allegiance to the Confederate States 
 •>f America, and that I will serve them honestly and faithfully 
 against all their enemies or opposers whatsoever, and observe 
 and obey the orders of the President of the (.Confederate States, 
 and the orders of the officers appointed over me, according to 
 the rules and articles for the government of the armies of the 
 Confederate States." (See 10th Art. of War.) 
 
 1307. — ^Under the article of w^ar above cited, and the act* 
 of Congress approved September Kith, 1850, and July 29th, 
 1854, a justice of the peace, the chief magistrate of any town 
 or city corporate (not being an officer of the Anny), a notar}' 
 jmblic, or when recourse cannot be had to such civil magis- 
 trates, a judge advocate may administer the above oath. 
 
 1308. — It is the duty of the recruiting officers to be present 
 at the examination of the recruit by the medical officer. 
 
 1309. — Recruiting officers will not employ private physi- 
 eians without authority from the Adjutant-! J eneraPs Office, 
 for the special purjiose of examining the recruits prior to their 
 enlisting. 
 
 1310. — If it be necessaiy, as in cases of sickness, to employ 
 a physician, the recruiting officer may engage his services by 
 ••ntract on reasonable terms, " by the visit," or by the inouth. 
 
162 
 
 If by the month, the examination of the recruits must be sta- 
 ted in the contract as part of his duty. In vouchers for medi- 
 cal attendance and medicines, the name of each patient, date 
 of, and charge for each visit, and for medicine furnished, must 
 be given, and the certificate of the physician added, that the 
 rates charged are the usal rates of the place. 
 
 1311. — Enlistments must, in all cases, betaken in triplicate. 
 The recruiting officer will send one copy to the Adjutant- 
 General with his quarterly accounts, a second to the superin- 
 tendent with his monthly return, and a third to the depot at 
 the time the recruits are sent there. In cases of soldiers re- 
 enlisted in a regiment, or of regimental recruits, the third 
 copy of the enlistment will be sent at its date to regimental 
 head-quarters for file. 
 
 1312. — When ordnance sergeants re-enlist, the recruiting 
 ♦jfficer will immediately send the second copy of the enlistment 
 •dn-ect to the Adjutant-General, and the third copy to the sta- 
 tion of the ordance sergeant for file. 
 
 1313. — A non-commissioned officer, musician, or private 
 soldier, who may re-enlist into his company or regiment within 
 two months before, or one month after the expiration of his 
 term of service, shall receive a bounty of three months' extra 
 pay — that is to say, the pay he was receiving as pay of his 
 grade, and as additional pay for length of service and for cer- 
 tificate of merit. This bounty shall be paid by the recruiting 
 officer at the time of enlistment, and noted on the descriptive 
 list. Ordnance sergeants and hospital stewards are non-com- 
 missioned officers entitled to the bounty in the case provided. 
 
 1314. — Enlistments must, in no case, be ante-dated so as to 
 entitle a soldier to bounty who applies after the period for 
 " re-e}iUsti?ig^^ has expired. 
 
 1315. — A premium of two dollars will be paid to any citi- 
 zen, non-commissioned officer, or soldier for each accepted 
 recndt that he may bring to the rendezvous; but not for sol- 
 diers w^ho receive bounty for " re-enlisting." 
 
 1316. — The recruiting officer will see that the men under 
 his command are neat in their personal appearance, and will 
 require the permanent party to wear their military dress in a 
 becoming manner, especially when permitted to go abroad. 
 
 1317. — Only such articles of clothing as are indispensable 
 for immediate use will be issued to recruits at the rendezvous 
 Their equipment will not be made complete till after they 
 
163 
 
 have passed the inspection subsequent to their arrival at the 
 depot. 
 
 1318. — The instruction of the recruits will commence at the 
 rendezvous from the moment of enlistment. The general su- 
 perintendent will see that all recruiting officers give particular 
 attention to this subject. 
 
 1319. — Kecruitswill be sent from rendezvous to depot*> 
 every ten days, or oftener ifpracticable, provided thenuml)or 
 disposable exceeds three. The detachments of recruits will be 
 sent from rendezvous to depots under charge of a non-commis- 
 sioned officer. 
 
 1320. — Every officer commanding a recruiting party will 
 procure the necessary transportation, forage, fuel, straw, and 
 stationery, taking the requisite vouchers. 
 
 1321. — The transportation of recruits to depots, and from 
 one recruiting station to another, will be paid from the recruit- 
 ing funds ; transportation of officers and enlisted men on the 
 recruiting service will be paid in the same manner, except 
 when first proceeding to join that service, or returning to their 
 regiments after having been relieved. 
 
 1822. — No expenses of transportation of officers will be ad- 
 mitted that do not arise from orders emanating from the 
 Adjutant-General's Office, except they be required to visit 
 branch or auxiliary rendezvous under their charge, when they 
 will be allowed the stage, steam-boat, or railroad fare, porter- 
 age included. 
 
 1323, 1324, 1325, 1326, 1327, 1328, n^^,— Omitted, 
 
 1330. — ^To each office table is allowed one inkstand, one 
 wafer-stamp, one wafer-box, one paper folder, one rule, and 
 as many lead pencils as may be required, not exceeding four 
 per annum. 
 
 1331.— Such blank books as may be necessary are allowed 
 to the general superintendent and at permanent recruiting 
 depots; also one descriptive book for the register of recruits 
 It each permanent station. Blank books will be purchased by 
 recruiting officers, under instructions from the superintendent. 
 
 1332,— When a recruiting officer is relieved, the blanksi 
 books, and unexpended stationery, with all the other public 
 property at the station, will be transferred to his successor, 
 who will receipt for the same. 
 
 IZZ^.-'Omitted. 
 
IG4 
 
 1334:.— Letters addressed to the Adjutant-General ''o^i ?y- 
 cndting sermce^'^ will be so endorsed on the envelopes, under 
 the words "official business." 
 
 1335. — On all vouchers for premiums for bringing recruits 
 and fees for oaths of enlistme nt, the names of the recruits for 
 whom the expenditure is made must be given The vouchers, 
 may be made in form of consolidated receipt-rolls, authentica- 
 ted by the officer*s certificate that they are correct. 
 
 1386. — The fee usually allowed for administering the oath 
 of enlistment being twenty- five cents for each recruit, when 
 a greater araoant is paid,the officer must certify on the voucher 
 that it is the rate allowed by law of the State or Territory. 
 
 1337. — To each voucher for notices inserted in newspapers, 
 a copy of the notice will be appended. 
 
 1338. — Enlistments must be filled up in a fair and legible 
 hand. The real name of the recruit must be ascertained, cor - 
 rectly spelled, and written in the same way wherever it occurs ; 
 the Christian name must not be abbreviated. Numbers must 
 be written, and not expressed by figures. Each enlistment 
 must be endorsed as follows: 
 
 Xo.— 
 
 A B , 
 
 enlisted at 
 
 January — , 186 — , 
 
 By Lt. C--— D , 
 
 — Eegiment of 
 
 The number in each month to correspond with the names 
 alphabetically arranged. 
 
 1339. — ^Whenever a soldier re-enters the service, the officer 
 who enlisted him will endorse on the enlistment, next below 
 his own name and regiment, "second (or third) enlistment," as 
 the case may be, together with the name of the regiment and 
 the letter of the company in which the soldier last served, and 
 date of discharge from former enlistment. This information 
 the recruiting officer must obtain, ifpossible, from the soldier's 
 discharge^ which he should in all cases be required to exhibit. 
 (See 22d Art. of War.) 
 
 1340. — The name of the Staic^ as well as the town, 'where 
 each recruit is enlisted, will be recorded on all muster, pay, 
 and descriptive rolls. 
 
 1341, 1342, n^Z.—OmitUd. 
 
i6r> 
 
 1344.- — The recruits are to be dressed in uniform according 
 to their respective iirins, atul will be regularly mustered and 
 inspected. They are to be well drilled in the 'infantry tactics, 
 through the school of the soldier to that of tlie battalion, and 
 in the exercise of field and garrison pieces. Duty to be done 
 according to the strict rules of the service. 
 
 1345, 1346, l^^l.— Omitted, 
 
 134S. — Permanou paiiies at depots, and rttruiting imrtk^, 
 vdll be nmstered, inspected, and paid in the same manner a« 
 other soldiers. Recruits will be mustered for pay only at 
 depots, and \vhen paid there, one-half of tlieir monthly pay will 
 be retained until they join their regiments. 
 
 1349.— The Rules and Articles of War are to be read to the 
 recruits in depot every month after the inspection ; and so 
 nmch thereof as relates to the duties of non-commissioned 
 officers and soldiers will be read to them every week. 
 
 1350. — Recruits are not to be put to any labor or work 
 which would interfere with their instruction, nor are they to 
 be employed otherwise than soldiers in the regular duties of 
 garrison or camp. 
 
 1351. — When recruits are received at a garrisoned post, the 
 commanding officer will place them under the charge of a 
 commissioned officer. 
 
 1352. — The superintendent or connnaiiding officer will cause 
 a minute and critical inspection to be made of every recruit 
 received at a depot, two days after his arrival ; and should any 
 recruit be found unfit for service, or to have been enlisted 
 contrary to law or regulations, he shall assemble a Board of 
 Inspectors to examine into the case. 
 
 1353. — Every detachment ordered from a depot to any 
 regiment or post, shall, immediately preceding its departure, be 
 critically inspected by the sui)erintendent or connnanding 
 officer and surgeon; and, w4ien necessary, a Board of In- 
 spectors will be convened. 
 
 1354. — Recruits received at a military j)ost or station shall 
 be carefully inspected by the commanding officer and surgeon, 
 on the third day after their arrival ; and if, on such inspection, 
 any recruit, in their opinion, be unsound or otherwise defective 
 in such degree as to disqualify him for the duties of a soldier, 
 then a Board of Inspectors will be assembled to examine into 
 and report on the case. 
 
 1355. — Boards of htspcctors for the examination of recruits 
 
166 
 
 will be composed ol the three senior regimental officers present 
 on duty with the troops, including the commanding officer and 
 the senior medical officer of the army present. 
 
 1356. — In all cases of rejection, the reason therefor will be 
 stated at large in a special report by the board ; which together 
 with the surgeons' certificate of the disability for service, will 
 be forwarded by the superintendent or commandant of the 
 post direct to the Adjutant-General. If the recommendation 
 of the board for the discharge of the recruit be approved, the 
 authority will be endorsed on the certificate, which will be 
 sent back to be filled up and signed by the commanding offi- 
 cer, who will return the same to the Adjutant-General's office. 
 
 1357. — The board will state in the report whether the dis- 
 ability, or other cause of rejection, existed before his enlist- 
 ment, and whether, with, proper care and examination, \i might 
 have then been discovered. 
 
 1358. — An officer intrusted with the command of recruits 
 ordered to regiments, will, on arriving at the place of desti- 
 nation, forward the following papers : 
 
 1. To the Adjutant- General and the Suijerintcrideiit, each a 
 descriptive roll and an account of clothing of such men as may 
 have deserted, died, or been left on the route from any cause 
 whatever ; with a special report of the date of his arrival at 
 the post, the strength and condition of the detachment when 
 turned over to the commanding officer, and all circumstances^ 
 worthy of remark which may occurred on the march. 
 
 2. To the Commanding Officer of the regiment or post, the 
 muster and descriptive roll furnished him atthe time of setting 
 out, properly signed and completed by recording the names 
 of the recruits j?7*c5c/i?, and by noting in the column for remarks, 
 opposite the appropriate spaces, the time and place of death, 
 desertion, apprehension, or other casualty that may have 
 occurred on the route. 
 
 1359. — Should an officer be relieved in charge of a detach- 
 ment en route^ before it reaches its destination, the date and 
 place, and name of the officer by whom he is relieved, must 
 be recorded on the detachment roll. Without the evidence of 
 such record, no charge for extra pay for clothing accounta- 
 bility of a detachment equal to a company will be allowed. 
 
 1360. — The " original muster and descriptive roll" of every 
 detachment, with remarks showing the final disposition of each 
 recruit, and the regiment and letter of the company to which 
 
167 
 
 he may be assigned, will be signed by the commanding ofiicer, 
 and forwarded to the Adjutant-General. 
 
 1361. — ^The regimental recruiting will be conducted in the 
 manner prescribed for the general service. 
 
 1362. — Every commander of a regiment is the superintend- 
 ent of the recruiting service for his regiment, and will endea- 
 vor to keep it up to its establishment ; for which purpose he 
 will obtain the necessary funds, clothing, &c., by requisition to 
 the Adjutant-General. 
 
 1363. — At every station occupied by his regiment, or any 
 part of it, the Colonel will designate a suitable o.icer to at- 
 tend to the recruiting duties ; which selection will not relieve 
 snch officer from his company or other ordinary duties. The 
 officer thus designated will be kept constantly furnished with 
 funds, and, when necessary, with clothing and camp equipage. 
 
 1364. — The regimental recruiting officer will, with the ap- 
 probation of the commanding officer of the station, enlist all 
 suitable men. He will be governed, in rendering his acounts 
 and returns, by the rules prescribed for the general service ; 
 and when leaving a post, will turn over the funds in his hands 
 to the senior company officer of his regiment present, unless 
 some other be appointed to receive them. 
 
16S 
 
 Form A. 
 
 Abstract of dishursements on account of contingencies cf the 
 
 Recruiting Service^ by , 171 the quarter ending — •., 
 
 18-, at—. 
 
 No. of 
 voucher. 
 
 Date of 
 payment. 
 
 To whom paid. 
 
 On what acc't. 
 
 Amount. 
 
 Dol. I Cts. 
 
 Recruiting offi.eer. 
 
169 
 
 Fonii B. 
 The Coiifederatc States, 
 
 To 
 
 
 Dk. 
 
 Date. 
 
 For 
 
 Dolls. 
 
 Oenta. 
 
 
 
 
 [ certify that the above account is correct. 
 
 Rearuiting officfr. 
 
 Received, this day of , 18 — , of , recruitio^ 
 
 officer, dollars and cents, in full of the above account. 
 
 (Duplicates.) 
 
^ 
 
 »' 
 
 .».:.* 
 
171 
 
 APPENDIX 
 
 ARTICLES OF WAR. 
 
 AN ACT ESTABLISHING RULES AND ARTICLES FOR THE GOVERN- 
 MENT OF THE ARMIES OF THE CONFEDERATE STATES. 
 
 Section. 1. That, from and after the passing of this act, 
 the following shall be the rules and articles by which the 
 armies of the Confederate States shall be governed : 
 
 Article 1. Every officer now in the army of the Confed- 
 erate States shall, in six months from the passing of this act, 
 and every officer \vho shall hereafter be appointed shall, be-, 
 fore he enters on the duties of his office, subscribe these' 
 rules and regulations. 
 
 Art. 2. It is earnestly recommended to all officers and 
 soldiers diligently to attend divine service ; and all officers 
 who shall behave indecently or irreverently at any place "of 
 divine worship shall, if commissioned officers*, be brought 
 before a general court-martial, there to be publicly and se- 
 verely reprimanded by the president ; If non-commissioned 
 officers or soldiers, every person so offending shall, for his 
 first offense, forfeit one sixth of a dollar, to be deducted out 
 of his next pay ; for the second offense, he shall not only for- 
 feit a like sum, but be confined twenty-four hours ; and for 
 every like offense, shall suffer and pay in like manner : ^vhich 
 money, so forfeited, shall be applied, by the captain or sen- 
 ior officer of the troop or company, to the use of the sick 
 soldiers of the company or troop to which the offender 
 belongs. 
 
 Art. 3. Any non-commissioned officer or soldier wh** 
 shall use any profane oath (-r execration, shall incur the pen- 
 alties expressed in the foregoing article ; and a commissioned 
 officer shall forfeit and pay, for each and every such offense 
 one dollar, to be applied as in the preceding article. 
 
 ■» These rules and articles, with the exceptions indicated by the notes, annesnJ 
 to articles, 20, Oj. and 87; remain unaltered, and in force ut present. 
 
[72 
 
 Akt. 4 Evxry chaplain commi^jsioncd iu the army or 
 armies of the Confederate States, who shall absent himself 
 from the duties assigned him (excepting in cases of sickness 
 or leave of absence,) shall, on conviction thereof before a 
 court-martial, be iined not exceeding one month's pay, be- 
 Bides the loss of his pay dnringhis absence ; or be discharged, 
 as the said court-martial shall judge proper. 
 
 Art. 5. Any officer or soldier who shall use contemp- 
 tou3 or disrespectful words against the President of the Con- 
 federate States, againstthe Vice-President thereof, against 
 the Congress of the Confederate States, or against the Chief 
 Magistrate or Legislature of any of the Confederate States 
 in which he may be quartered, if a commissioned officer, 
 shall be cashiered, or otherwise punished, as a court-martial 
 shall direct ; if a non-commissioned officer or soldier, he 
 shall sufter such punishment as shall be inflicted on him by 
 the sentence of a court-martial. 
 
 Art.. 6. Any officer or soldier who shall behave himself 
 with contempt or disrespect towards his commanding officer, 
 shall be punished, according to the nature of his ofiense, by 
 the judgment of a court-martial. 
 
 Art. 7. Any officer or soldier who shall begin, excite, 
 cause, or join in, any mutiny or sedition, in any troop or 
 company in the service of th6 Confederate State, or in any 
 party, post, detachment, or guard, shall suffer death, or such 
 other punishment as by a court-martial shall be inflicted. 
 
 Art. 8. Any officer, non-commissioned officer, or soldier, 
 who being present at any mutiny or sedition, does not use 
 his utmost endeavors to suppress the same, or, coming to the 
 knowledge of any intended mutiny, does not, without delay, 
 give information thereof to his commanding officer, shall 
 be punished by the sentence of a court-martial with death, 
 or otherwise, according to the nature of his offense. 
 
 Art. 9. Any officer or soldier who shall strike his supe- 
 rior officer, or draw or lift up any weapon, or offer any vio- 
 lence against him, being in the execution of his office, on 
 any pretense whatsoever, or shall disobey any lawful com- 
 mand of his superior officer, shall suffer death, or such other 
 punishment as sh; 11, according to the nature of his offense, 
 be inflicted upon him by the sentence of a court-martial. 
 
 Art. 10. Every non-commissioned officeror soldier, who 
 shall enlist himself in the service of the Confederate States, 
 shall, at the time of so enlisting, or within six days after- 
 
I7:i 
 
 ward, have the Articles tor the government of the armies of 
 the Confederate States read to ^him, and shall, l)y the officer 
 who enlisted him, or by the commanding officer of the troop 
 of company into which ho was enlisted, be taken before the 
 next justice of the peace, or chief magistrate of any city or 
 town corporate, not being an officer of the army, or where re- 
 course cannot be had to the civil magistrate, before the judge 
 advocate, and in his presence shall take the following oath or 
 affirmation : "I, x\. B., do solemnly swear or affirm (as the 
 case may be,) that T will boar true allegiance to the Confede- 
 rate States of America, and that 1 will serve them honestly 
 and faithfully against all their enemies or opposei*s whatsoever; 
 and observe and obey tho orders of the President of the Con- 
 federate States, and the ordei's of the officers appointed over 
 me, according to the Rules and Articles for the government of 
 the armies of the Confederate States." Which justice, magis- 
 trate, or judge advocate is to give to the officer a certificate, 
 signifying that the man enlisted did take the said oath or affiira- 
 ation. 
 
 Art. 11. After a non-commissioned officer or soldier shall 
 liave been duly enlisted and sworn, he shall not be dismissed 
 the service without a discharge in writing ; and no discharge 
 granted to him shall bo sufficient which is not signed by a field 
 officerof the regiment to which he belongs, or commanding 
 «^fficer, where no field officer of the regiment is present ; and 
 no discharge shall be given to a non-commissioned officer or 
 soldier before his term of service has expired, but by order of 
 the President, the Secretary of War, the commanding officer of 
 a department, or the sentence of a general court-martial ; nor 
 shall a commissioned officer be discharged the service but by 
 order of the President of the Confederate States, or by sentence 
 of a general court-martial. 
 
 Art. 12. Every colonel, or other officer commanding a 
 regiment, troop, or company, and actually quartered with it, 
 may give furloughs to non-commissioned officorsor soldiers, in 
 ►;nch numbers, and for so long a time, as he shall jndge to be 
 most consistent with the good of the service ; and a captain, 
 or other interior officer, commanding a troop or company, or in 
 any garrison, fo)-t, or barrack of the Confederate States (his 
 field officer being absent), may give furlouglis to non-commis- 
 sioned officers or soldiers, for a time not exceeding twenty days 
 in six months, but not to more than two persons to be absent 
 at the same time, excepting some extraordmary occasion should 
 require it. 
 
174 
 
 Art. 13. At every muster, the commanding officer of each 
 regiment, troop, or company, there present, shall give to the 
 commissary of musters, or other officer who musters the said 
 regiment, troop, or company, certilicates signed by himself, sig- 
 nifying how long such officers, as shall not appear at the safd 
 muster, have been absent, and the reason of their absence. In 
 like manner, the commanding officer of every troop or company 
 shall give certificates, signifying the reasons of the absence of 
 the non-commissioned officers and private soldiers ; which 
 reasons and time of absence shall be inserted in the muster- 
 rolls, opposite the names of the respective absent officers and 
 soldiers. The certilicates shall, together with the muster-rolls, 
 be remitted by the commissary of musters, or other officer 
 mustering, to h e Department of War, as speedily as the dis- 
 tance of the place will admit. 
 
 Art. 14. Every officer who shall be convicted before a 
 general court-martial of having signed a false certificate rela- 
 ting to the absence of either officer or private soldier, or rela- 
 tive to his or their pay, shall be cashiered. 
 
 Akt. 15. Every officer who shall knowingly make a false 
 muster of man or horse, and every officer or commissary ot 
 musters who shall willingly sign, direct, orallow the signing 
 of muster-rolls wherein such false muster is contained,shall. 
 upon proof made thereof, by two witnesses, before a general 
 court-martial, be cashiered, and shall be thereby utterly disa- 
 bled to have or hold any office or employment in the service of 
 the Confederate States. 
 
 Art. 16. Any commissary of musters, or other officer, who 
 shall be convicted of having taken money, or other thing, by 
 way of gratification, on mustering any regiment, troop, or 
 company, or on signing muster-rolls, shall be displaced from 
 his office, and shall be thereby utterly disabled to have or hold 
 any office or employment in the service of the Confederate 
 States. 
 
 Art. 17. Any officer who shall presume to muster a per- 
 son as a soldier who is not a soldier, shall be deemed guilty 
 of having made a false muster, and shall suflPer accordingly. 
 
 Art. 18. Every officer who shall knowingly make a false 
 return to the Department of War, or to any of his superioi* 
 officers, authorized to call for such returns, of the state of the 
 regiment, troop, or company, or garrison, under his command ; 
 or of the arms, ammunition, clothing, or other stores there- 
 unto belonging, shall,on conviction thereof before a court- 
 martial, be cashiered. 
 
Art. 19. The conimiiuding olHcer of every regiment, 
 troop, or indepeident company, or garrison, of the Confed- 
 erate States, shall, in the heginning of every inontli. remit, 
 through the proper channels, to the Department of War, an 
 exact return of the regiment, troop, independent company, 
 or garrison, under his command, specifying the names of the 
 officers then absent from their posUj, with the reasons for 
 and the time of their absence. And any officer who shall be 
 convicted of having, through neglect or design, omitted 
 sending such returns, shall be punished, according to the na- 
 ture of his crime, by the judgment of a general couTt-martial. 
 Art. 20. All officers and soldiers who have received pay, 
 or have been duly enlisted iu the service ot the Confederate 
 States, and shall be convicted of having deserted the same. 
 shall suffer death, or such other punishment as. bv xMif ciu »> 
 of a court-martial, shall be inflicted.* 
 
 Art. 21. Any non commissioned officer or soiaicr who 
 rihall, without leave from his commanding officer, absent 
 himselt from his troop, company or detachment, shall, upon 
 being convicted thereof, be punished according to tlie na- 
 ture of his oiiense, at the discretion of a court-martial. 
 
 Art. 22. ISTo non-commissioned officer or Boldier shall 
 enlist himself in any other regiment, troop, or company, 
 without a regular discharge from the regiment, troop, or 
 company in which he has last served, on the penalty of being 
 reputed a deserter, and suffering accordingly. And iu case 
 any officer shall knowingly receive and entertain such non- 
 commissioned officer or soldier, or shall not, after his being- 
 discovered to be a deserter, immediately confine him, ana 
 give notice thereof to the corps in which he last seized, the 
 said officer shall, by a court-martial, be cashiered. 
 
 Art. 23. Any officer or soldier who shall be convicted of 
 having advised or persuaded any other officer or soldier to 
 desert the service of the Confederate States, shall sufler 
 death, or such other punishment as shall be inflicted upon 
 him by the sentence of a court-martial. 
 
 Art. 24. INTo officer or soldier who shall use any reproach- 
 ful or provoking speeches or gestures, to another, upon pain, 
 if an officer, of being put in an-est; if a soldier confined, and 
 of asking pardon of the party ofiended, in tlie presence of 
 his commanding officer. 
 Art. 25. No officer or soldier shall send :i challeugo to 
 
 ^' Modifiedby act of 29th Mi- i^'^" 
 12 
 
\16 
 
 another officer or sokUer, to tight a duel, or accept a chal- 
 lenge if sent, upon pain, if a commissioned officer, of being 
 cashiered ; if a non-commissioned officer or soldier, of suf- 
 fering corporeal punishment, at the discretion of a court- 
 martial. 
 
 Art. 26. If any commissioned or non-commissioned 
 officer commanding a guard shall knowingly or willingly 
 suffer any person whatsoever to go forth to tight a duel, he 
 shall be punished as a challenger ; and all seconds, promoters, 
 and carriers of challenges, in order to duels, shall be deemed 
 principals, and be punished accordingly. And it shall be 
 the duty of every officer commanding an army, regiment, 
 company, post, or detachment, who is knowing to a chal- 
 lenge being given or accepted by any ofiicer, non-commis- 
 sioned officer, or soldier, under his command, or has reason 
 to believe the same to be the case, immediately to arrest 
 and bring to trial such offenders. 
 
 Art. 27. All officers, of what condition soever, have 
 power to part and quell all quarrels, frays, and disorders, 
 though the persons concerned should belong to anotherreg- 
 iment, troop or company ; and either to order officers into 
 arrest, or non-commissioned officers or soldiers, into confine- 
 ment, until their proper superior officer shall be acquainted 
 therewith; and whosoever shall refuse to obey such officer 
 (though of an inferier rank), or shall draw his sword upon 
 him, shall be punished at the discretion of a general court- 
 martial. 
 
 Art. 28. Any officer or soldier who shall upbraid another 
 for refusing a challenge, shall himself be punished as a chal- 
 lenger ; and all officers and soldiers are hereby discharged 
 from any disgrace or opinion of disadvantage which might 
 arise from their having refused to accept of challenges, as 
 they will only have acted in obedience to the laws, and done 
 their duty as good soldiers who subject themselves to 
 discipline. « 
 
 Akt. 29. JS'o sutler shall be permitted to sell an^^ kind of 
 liquors or victuals, or keep their houses or shops open for 
 the entertainment of soldiers, after nine at night, or before 
 the beating of the reveille, or upon Sundays, during divine 
 service or sermon, on the penalty of being dismissed from all 
 future sutling. 
 
 Art. 30. All officers commanding in the field, forts, bar- 
 racks, or garrisons of the Confederate States, are hereby re- 
 quired to see that the persons permitted to suttle shall supply 
 die soldiers wdth good and wholesome provisions, or other 
 articles, at a reasonable price, as they shall be answerable 
 fox their neglect 
 
J 77 
 
 Art. 31. No ofticer conimaiuHug in any of the garrisonb, 
 forts, or barracks of the Confederate iStates, shall exact exor- 
 bitant prices for houses or stalls, let out to sutlers, or connive 
 at the like exactions in others ; nor by his own autliority and 
 for his private advantage, lay any duty or imposition upon, 
 or be interested in, the sale of any victuals, licjours, or other 
 necessaries of life, brought into the garrison, fort, or barracks, 
 for the use of the soldiers, on the penalty of heing discharged 
 from the service. 
 
 Art. 52. Every officer commanding in quart<M*8, garrisons, 
 or on the march, shall keep good oider, and, to the utmost of 
 bis power, redress all abuses or disorders which may be com- 
 mitted by any officer or soldier under his command; if, upon 
 complaint made to him of officers or soldiers beating or other- 
 wise ill-treating any person, or disturbing fairs or markets, or 
 of committing any kind of riots, to the disquieting of the citi- 
 zens of the Confederate States, he, the said commander, who 
 shall refuse or omit to see justice done to the ottender or oflend- 
 ers, and reparation made to the party or parties injured, as 
 far as part of the offenders pay shall enable him or them, sliall, 
 upon proof thereof, be cashiered, or otherwise punished, as i* 
 general court-martial shall direct. 
 
 Art. 33. When any commissioned otKcer or soldier shall be 
 accused of a capital crime, or of having used violence, or com- 
 mitted any offense against the person or property of any citizen 
 of any of the Confederate States, such as is punishable by the 
 known laws of the land, the commanding officer and officers 
 of every regiment, troop or company, to which the person or 
 persons so accused shall belong, are hereby required, upon 
 application duly made by, or in behalf of the party or parties 
 injured, to use their utmost endeavors to deliver over such 
 accused person or persons to the civil magistrate, and likewise 
 to be aiding and assisting to the officers of justice in appre- 
 hending and securing the person or persons so accused, in ordei 
 to bring him or them to trial. If any commirnding officer or 
 officers shall wilfully neglect, or shall refuse, upon the appli- 
 cation aforesaid, to deliver over such accused person or persons 
 to the civil magistrates, or to be aiding and a.ssisting tc> the 
 officers of justice in apprehending such person or persons, the 
 officer or officers so otlending shall be cashiered. 
 
 Art. 34. If any officer shall think himself wronged by his 
 Colonel, or the commanding officer of the regiment, and shall 
 *2pon due application being made to him, be refused redress, 
 cie may complain to the General commanding in the State or 
 
i"/8 
 
 Territory where such regiment shall be stationed, in order to 
 obtain justice ; who is hereby required to examine into said 
 complaint and take proper measures for redressing the wrons; 
 complained of, and transmit, as soon as possible, to the De- 
 partment of War, a true state of such complaint, with the 
 proceedings had thereon. 
 
 Art. 35. If any inferior officer or soldier shall think himself 
 wronged by his captain or other officer, he is to complain 
 thereof to the commanding officer of the regiment, who is 
 hereby required to summon a regimental court-inartial, for the 
 doing justice to the complainant, from which regimental 
 court-martial either party may, if he thinks himself still ag- 
 grived, appeal to a general court-martial. But if, upon a 
 second hearing, the appeal shall appear vexatious and ground- 
 less, the person so appealing shall be punished at the discre- 
 tion of the said court-martial. 
 
 Art. 36. Any commissioned officer, store-keeper, or com- 
 missary, who shall be convicted at a general court-martial of 
 having sold without a proper order for that puqiose, embez- 
 zled, misapplied, or wilfully, or through neglect, sufleied any 
 of the provisions, forage, arms, clothing, ammunition or other 
 military stores belonging to the Confederate States to be 
 spoiled or damaged, shall, at his own expense, make good the 
 loss or damage, and shall, moreover, forfeit all his pay, and be 
 dismissed from the service. 
 
 Art. 37. Any non-commissioned officer or soldier who shall 
 be convicted at a regimental ourt-martial of having sold, or 
 designedly, or through neglect, wasted the ammunition de- 
 livered out to him, to be employed in the service of the Con- 
 federate States, shall be punished at the discretion of such 
 court. 
 
 Art. 38. Every non-commissioned officer or soldier who 
 shall be convicted before a court-martial of having sold, lost. 
 or spoiled, through neglect, his horse, arms, clothes, or accou- 
 trements, shall Tindergo such weekly stoppages (not exceeding 
 the half of his pay) as such court-martial shall judge sufficient 
 for repairing the loss or damage: and shall suffer confine- 
 ment, or such other corporeal punishment as his crime shall 
 deserve. 
 
 Art. 39. Every officer who shall be convicted before a 
 court-martial of having embezzled or misapplied any money 
 with which he may have been intrusted, for the paymeilt of 
 th^^en under his command, or for enlisting men into the 
 
179 
 
 service, or for otlier purposes, if a commissioned officer, shall 
 be cashiered, and compelled to refund the money ; if a non- 
 commissioned officer, shall be reduced to the ranks, be put 
 under stoppages until the money be made good, and suffersuch 
 corporeal punishment as such court-martial shall direct. 
 
 Art. 40. Every captain of a troop or company is charged 
 with the arms, accountrements, ammunition, clotliing, or other 
 warlike stores belonging to the troop or company binder his 
 command, which lie is to be accountable for to his Colonel in 
 case of their being lost, spoiled, or damaged, not by unavoid- 
 able accidents, or on actual service. 
 
 Art. 41, All non-commissioned officers and soldiers who 
 shall be found one mile from the camp without leave, in writ- 
 ing, from their commanding officer, shall suffer such punish- 
 ment as shall be inflicted upon them by the sentence, of a 
 court-martial. 
 
 Art. 42. No officer or soldiers shall lie out of his quarters, 
 garrison, or camp without leave from his superior officer, upon 
 penalty of being punished according to the nature of his 
 offense, by the sentence of a court-martial. 
 
 Art. 43. Every non-commissioned officer and soldier shall 
 retire to his quarters or tent at the beating of the retreat ; in 
 default of which he shall be punished according to the nature 
 of his ofi'ense. 
 
 Art. 44. l^o officer, non-commissioned officer, or soldier 
 shall fail in repairing, at the time fixed, to the place of parade, 
 of exercise, or other rendezvous appointed by his commanding 
 officer, if not prevented by sickness or some other evident 
 necessity, or shall go from the said place of rendezvous with- 
 out leave from his commanding officer, before he shall be 
 regularly dismissed or relieved, on the penalty of being pun- 
 ished according to the nature of his oiiense, by the sentence 
 of a court-martial. 
 
 Art. 45. Any commissioned officer who shall be found 
 drunk on his guard, party, or other duty, shall be cashiered. 
 Any non-commissioned officer or soldier so offending shall suf- 
 fer such corporeal punishment asshall be inflicted by the sen- 
 tence of a court-martial. 
 
 Art. 46. Any sentinel who shall be found sleeping upon 
 his post, or sliall leave it before h« shall be regularly relieved, 
 shall suffer death, or such other punishment as shall be inflict- 
 ed by the sentence of a court-martial. 
 
180 
 
 Art. 47. No soldier belonging to an}'- regiment, troop or 
 company shall hire another to do his duty for him, or be ex- 
 cused from duty but in cases of sickness, disability, or leave 
 of absence ; and every snch soldier found guilty of hiring his 
 duty, as also the party so hired to do another's duty, shall be 
 punished at the discretion of a regimental court-martial. 
 
 Art. 48. And every non-commissioned officer conniving at 
 such hiring of duty aforesaid, shall be reduced ; and everr 
 commissioned officer knowing and allowing such ill practices 
 in the service, shall be punished by the judgement of a gene- 
 ral court-martial. 
 
 Art. 49. Any officer belonging to the service of the Con- 
 federate States, who by discharging of fire-arms, drawing of 
 swords, beating of drums, or by any other means whatsoever, 
 shall occasion false alarms in camp, garrison, or quarters, shall 
 suffer death, or such other punishment as shall be ordered by 
 the sentence of a general court-martial. 
 
 Art. 50. Any officer or soldier who shall, without urgent 
 necessity, or without the leave of his superior officer, quit his 
 guard, platoon, or division, shall be punished, according to tiie 
 nature of his offense, by the sentence of a court-martial. 
 
 Art. 51. 'No officer or soldier shall do violence to any per- 
 son who brings provisions or other necessaries to the camp, 
 garrison, or quarters of the forces of the Confederate States, 
 employed in any parts out of the said States, upon pain of death, 
 or such other punishment as the court-martial shall direct. 
 
 Art. 52. Any officer or soldier who shall misbehave him- 
 self before the enemy, run away, or shamefully abandon any 
 fort, post, or guard which he or they may be commanded to 
 defend, or speak words inducing others to do the like, or shall 
 cast away his arms and ammunition, or who shall quit his post- 
 er colors to plunder and pillage, every such offender, being* 
 duly convicted thereof, shall sufferdeath,or such other punish- 
 ment as shall be ordered by the sentence of a general court- 
 martial. 
 
 Art. 53. Any person belonging to the armies of the Con- 
 federate States who shall make known the watchword to anv 
 person who is not entitled to receive it according to the rules 
 and discipline of war, or shall presume to give a parol or 
 watchword different from what he received, shall suffer death, 
 or such other punishment as shall be ordered by the sentence 
 of -a, general court-martial. 
 
181 
 
 Aii-r. 54. All officers and sokliei-s arc tu behave theraseWeb 
 orderly in quarters and on their inarch; and whoever shall 
 commit any waste or spoil, either in walks of trees, i)ark8, war- 
 rens, lish-ponds, houses, or «rardens, corn-iields, inclosurse ot 
 meadows, or shall maliciously destroy any proi)erty what- 
 soever belonging to the inhabitants of the Confederate States 
 unless by order of the then commander-in-ciiief of the armies 
 ot the said States,s]iall (beside such penalties as they are liable 
 to by law), be punished according to the nature and degree 
 ottheoflense, by the judgment of a regimental or general 
 court martial. 
 
 Art. 55. Whosoever, belonging to the armies of the Con- 
 iederate btates m foreign parts, shall force a safeguard, shall 
 suifer death. 
 
 ^ Art 56. Whosoever shall relieve the enemy with money, 
 victuals, or ammunition, or shall knowingly harbor or protect 
 an enemy, shall suffer death, orsuchotherpunishment as shall 
 be ordered by the sentence of a court martial. 
 
 Art. 57. Whosoever shall be convicted of holding corres- 
 pondence with, or giving intelligence to, the enemy, either 
 directly or indirectly, shall suffer death, or such other punish- 
 ment as shall be ordered by the sentence of a court-martial. 
 
 Art. 58. All public stores taken in the enemy's camp, 
 towns, forts, or magazines, whether of artillery, ammunition, 
 clothing, forage or provisions, shall be secured for the service 
 of the Confederate States; for the neglect of which the com- 
 manding officer is to be answerable. 
 
 Art.. 59. If any commander of any garrison, fortress, or 
 post shall be compelled by the officers and soldiers under his 
 command, to give up to tlie enemy, or to abandon it, the coii»- 
 missioned officers, noncommissioned oflicers, soldiers who 
 shall be convicted of having so offended, shall suffer death, or 
 such other punishment as shall be inflicted upon them by the 
 sentence of a court-martial. 
 
 Art. go. All sutlers and retainers to the camp, and all 
 persons whatsoever, serving with the armies of the Confede- 
 rate States in the field, though not enlisted soldiei-s, are to b** 
 subject to orders, according to the rules and discipline of war. 
 
 Art. Gl. Officers having brevets or commissions of a prior 
 date to those of the corps in which they serve will take place 
 on courts-martial or of inquiry, and on boards detailed for 
 military purpose, when composed of different corps, accx^rd- 
 
1S2 
 
 ing to the ranks given them in tlieir brevet or former com- 
 missions, but in the regiment, corps or compay to which such 
 officers belong, they shall do duty and take rank, both in 
 courts and on boards as aforesaid, which shall be composed of 
 tlieir own corps, according to the commission by which they 
 are there mustered. 
 
 Art. 62. If upon marches, guards, or in quarters, different 
 corps shall happen to join or do duty together,"the otiicer high- 
 est in rank, according to the commission by which he is must- 
 ered in the army, navy, marine corps or militia, there on duty 
 by orders from competent authority, shall command the whole 
 and give orders for what is needful for the service, unless 
 otherwise directed by the President of the Confederate States 
 in orders of special assignment providing for the case. 
 
 Aet. 63. Tlie functions of the engineers being generally 
 confined to the most elevated branch of military science, they 
 are not to assume, nor are they subject to be ordered on any 
 duty beyond the line of their immediate profession, except by 
 the special order of the President of the Confederate States; 
 but they are to receive every mark of respect to which their 
 rank in the army may entitle them respectively, and are liable 
 to be transferred, at the discretion of the President, from one 
 corps to another, regard being paid to rank. 
 
 Art. 64. General courts-martial may consist of any number 
 of commissioned officers, from five to thirteen, inclusively; but 
 they shall not consist of less than thirteen ^vhere that number 
 can be convened without manifest injury to the service. 
 
 Art. 65.* Any general officer commanding an army, or 
 Colonel commanding a separate department, may appoint 
 general courts-martial whenever necessary. But no sentence 
 of a court-martial shall be carried into execution until after 
 the whole proceedings shall have been laid before the officer 
 ordering the same, or the officer commanding the troops for 
 the time being- neither shall any sentence of a general court- 
 martial, in the time of peace, extending to the loss of like, or 
 the dismission of a commissioned officer, or which shall, either 
 in time of peace or w^ar, respect a general officer, be carried 
 into exection, until after the w^iole proceedings shall have been 
 transmitted I o the Secretary of War, to be laid before the 
 President of the Confederat States for his confirmation or dis- 
 approval, and orders in the case. All other sentences may be 
 confirmed and executed by the officer ordering the court to 
 assemble, or commanding officer for the time being as the 
 case may be. 
 
 ^Modified by act of 26th Mf y, ]8S0. 
 
183 
 
 Art. 60. Every ofiicer commandiDg a regiment or corps 
 may appoint for his own regiment or corps, courts-martial to 
 consist of three commissioned olHcers, for the trial and pun- 
 ishment of oftences not capital, and decide upon their sentences. 
 For the same purpose all officers commanding any of the 
 garrisons, forts, barracks, or other places where the troops 
 consist of different corps, may assemble courts-martial, to con- 
 sist of three commissioned officers, and decide upon their sen- 
 tences. 
 
 Art. 67. No garrison or regimental court-martial shall have 
 the power to try capital cases or commissioned officers; neither 
 shall the}^ inflict a tine exceeding one month's pav, nor im- 
 prison, nor put to hard labor, any non-commissioned officer or 
 soldier for a longer time than one month. 
 
 Art. 68. Whenever it may be found convenient and neces- 
 sary to the public service, the officers of the marines shall be 
 associated with the officers of the land forces, for the purpose 
 of holding courts-martail, and trying offenders belonging to 
 either ; and, in such cases, the orders of the senior officer of 
 thither corps who may be present and duly authorized, shall 
 be received and obeyed. 
 
 Art. 69. The judge advocate or some person deputed by 
 J dm, or by the general, or officer commanding the army, de- 
 tachment or garrison, shall prosecute in the name of the Con- 
 federate States, but shall so far consider himself as counsel for 
 the prisoner, after the said prisoner shall have made his plea, 
 as to object to any leading question to any of the witnesses, 
 or any question to the prisoner, the answer to which might 
 tend to criminate himself; and administer to each member of 
 the court, before they proceed upon any trial, the following 
 oath, which shall also be taken by all members of the regi- 
 mental and garrison courts-martial : 
 
 "You, A. B., do swear that you will well and truly try and 
 determine, according to evidence, tlie matter now before you, 
 between the Confederate States of Americii aii<l tht^ [)risoner 
 to be tried, and that 3'ou will duly adminisier jiKsiice, accord- 
 ing to the provisions of ' An act establishing Rules and Articles 
 for the government of the armies of the Confederate States,' 
 without partiality, favor or aftection ; and if any doubt should 
 arise, not explained by said Articles, according to your con- 
 science, the best of your understanding, and the custom of 
 war in like cases ; and you do further swear that you will not 
 divulge the sentence of the court until it shall be published by 
 
1st 
 
 xhe proper authority ; neither will you disclose or discover the 
 vote or opinion of any patticular member of the court-martial, 
 unless required to give evidence thereof, as a witness, by .1 
 jcourt of justice, in due course of law. So help you God.'*' 
 
 As soon as the said oath shall have been administered to 
 the respective members, the pi-esident of the court shall ad- 
 minister to the judge advocate, or person officiating as such, 
 iin oath in the following words : 
 
 "You, A. B., do sw^ear, that you will not disclose or dis- 
 cover the vote or opinion of any particular member of the 
 ,coui-t-martial, unless required to give evidence thereof, as a 
 witness, by a court of justice, in due course of law ; nor di- 
 vulge the sentence of the court to any but the proper autho- 
 rity, until it shall be duly disclosed by the same. 80 help 
 you God." 
 
 Art. 70. When a prisoner, arraigned before a general court- 
 martial, shall, from obstinacy and deliberate design, stand 
 miite, or answer foreign to the purpose, the court may pro- 
 ceed to trial and jugment as if the prisoner had regularly 
 Iileaded not guilty. 
 
 Art. 71. When a member shall be challenged by a prisoner, 
 he must state his cause of challenge, of which the court shall, 
 after due deliberation, determine the relevancy or validity, and 
 decide accordingly ; and no challenge to more than one mem- 
 ber at a time shall be received by the court. 
 
 Art. I'Z. All the members of a court-martial are to behave 
 with decency and calmness ; and in giving their votes, are to 
 begin with the youngest in commission. 
 
 Art. 73. All persons who give evidence before a court- 
 martial, are to be examined on oath or affiraiation, in the fol- 
 lowing form : 
 
 "You swear, or^affirm (as the case may be), the evidence 
 you shall give in the cause now^ in hearing, shall be the truth, 
 the whole truth, and nothing but the truth. So help you 
 God." 
 
 Art. 74. On the trials of cases not capital, before courts- 
 nfiartial, the deposition of witnesses, not in the line or staff of 
 the army, may be taken before some justice of the peace, and 
 read in evidence ; provided the prosecutor and person accused 
 are present at the taking the same, or are duly notified thereof. 
 
 Art. 75. No officer shall be tried but by a general court- 
 martial, nor by officers of an inferior rank, if it can be avoided. 
 Nor shall any proceedings of trials be carried on, excepting 
 
iba 
 
 between the hours of eight in the morning an«i three in the 
 afternoon, excepting in cases which, in the opinion of the the 
 officers appointing the court-martial, require immediate ox- 
 ample. 
 
 Art. 76. No person whatsoever shall use any u.. i.acu.- 
 words, signs or gestures, in presence of a court-martial, or sliafi 
 cause any disorder or riot or disturb their proceedings, on the 
 penalty of being punished at the discretion of the said court- 
 martial. 
 
 Art. 77. Whenever any officer shall be charged wiih a 
 crime, he shall be arrested and confined in his barracks, quar- 
 ters, or tent, and deprived of his sword by the commanding 
 officer. And any officer who shall leave his confinement before 
 he shall be set at liberty by his commanding officer, or by a 
 superior, shall be cashiered. 
 
 Art. 78. Non-commissioned officei-s and soldiers, charged 
 with crimes, shall be confined until tried by a court-martial, 
 or released by proper authority. 
 
 Art. 79. No officer or soldier who shall be put in arrest, 
 shall continue in confinement more than eight days, or until 
 such time as a court-martial can be assembled. 
 
 Art. so. No officer commanding a guard, or provOvSt mar- 
 shal, shall refuse to receive or keep any prisoner committed to 
 his charge by an officer belonging to the forces of the Confed- 
 erate States; provided the officer committing shall, at the same 
 time, deliver an account in writing, signed by himself, of the 
 crime with which the said prisoner, is charged. 
 
 Art. 81. No officer commanding a guard, or provost mar- 
 shal, shall presume to release any person cmmitted to his charge 
 without proper authority for so doing, nor shall he sutFer 
 person to escape, on the penalty of being punished for i ^ia- 
 the sentence of a court-martial. f hv 
 
 Art. 82. Every officer or provost mai-shjil, to whose charge 
 prisoners shall be committed, shall, within twenty-four hours 
 after such commitment, or as soon as he shall be relieved from 
 his guard, make report in writing, to the commanding officer 
 of their names, their crimes, and the names of the officers who 
 committed them, on the penalty of being punished for disobe- 
 dience or neglect, at the discretion of a court-martial. 
 
 Art. 83. Any commissioned officer covicted before a geurC 
 eral court-martial of conduct unbecoming an officer aud » 
 gentleman, shall be dismissed the service. 
 
 Art. 84. In case where a court-martial may think it proper 
 
18G 
 
 to sentence a commissioned officer to be suspended from com- 
 mand, tliey shall have power also to suspend his pay and 
 emoluments for the same time, according to the nature anil 
 heinousness of his offense. 
 
 Art. 85. In all cases where a commissioned officer is cash- 
 iered for cowardice or fraud, it shall be added in the sentence, 
 that the crime, name, and place of abode, and punishment of 
 the delinquent, be published in the newspapers in and about 
 the camp, and of the particular State from which the offender 
 came, or where he usually resides; after wliich it shall be 
 deemed scandalous for an officer to associate with him. 
 
 Art. 86. The commanding officer of any post or detach- 
 ment, in which there shall not be a number of officers adequate 
 to form a general court-martial, shall in cases which require 
 the cognizance of such a court, report to the commanding 
 officer of the depariment, who shall order a court to be assem- 
 bled at the nearest post or department and the party accused, 
 with necessary witnesses, to be transported to the place where 
 the said court shall be assembled. 
 
 Art. 87.* ISTo person shall be sentenced to suffer death but 
 by the concurrence of two-thirds of the members of a general 
 court-martial, nor except in the cases herein expressly mention- 
 ed; 7wr shall more than fifty lashes he inflicted onanyoffendei\ 
 at the discretion of a court-mariial: and no officer, non-com- 
 missioned officer, soldier, or follower of the army, shall be 
 tried a second time for the same offense. 
 
 Art. 88. No person shall be liable to be tried and punished 
 by a general court-martial for any offense which shall appear 
 to have been committed more than two years before the 
 issuing of the order for such trial, unless the person, by reason 
 of having absented himself, or some other manifest impediment 
 shall not have been amenable to justice within that 
 period. 
 
 Art. 89. Every officer authorized to order a general court 
 martial shall have power to pardon or mitigate any punish- 
 ment ordered by such court, except the sentence of death, or 
 of cashiering an officer; which, in the cases where he has autho- 
 rity (by Article 65) to carry tbem into execution, he may sus- 
 pend, until the pleasure of the President ol the Confederate 
 ■■»» 
 
 * So much of these rules and articles as authorizes the infliction of corporeal punish- 
 ment by stripes, was specially repealed by act of 16th May, 1812. By act of L'd March, 
 1833, the repealing act was repealed, so far as it applied to the cnine ot desetion, 
 which, of course, reyived the [)uuishraent by lashes for that offense. 
 
187 
 
 4. *1 ... 
 
 States can be known ; which suspension, together with copiea 
 ofthe proceedings of the court-martial, the said officer shall 
 immediately transmit to the President for his determination 
 And the colonel or commanding officer of the regiment or irar' 
 rison where any regimental or garrison court-maitial shall be 
 held, may pardon or mitigate any punishment ordered by such 
 court to be inflicted. '' 
 
 Art. 90. Every judge advocate, or pei-son officiating as 
 such, at any general court-martial, shall transmit, with a» 
 much expedition as the opportunity of time and distance of 
 place can admit, the original proceedings and sentence of such 
 court-martial to the Secretary of War; which said original 
 proceedings and sentence shall be carefully kept and preserved 
 ill the office of said Secretary, to the end that the persons 
 entitled thereto may be enabled, upon application to the said 
 office, to obtain copies thereof. 
 
 • The party tried by any general court-martial shall, upon 
 demand thereof, made by himself, or by any person or persons 
 in his behalf, be entitled to a copy of the sentence and pro- 
 ceedings of such court-martial. 
 
 Art. 91. In cases where the general, or commanding offi- 
 cer may order a court of inquiry to examine into the nature 
 of any traiisaction, accusation, or imputation against any offi- 
 cer or soldier, the said court shall consist of one or more officers, 
 not exceeding three, and a judge advocate, or other suitable 
 person, as a recorder, to reduce the proceedings and evidence 
 to writing ; all of whom shall be sworn to the faithful per- 
 formance of their duty. This court shall have the same power 
 to summon witnesses as a court martial, and to examine them 
 on oath. But they shall not give their opinion on the merits 
 of the case, excepting they shall be thereto specially required. 
 The parties accused shall also be permitted to cross-examine 
 and interrogate the witnesses, so as to investigate fully the cir- 
 cumstances in the question. 
 
 Art. 92. The proceedings of a*court of inquiry must be au- 
 thenticated by the signature of the recorder and the president, 
 and delivered to the commanding ( fficer,and the said proceed- 
 ings may be admitted as evidence by a court martial, incases 
 not capital, or extending to the dismission of an officer, pro- 
 vided that the circumstances are such that oral testimony can 
 not be obtained. But as courts of inquiry may be perverted 
 to dishonorable purposes, and may be considered as engines of 
 destruction to military merit, in the hands of weak and envious 
 
JS8 
 
 ^►.ommaiKlaiits, tliey are liereby prohibited, unless clirected by 
 the President of the Confederate States, or demanded by tlie 
 accused. 
 
 Art. 93. The judge advocate or recorder shall administer 
 to the membei*s the following oath : 
 
 "You shall well and truly examine and inquire, according 
 to your evidence, into the matter now before you, without 
 partiality, favor, affection, prejudice, or hope of reward. S<> 
 help you God." 
 
 After which the president shall administer to the judge ad- 
 vocate or recorder the following oath : 
 
 "You, A. B., do swear that you will, according to your best 
 abilities, accurately and impartially record the proceedings of 
 the court, and the evidence to be given in the case in hearing. 
 So help you God." 
 
 The witnesses shall take the same oath as witnesses sworn 
 before a court-martial. 
 
 Art. 94. When any commissioned officer shall die or be 
 killed in the service of the Confederate States, the major of the 
 regiment, or the officer doing the major's duty in his absence, or 
 in any post or garrison, the second officer in command, or the 
 assistant military agent, shall immediately secure all his effects 
 or equipage, then in camp or quarters, and shall make an in- 
 ventory thereof, and forthwith transmit the same to the office 
 of the Department of War, to the end that his executors or 
 administrators may receive the same. 
 
 Art. 95. When any non-commissioned officer or soldier 
 shall die, or be killed in the service of the Confederate States, 
 the then commanding officer of the troop or company shall, in 
 the presence of two other commissioned officers, take an ac- 
 count of what effects he died possessed of, above his arms and 
 accoutrements, and transmit the same to the office of the De- 
 partment of War, which said effects are to be accounted for, 
 and paid to the representatives of such deceasd non-commis- 
 sioned officer or soldier. And in case any of the officers, so 
 authorized to take care of the effects of deceased officers and 
 soldiers, should, before they have accounted to their representa- 
 tives for the same, have occasion to leave the regiment or post, 
 by preferment or otherwise, they shall, before they be permitted 
 to quit the same, deposit in the hands of the commanding of- 
 ficer, or of the assistant military agent, all the effects of such 
 deceased non-commissioned officers and soldiers, in order that 
 the same may be secured for,' and paid to, their respective rep- 
 resentatives. 
 
ISO 
 
 Art. 9G. All officers, conductors, gunners, raatrosses, dri- 
 vers, or other persons whatsoever, receiving pay or hire in the 
 service of the artillery, or corps ot'engineers of tlie Confederate 
 States, shall be governed by the aforesaid Rules and Articles, 
 and shall be subject to be tried by courts-martial, in like man- 
 ner with the officers and soldiers of the other troops in the ser- 
 vice of the Confederate States. 
 
 Art. 97. The officers and soldiers of any troops, whether 
 militia or others, being mustered and in pay of the Gonfederato 
 States, shall, at all times and in all places, when joined, or 
 acting in conjunction with the regular forces of the dmfede- 
 rate States, be governed by these Rules and Articles of War, 
 and shall be subject to be tried by courts-martial, in like man- 
 ner with the officers and soldiei's in the regular forces ; save 
 only that such courts-martial shall be composed entirely of 
 militia officers. 
 
 Art. 98. All officers serving by commission from the 
 authority of any particular State, shall, on all detachments, 
 courts-martial, or other duty, wherein they may be employed 
 in conjunction with the regular forces of the Confederate States, 
 take rank next after all officers of the like grade in said reg- 
 ular forces, notwithstanding the commissions of such militaor 
 State officers may be elder than the commissions of the officers 
 of the regular forces of the Confederate States. 
 
 x\rt. 99. All crimes not capital, and all disorders and neg- 
 lects which officers and soldiers may be guilty of, to the prej- 
 udice of good order and military discipline, though not men- 
 tioned in the foregoing Articles of War, are to be taken cogni- 
 zance of by a general or regimental court-martial, according 
 to the nature and degree of the offense, and be punished at 
 their discretion. 
 
 Art. 100. The President of the Confederate Stales shall 
 have power to prescribe the uniform of the arm}'. 
 
 Art. lOl. Tfie foregoing Articles are to be read and pub- 
 lished, once in every six months, to every garrison, regiment, 
 troop, or company, mustered, or to be mustered, in the service 
 of the Confederate States, and are to be duly observed and 
 obeyed by all officers and soldiers who are, or shall bo, in said 
 service. 
 
 Sbo. 2. Tliatintime of war, all persons nofc citizens of, or 
 owing allegiance to, the Confederate States of Ainerica, who 
 ^^hall be found lurking as spies in or about the fortiti cations or 
 encampments of the armies of the Confederate States, or anj 
 
190 
 
 •of tliem, shall suffer death, according to the law and usage of 
 nations, by sentence of a general court-martial. 
 
 Sec. 3. That the rules and regulations by which the armies 
 of the Confederate States have heretofore been governed, and 
 the resolves of Congress thereunto annexed, and respecting the 
 same, shall henceforth be void and of no effect, except so far as 
 may relate to any transactions under them prior to the pro- 
 mulgation of this act, at the several posts and garrisons res- 
 pectively, occupied by any part of the army of the Con- 
 federate States. 
 
 EXTRACTS MOM ACTS OF COifGRESS. 
 
 (adopted.) 
 
 1. — If any non-commissioned officer, musician, or private 
 shall desert the service of the Confederate States, he shall, in 
 addition to the penalties mentioned in the Rules and Articles 
 of War, be liable to serve for and during such a period as 
 shall, with the time he mav have served previous to his deser- 
 tion, amount to the full term of his enlistment ; and such sol- 
 dier shall and may be tried by a court-martial, and punished, 
 although the term of his enlistment may have elapsed prevous 
 to his being apprehended or tried. — Aet 16tk March, 1802. 
 Sec, 10. 
 
 2. — '^o officer or soldier in the army of the Confederate 
 States shall be subject to the punishment of death for desertion 
 in time of peace.— J c?^ 29 ih May ^ 1830. 
 
 3. — So much of the "Act for establishing rules and articles 
 for the the government of the armies of the United States," 
 as authorizes the infliction of corporeal punishment by stripes 
 or lashes, shall be, and the same is hereby repealed. — Act 16th 
 May, 1812, Sec. 7, 
 
 4. — The seventh section of the act entitled "An act mak- 
 ing further provisions for the army of the United States," 
 passed on the 16th May, one thousand eight hundred and 
 twelve, shall be, and the same is hereby repealed, so far as it 
 applies to any enlisted soldier who shall be convicted by a 
 general court martial of the crime of desertion. — Act 2d March. 
 1S§3, Seel. 
 
191 
 
 o — Whenever a general officer commanding an army, or a 
 colonel comniandinir a separate department, pliall l»o accuser or 
 prosecntor of any officer in the army ot'tlie Conio(h^rate States 
 nnder his command, the f>:eneral conrt-martial for the trial of 
 snch officer shall he appointed hy the President of tho Ton- 
 federate States.— Act 2dih J/a//,'l830, Sec. 1. 
 
 6 — ^The proceed in ITS and sentence of the said court si » all be 
 sent directly to the Secretary of War, to be by him laid before 
 the President for his confirmation or a])proval, or orders in 
 the CRse.—Act 29 Ilaij, 1830, Sec. 2. 
 
 7 — So much of the sixy-fifth article of the fii-st section of 
 "An act for establishinc: nil^ and articles for the govern- 
 ment of the armies of the United States," passed on the tenth 
 of April, eighteen hundred and six, as is repu.fi:nant hereto, 
 shall bo, and the same is hereby repealed. — Act 2dtk May. 
 1830, Sec. 3. 
 
 8 — That if any person shall sell, exchange, or give, barter 
 or dispose of, any spirituous liquor or wine to an Indian (in 
 the Indian country), such person shall forfeit and pay the sum 
 of five hundred dollars; and if any person shall introduce, or 
 attempt to introducce, any spirituous liquor or wine into the 
 Indian country, except such supplies as shall be necessary for 
 the officers of the Confederate States and troops of the service, 
 nnder the direction of the War Department, such person shall 
 forfeit and pay a sum not exceeding three hundred dollai-s; and 
 if any superintendent of Indian afiiiris, Indian agent, or sub- 
 agent, or commanding officer of a military post, has reason to 
 suspect, or is informed, that any white person or Indian is 
 about to introduce, or has introduced, any spirituous liquor or 
 wine into the Indian country, in violatin of the provisions of 
 this section, it shall be lawful for such superintendent, Indian 
 agent, or sub-agent, or military officer, agreeably to such regu- 
 lations as may be established by the President of the Confede- 
 rate States, to cause the boats, stores, packages, and places of 
 deposit of such person to be searched, and if any such s])iritu. 
 ous liquor or wine is found, the goods boats, packages, and 
 peltries of such persons shall be seized and delivered to the 
 proper officer, and shall be proceeded against by libel, in the 
 proper court, and lorfeited, one half to the use of the informer, 
 and the other shalf to the use of the Confederate States: and 
 if such person is a trader, his license shall be revoked and his 
 bond put in suit. And it shall moreover bc'lawfnl tor any per- 
 son in the service of the Confederate States, or for miy Indian, 
 to take and destroy any ardent si)irits or wine found in the 
 
192 
 
 Indian conntry, excepting military supplies as mentioned in 
 this section. — Act SOih Ju?ie, 1S34, Sec. 20. 
 
 9. — Tliat if any person whatever shall, within the limits of 
 the Indian country, set np or continue any distillery for manu- 
 facturing ardent spirits, he shall forfeit and pay a pen- 
 alty of one thousand dollars, and it shall be the duty of super- 
 intendent of Indian aifairs, Indian agent, or sub-agent, within 
 the limits of whose agency the same shall be set up or con- 
 tinued, forthwith to destroy and break up the same; and it 
 shall be lawful to employ the military force of the Confederate 
 States in executing that duty. — Act 30;^A June, 1834, Sec- 21. 
 
 10.— That the twentieth sectiq|i of the "Act to regulate trade 
 and intercourse with the Indian tribes, and to preserve peace 
 on the frontiers," approved June thirtieth, eighteen hundred 
 and thirty four, be and the same is hereby so amended, that 
 in addition to the fines thereby imposed, any person who shall 
 sell, exchange, or barter, give, or dispose of, any spirituous 
 liquor wine or to an Indian, in the Indian country, or who shall 
 introduce, or attempt to introduce, any spirituous liquor or 
 wine into the Indian country, except such supplies as may be 
 necessary for the officers of Confederate States and the troops 
 of the service, under the direction of the War Department, such 
 person, on conviction thereof, before the proper district court 
 of thhe Confederate States, shall, in the former case be subject 
 to imprisonment for a period not exceeding two years, and in 
 the latter case not exceeding one year, as shall be prescribed 
 by the court, according to the extent and criminality of the 
 otfense. And in all prosecutions arising under tin's section, 
 and under the twentieth section of the act to regulate trade and 
 intercouse with the Indian tribes, and preserve peace on the 
 frontiers, approved June thirtieth, eighteen hundred and thirty- 
 four, to which this is an amendment, Indians shall be competent 
 witnesses. — Act Zd 2Iarch, 1817, Sec. 2. 
 
 1 1. — That no annuities, or moneys, or goods shall be paid or 
 distributed to the Indians while they are under the influence 
 and description of intoxicating liquor; nor while there are 
 good and sufficient reasons for the officers or agents, whose 
 duty it may be to make such payments or distributions, for 
 believing that there is any species of intoxicating liquor within 
 convenient reach of the Indians; nor until the chief and head 
 men of the tribe shall have pledged themselves to use all their 
 influence, and to "make all proper exertionif to prevent the 
 introduction and sale of such liquor in their country. — Act 
 U March, 1847, Sec. 2. 
 
For the establishment <i7id organization of the Armxj of the CoU' 
 ' federate States of America, 
 
 Section 1. The Coiigress of the Confederate States of A,,,, nm 
 do ena.ct, That from and after the passage of this act themili- 
 { tary establishment of the Confederate States sliall bo composed 
 ' of one corps of engineers, one corps of artiUery, six regiments 
 I of infantry, one regiment of cavahy, and of the stall" depait- 
 l ments aheady established by law. 
 
 ♦ Sec. 2. The corps of engineers shall consist of one colonel, 
 
 ', fonr majors, five captains, and one company of sappers, hiiners 
 •\ and pontoniers, wliich shall consist of ten sergeants or njaster 
 workmen, ten corporals or overseers, two mnsicians, and thirty- 
 nine privates of the first class, or artilicers, and thirty-nine 
 privates of the second class, or laborers, making in all one 
 hundred. 
 
 Sec. 3. The said corapanj shall be officered by one captain 
 of the corp of engineers, and as many lieutenants, to be se- 
 lected by the President from tlie line of the army, as lie may 
 deem necessary for the service, and shall be instructed in and 
 perform all the duties of sappers, miners and pontoniers, and 
 I shall, moi-eover, under the orders of the chief engineer, be 
 liable to serve by detachments in overseering and aiding labor- 
 ers upon fortifications or other works, under the engineer de- 
 partm<mt, and in supervising finished fortifications, as fort- 
 keepers, preventing injuries and making repairs. 
 
 Sec. 4. It shall be the duty of the colonel of the engineer 
 
 t' corps, subject to the approval of the Secretary of War, to pre- 
 ^. scribe the number, quantity, form, dimensions, itc, of the 
 ■ 'necessary vehicles, arms, pontons, tools, implements, and other 
 supplies for the service of the said company as ;i body of sap- 
 ^ pers, minei'S and pontoniers. 
 
 Sec. 5. The corps of artillery, which shall also be charged 
 with ordnance duties, shall consist of one colonel, one lieuten- 
 ant. colonel, ten majors, and forty companies of urtillerists and 
 artificers, and each company shall consist of one captain, two 
 first lieutenants, one second lieutenant, four sergraiits, lo-jr 
 corporals, two musicians and seventy privates, 'inhere shall 
 iilso be one adjutant, to be select<*d by the colonel from the 
 jirst lieutenants, and one sergeant-major, to be selected from 
 the enlisted men of the corps. The President may equip as 
 
194 
 
 light batteries, of six pieces each, such of these companies as 
 he may deem expedient, not exceeding four, in time of peace. 
 Sec. 6. Each regiment of infantry shall consist of one colo- 
 nel, one lieutenant-colonel, one major and ten companies ; 
 teach company shall consist of one captain, one first lieutant, 
 two second lieutenants, four sergeants, four corporals two 
 musicians and ninety privates ; and to each regiment there 
 shall be attached one adjutant, to be selected from the Unten- 
 ants, and one sergeant-major, to be selected from the enlisted 
 men of the regiment. 
 
 Sec. 7. The regiment of cavalry shall consist of one colo- 
 nel, one lieutenant-colonel, one major and ten companies, 
 each of which shall consist of one captain, one first lieutenant, 
 two second lieutenants, four sergeants, four corporals, one far- 
 rier, one blacksmith, two musicians and sixty privates. There 
 shall also be one adjutant one sergeant-major, to be selected 
 as aforesaid. 
 
 Sec. 8. There shall be four brigadier-generals, who shall be 
 assigned to such commands and duties as the President may 
 specially direct, and shall be entitled to one aid-de-camp each, 
 to be selected from the subalterns of the line of the army, who, 
 in addition to their duties as aids-de-camp, may perform the 
 duties of assistants adjutant-general. 
 
 Sec. 9. All officers of the army shall be appointed by the 
 President, by and with the advice and consent of Congress, 
 and the rank and file shall be enlisted for a term not less than 
 three, nor more than five years, under such regulations as may 
 be established. 
 
 Sec. 10. No officer shall be appointed in the army until he 
 shall have passed an examination satisfactory to the President, 
 and in such manner as he may prescribe, as to his character 
 and fitness for the service. The President, however, shall have 
 power to postpone this examination for one year after appoint- 
 ment, if in his judgment necessary for -the public interest. 
 
 Sec. 11. All vacancies in established regiments and corps, 
 to and including the rank of colonel, shall be filled by promo- 
 tion according to seniority, except in case of disability or other 
 incompetency. Promotions to and including the rank of colo- 
 nel, shall be made regimental ly in the infantry and cavalry, 
 in the staft' departments, and in the engineers and artillery, 
 according to corps.' Appointments to the rank of brigadier- 
 general, after the army is organized, shall be made by selection 
 from the army. 
 
19;-) 
 
 Sec. lf>. ThePresident of the Confederate States is here- 
 by authorized to appoint to the lowest gra<K» of su!)altorn offi- 
 cers such meritorious non-commissioned officers as uiav, upou 
 the recomniendation of their colonels and company officers, 
 be brought before an army board, si)ecially convened for the 
 purpose, and found qualified for the duties of commissioned 
 officers, and to attach them to regiments or corps, as 8U]iernu- 
 merary officers, if there be no vacancies : ProvifUd.There shall 
 not be more than one so attached to any one company at the 
 same time. 
 
 Sec. 13. The pay of a brigadier-general shall be three hun- 
 dred and one dollaisper month. Tlie aid-de-camp of a brigadier- 
 general, in addition to his pay as lieutenant, shall receive 
 thirty -live dollars per month. 
 
 Sec. 14. The monthly pay of the officers of the corps of 
 engineers shall be as follows:' of the colonel, two hundred and 
 ten dollars; of a major, one hundred and sixty-two dollars; 
 of a captian, one hundred and forty dollars; lieutenants serving 
 with the company of sappers and miners shall receive the pay 
 of cavalry officers of the same grade. 
 
 Sec 15, The montlily pay of the colonels of the corps of 
 artillery shall be two hundred and ten dollars; of a lieutenant- 
 colonel, one hundred and eighty- five dollai??; of a major, one 
 hundred and fifty dollars, and when serving on ordnance duty, 
 one hundred and sixty-two dollars; of a captain, one hundred 
 and thirty dollars; of a first lieutenan^^*-* ninety dollars; of a 
 second lieutenant, eighty dollars; and fiie adjutant shall re- 
 reive, in addition to his pay as lieutenant, ten dollars per 
 month. Officers of artillery serving in the light artillery, or 
 performing ordnance duty, shall receive the same pay as offi- 
 cers of cavalry of the same grade. 
 
 Sec. 1G. The monthly pay of the officers of the infantry 
 shall be as follows: of a cohmel, one hundred and ninety-five 
 dollars; of a lieutenant-colonel, one hundred and seventy dol- 
 lars; of a major, one hundred and fifty dollars; of a captain, 
 one hundred and thirty dollars; of a first lieutenant, ninety 
 dollars; of a seocnd lieutenant, eighty dollars; the adjutant, 
 in addition to his pay as lieutenant, ten dollars. 
 
 Sec. 17. The monthly pay of the officers of the cavalry 
 shall be as follows; of a colonel, two hundred and ten dollars; 
 of a lieutenant-colonel, one hundred and eighty-live dollais; a 
 major, one hundred and sixty-two dollars; a capt^iin, one hun- 
 dred and forty dollars; a first lieutenant, one hundred dollars; 
 
 b 
 
196 
 
 a second lieutenant, ninety dollars; tie adjutant, ten dollars per 
 month, in addition to his pay as iitu ena t. 
 
 Sec. 18. The pay of the officers of the general staff, except 
 tliose of tlie medical department, shall be the same as that of 
 officers of cavalry of the same grade. The surgeon-general 
 shall receive an annual salary of three thousand dollars, which 
 shall be in full of all pay and allowances, except fuel and 
 quarters. The monthly pay of a surgeon, often years' service 
 in that grade, shall be two hundred dollars; a surgeon of less 
 than ten years, service in- that grade, one hundred and sixty- 
 two dollars; an assistant surgeon often years' service in that 
 grade, one hundred and fifty dollars; an assistant surgeon of 
 live years' service in that grade, one hundred and thirty dol- 
 lars; and an assistant surgeon of less than live years' service, 
 one hundred and ten dollars. 
 
 Sec. 19. There shall be allowed, in addition to the pay 
 hereihbefore provided, to every commissioned officer, exce[>t 
 the surgeon-general, nine dollars per month for every five 
 years^ service; and to the officers of the army of the United 
 States, who have resigned or may resign to be received into 
 the service of the Confederate States, this additional pay shall 
 be allowed from the date of their entrance into the former 
 service. There shall also be an additional monthly allowance 
 to every general officer commanding in chief a separate irmy 
 actually in the field, of one hundred dollars. 
 
 Sec. 20. The pay of officers as hereinbefore established shall 
 be in full of all allowances, except forage, fuel, quarters, and 
 travelling expenses while travelling under orders. The allow- 
 ance of forage, fuel and quarters shaU be fixed by regulations, 
 and shall be furnished in kind, except when officers are serving 
 at stations without troops where public quarters cannot be 
 had, in which case they may be allowed, in lieu of forage, 
 eight dollars per month for each horse to which they may be 
 entitled, provided they are actually kept in service, and mus- 
 tered, and quarters may be commuted at a rate to be fixed by 
 the Secretary of War, and fuel at the market price delivered, 
 x^n officer, when travelling under orders, shall be allowed 
 mileage at the rate of ten cents per mile. 
 
 Sec. 21. In time of w^ar, officers of the army shall be en- 
 titled to draw forage for horses, according to grade, as follows- 
 A b)igadier- general, four; the adjutant and inspector-general, 
 quartermaster-general, commissary-general, and the colonels 
 of engineers, artillery, infantry and cavalry, three each; all lieu- 
 
197 
 
 tenant-colonels and majors, and captains of the general statf, 
 engineer corps, lio-ht artillery and cavalry, three each ; lieuten- 
 ants serving in the corps of engineers, lieutenants of liglit 
 artillery and of cavah-y, two eacli. In time of peace : general 
 and tieid officers, three ; officers below tlie rank of field offi- 
 cers, in the general staff, c »rps of engineers, light artillery and 
 cavalry, two : Provided^ in all cases, that the horses are actually 
 kept in service and mustered. No enlisted man in the service 
 of the Confederate States shall be employed as a servant by 
 any officer of the army. 
 
 Sec. 22. The monthly pay of the enlisted men of the army 
 of the Confederate States shall be as follows : That of a ser- 
 geant or master workman of the engineer corps, thirty-four 
 dollai-s ; that of a corporal or overseer, twenty dollars ; pri- 
 vates of the first class, or artificers, seventeen dollars ; and 
 ])ri vates of the second class, or laborers and musicians,- thirteen 
 dollars. The sergeant-major of cavalry, twenty-one dollai-s : 
 first sergeants, twenty dollars ; sergeants, seventeen dollars ; 
 corporals, farriers and blacksmiths, thirteen dollars ; musi- 
 cians, thirteen dollars ; and privates, twelve dollars. Ser- 
 geants-major of artillery and infantry, twenty-one dollars ; first 
 sergeants, twenty dollars each ; sergeants, seventeen dollars : 
 corporals and artificers, thirteen dollars ; musicians, twelve 
 dollars ; and privates, eleven dollars each. The non-commis- 
 sioned officers, artificers, musicians and privates serving in light 
 biitteries shall receive the same pay as those of cavalry. 
 
 Sec. 23. The President shall be authorized to enlist as 
 many master armorers, master carriage-makers, master black- 
 smiths, ariKorers, carriage- makers, blacksmiths, artificers, and 
 laborers, for ordance service, as he may deem necessary, not 
 exceeding in all one hundred men, who shall be attached to the 
 corps of artillery. The ])ay of a master armorer, master car- 
 riage-maker, master blacksmith, shall be thirty-four dollars per 
 month ; armorers, carriage-makers and blacksmitlis. twenty 
 dollars per month ; artificers, seventeen dollars, and laborers. 
 thirteen dollars per month. 
 
 Sec. 24. Each enlisted man of the army of the Confederate 
 States shall receive one ration per day, and a yearly allowance 
 of clothing, the quantity and kind of each to be established by 
 regulations from the War Department, to oe approved by the 
 President. 
 
 Skx". 25. Eations shall generally be issued in kind, h\\\ 
 under circumstances rendering a commutation necessary. The 
 commutation value of the ration shall he fixed by rei^ulatio!n 
 of the War Department, to be ap;)roved by the Preside!!!. 
 
19S 
 
 Sec. 26. The officers appointed in the army of the Confed- 
 erate Staes by virtue of this act, shall perform all military 
 duties to which they may be severally assigned by authority of 
 the President, and it shall be the duty of the Secretary of War 
 to prepare and publish regulations, prescribing the details of 
 every department in the service, for the general government of 
 the army, which regulations shall be approved by the Presi- 
 dent, and when so approved shall be binding. 
 
 Sec. 27. All officers of the quartermaster's and commissary 
 departments shall, previous to entering on the duties uf their 
 respective officers, give bonds with good and sufficient sureties 
 to tlie Confederate States, in such sum as the Secretary of War 
 shall direct, fully to account for all moneys and public pro- 
 perty w^iich they may receive. 
 
 Sec. 28. I^^either the quartermaster-general, the commissa- 
 ry-general, nor any or either of their assistants, shall be con- 
 cerned, directly or indirectly, in the purchase or sale of any 
 articles intended for, making a part of, or appertaining to public 
 supplies, except for and on account of the Confederate States; 
 nor shall they, or either of them, take or apply to his or their 
 own use any gain or emolument for negotiating any business 
 in their respective departments, other than what is or may be 
 allowed by law; 
 
 Sec. 29. The Rules and Articles of War established by the 
 laws of the United States of America for the government 
 of the army are hereby declared to be of force, except that 
 wherever the words "United States" occur, the words "Con- 
 federate States" shall be substituted therefor ; and except that 
 the Articles of War numbers sixty-one and sixty-two are here- 
 by abrogated, and the following articles substituted therefor. 
 (See Articles of War, 61 and 62.) 
 
 Sec. 30. The President shall call into the service of the 
 Confederate States only so many of the troops herein provided 
 for as he may been the safety of the Confederacy may require. 
 
 Sec. 31. All laws or parts of laws of the United States, 
 which have been adopted by the Congress of the Confederate 
 States, repugnant to or inconsistent with this act, are hereby 
 repealed 
 
 Approved, March 6, 1861. 
 
IN-DEX, 
 
 Xo. 
 Appointment on tlie Start* 
 Arrests and Confinements 
 
 Bivouacs 
 
 BaUles '.'.'.'..'.*.'.' 
 
 Bucrg-a^e Trains .'. 
 
 Biirracks and Quarters 
 
 Companies 
 
 Company Books 
 
 Councils of Administration 
 
 Company Fund 
 
 Continements 
 
 Contributions 
 
 Camps 
 
 Camp of Inftintrv 
 
 " Cavalry 
 
 •♦ Artillerv 
 
 ('antonments ' 
 
 Convoys and their Escorts 
 Courts-Martial 
 
 " " Expenses 
 
 Clothing, Allowance of 
 
 Biscipline.—Military Dis- 
 cipline, 
 
 Distribution of the Troops 
 Deceased Officers 
 
 " Soldiers....!!!! 
 
 Deserters 
 
 Discharges, ! ! ! * 
 
 Discussions, Publications 
 
 Depots 
 
 Dispatches ! ! ! ! . 
 
 Detachments \\ 
 
 Defence of Fortified j'laces 
 
 Escorts of Honor 
 
 Ilxeicises, Military ! 
 
 Extra-Duty Men \\ 
 
 Equipage, Allowance of 
 
 Camp and Garrison .... 
 Furloughs to EnlistedMeu 
 
 Fun eral Honors 
 
 Forms of Insi)ection 
 
 Forms of Parade 
 
 Forage 
 
 Guard-Mounting 
 
 Guards 
 
 Grand Guards and other 
 
 Outposts 
 
 Hours of Service and Roll 
 
 Calls 
 
 Honors 
 
 Head-Quarters 
 
 Horses for MountedOtticers 
 Inspection of the Troops.. 
 
 Issues 
 
 Intrenched Posts 
 
 Laundrerses 
 
 Leave of Absence, Officers 
 
 Musters 
 
 Marches 
 
 Oiders andCorrespondence 
 Organization of an .\rmy 
 
 in the Field 
 
 of Paragraph. 
 
 33, 35, 3(5 
 
 211 to 210 
 
 531 to -);18 
 
 099 to 725 
 
 754 to 701. 
 
 9t;i to 978 
 
 S5 to 122 
 
 123 
 
 185 to 18i» 
 
 197 to 199 
 
 211 to 219 
 
 482 
 
 480 to nC") 
 
 50»5 to 514 
 
 514 to 027 
 
 528 to 530 
 
 539 to 5o4 
 
 720 to 753 
 
 861 to 882 
 
 1024 to 1027 
 
 103S to 1051 
 
 1, 2, 3 
 
 37 
 
 145, 14G, 147 
 
 14«< to 150 
 
 151 to 158 
 
 159 to 167 
 
 210 
 
 488 
 
 548 
 
 6i0 to tJ46 
 
 820 to 831 
 
 261 to 264 
 
 546 
 
 1028 
 
 1035 
 182, 183, 184 
 265 to 292 
 296 to 316 
 325, 326 
 1010 to 1012 
 365 to 388 
 aS9 to 421 
 
 593 to 633 
 
 220 to 223 
 227 to 247 
 
 545 
 
 1030 
 
 293 to 295 
 
 552 
 634 to 639 
 124,125, 126 
 170 to 1-^1 
 317 to 324 
 668 to 69S 
 422 to 447 
 
 464 to 431 
 
 ofl'aragraph. 
 
 Orderlies j-. - i,, 4^7 
 
 Orders 547 
 
 <^"tpost.s (Jay 
 
 Post Books 84 
 
 Post Fund ". 11.0 to 196 
 
 larade.— Dress Parade... 327 to 338 
 
 Police Guard 5»54 to 5S3 
 
 I'icket r,g4 t„ 5^2 
 
 Partizana and llankei-s 655 to 667 
 
 Prisoners of War 726, 727, 72*i 
 
 Police,— General Police. . . 762 to 76s 
 
 Property, .Monev, Accounts 891 to 95:; 
 
 Postage—Public Postige. 1029 
 
 Quartermaster's Departm't 959 to 660 
 
 Quarters 96U to 978 
 
 Rank and Command 4 ' Id U 
 
 Resignation of Orticera 24 to 29 
 
 Regiments 69 to 83 
 
 Roll-Calls 224 to 226 
 
 Review of a Battalion of In- 
 fantry 339 t) 364 
 
 Reti-rxs an'd Reports: 
 
 Monthly Returns 443 to 452 
 
 AnnualReturn— Casual- 
 ties 453 
 
 Return of deceased sol- 
 diers • 454 
 
 Field Returns 455 to 456 
 
 Reports 457 to 459 
 
 Prisoners of War. — Cap- 
 tured property 460 to 461 
 
 Inspection Reports 462 to 463 
 
 The Roster, or Details for 
 
 Service 553 to 563 
 
 Reconnoissances 647 to 654 
 
 Recruiting Service 1283 to 1364 
 
 Returns in the Quartermas- 
 ter's Department 1052 
 
 Succession in Command (jr 
 
 Duty 1, to 18 
 
 Sutlers 202 to 209 
 
 Salutes 248 . to 259 
 
 Safeguards 769 ' to 773 
 
 Sieges 774 to 819 
 
 Straw U>13 to 1015 
 
 Stationery I0I7 to 1022 
 
 SUBSISTEXCE DhPARIMEXT: 
 
 Ration 10*59 to 1071 
 
 Issues 1072 to bf^o 
 
 Subsistence to Officers. . 10'>9 
 
 Commuiation <»t Rati(»ns 1091 to lti94 
 
 Extra-duty Men 1095, lOltfi 
 
 Accounts 1097 to 1 103 
 
 Transfer of Officers ZO, ffl 
 
 Transfer of Soldiers 141 to 144 
 
 Travelling on Duty 168, 109 
 
 Troups on board of Trana- • 
 
 ports 834 to 860 
 
 Transportation, Army.... 987 to 9<.»4 
 
 Watchwords 549 to 5 1 
 
 Working-Parties 888 to >•• > 
 
 ,>' 
 
TABLES AND BLANK FOMRS. 
 
 1 ndex of Letters required to be kept ou File page A 
 
 Guard Report 4'.> 
 
 Safeguard, Form of H5 
 
 General Court-martial, Form of order 107 
 
 Miscellaneous Disbursements loO 
 
 Requisition, for Fuel, Form No. 2 131 
 
 " " " " "30 132 
 
 " '' Forage, Form, No. 82 13:? 
 
 " 33 134 
 
 " Straw 135 
 
 " " Stationery 13') 
 
 Special Requisition '. 137 
 
 Requisition of the Quartermaster's Department for extra supplies of Medicines 
 
 an;Ihospitai stores 133 
 
 Bill of Medicine, &c., when purchased by an officer of the Quartermaster's De- 
 partment 13!* 
 
 Mode of ascertaining the Hospital Ration 144 
 
 Provision Return for Company 145 
 
 Consolidated Provision Return, for Regiment 146 
 
 Weig^ht and Measure 147 
 
 Weiprht and Bulk of Rations 143 
 
 Requisition for Medicines, «fcc 1 4!* 
 
 Account for ^Medicines, Ac 150 
 
 Certificate of Disability, for Discharge lol 
 
 Surgeon's Record of Recruits Examined 152 
 
 -Morning Repoit of the Surgeon of a Regiment, Post, or Garrison 153 
 
 Contract with a Private Physician 154 
 
 Certificate to be given to a Soldier at the time of his Discharge 155 
 
 Requisition for Oi-dnance and Ordnance Stores, for Arsenal or Post 15G 
 
 " '• '• " Militia in the service of the 
 
 Confederate States 1 j>7 
 
 Estimate of Recruiting Funds 158 
 
 Recruiting service. Form A 16? 
 
 " «' " B 1(59 
 
 A i^PEXDix. — Articles of War 171 
 
 Oi'ganiz ition of tht' Armv of (he Confederate States of America 193 to 11* ■ 
 
J^l> 
 
 M71890 
 
 UE)504- 
 .5 
 
 1661 
 
 Cctse, 
 
 1=, 
 
 THE UNIVEI^ITY OF CALIFORNIA UBRARY 
 
vH^ 
 
 ^-•^'Al. 
 
 ?#* 
 
 ^IMHaWifc